Dlis007 library automation

www.lpude.in
DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION
LIBRARY AUTOMATION

Copyright © 2013, R C Gaur
All rights reserved
Produced & Printed by
EXCEL BOOKS PRIVATE LIMITED
A-45, Naraina, Phase-I,
New Delhi-110028
for
Directorate of Distance Education
Lovely Professional University
Phagwara

Directorate of Distance Education
LPU is reaching out to the masses by providing an intellectual learning environment that is academically rich with the most
affordable fee structure. Supported by the largest University1
in the country, LPU, the Directorate of Distance Education (DDE)
is bridging the gap between education and the education seekers at a fast pace, through the usage of technology which
significantly extends the reach and quality of education. DDE aims at making Distance Education a credible and valued mode
of learning by providing education without a compromise.
DDE is a young and dynamic wing of the University, filled with energy, enthusiasm, compassion and concern. Its team strives
hard to meet the demands of the industry, to ensure quality in curriculum, teaching methodology, examination and evaluation
system, and to provide the best of student services to its students. DDE is proud of its values, by virtue of which, it ensures to
make an impact on the education system and its learners.
Through affordable education, online resources and a network of Study Centres, DDE intends to reach the unreached.
1
in terms of no. of students in a single campus

SYLLABUS
Library Automation
Objectives:
To improve control over collection.
To have an effective control over the entire operation.
To improve the existing services.
To share effectively the resources among various libraries in a region.
To avoid duplication of work.
To use the services of the existing staff effectively.
Sr. No. Description
1. Library Automation – Definition, Need, Function and Requirement of Library Automation.
2. Basic Knowledge of Library Software.
3. Library Automation in Acquisition.
4. Library Automation in Technical Processing.
5. Library Automation in Circulation Section.
6. Library Automation in Periodical Section.
7. Library Reports.
8. Computerization Information Services (CAS).

CONTENTS
Unit 1: Library Automation: An Overview 1
Unit 2: Functions and Requirements of Library Automation 24
Unit 3: Basic Knowledge of Library Software 40
Unit 4: Problems, Evaluation and Trends in Library Automation Software 66
Unit 5: Management of Library Automation 83
Unit 6: Library Automation in Acquisition 103
Unit 7: Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) 122
Unit 8: Library Automation in Technical Processing 146
Unit 9: Library Automation in Circulation Section 162
Unit 10: Library Automation in Periodicals Section 183
Unit 11: Library Reports 205
Unit 12: Library Automation Services 217
Unit 13: Computerization in Information Services 238
Unit 14: Current Awareness Services (CAS) 253

LOVELY PROFESSIONAL UNIVERSITY 1
Unit 1: Library Automation: An Overview
NotesUnit 1: Library Automation: An Overview
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
1.1 Concept of Library Automation
1.1.1 Definition
1.1.2 Objectives of Library Automation
1.1.3 History and Development of Library Automation
1.1.4 Special Features of Library Automation
1.1.5 Advantages of Library Automation
1.1.6 Disadvantages of Library Automation
1.2 Need and Purpose of Library Automation
1.3 Library Automation Process
1.4 Challenges in Library Automation
1.5 Library Automation Trends
1.6 Summary
1.7 Keywords
1.8 Review Questions
1.9 Further Readings
Objectives
After studying this unit, you will be able to:
Discuss the concept of Library Automation
Explain the need and purpose of Library Automation
Describe the Library Automation Process
Discuss the challenges in Library Automation
Explain the Library Automation Trends
Introduction
Not many years ago, libraries used card catalogues, typewriters, and manually assigned due
dates. Library automation, an up-to-date method to help libraries and library patrons to effectively
use library resources, is now streamlined because of computers and software. Automation is a
process of using the machineries for easily working and saving the human power and time. The
main purpose of library automation is to free the librarians and library staff and to allow them
to contribute more meaningfully to spread of knowledge and Information. Thus, automating a
library is the process which restructures its functions and reinvents its services. By keeping a

2 LOVELY PROFESSIONAL UNIVERSITY
Library Automation
Notes database as the basis, automation converge new technologies of information storage and retrieval
with traditional housekeeping operations.
1.1 Concept of Library Automation
The word automation has been derived from a Greek word “Automose” which means something
which has the power of spontaneous motion or self-movement. Automation, when used in a
library context, refers to the computerization or mechanisation of all library activities. ALA
Glossary of Library and Information Science defines automation as “the performance of an
operation, a series of operations or a process by self-activating, self-controlling, or automatic
means. Automation implies the use of automatic data processing equipment such as a computer
or other labour saving devices”. The term automation was first introduced by D. S. Harder in
1936 but the word library automation has been used in literature for the last five decades.
According to the International Encyclopaedia of Information Technology and Library Science, it
is the technology concerned with the design and development of process and system that
minimize the necessity of human intervention in their operation. Library automation has been
defined as ‘integrated systems’ that computerize an array of traditional library functions using
a common database. While this is still generally true, rapid technological change is forcing a re-
examination of what it means to “automate the library.”
In general, however, library automation has come to mean the application of computers and
related data processing equipment to libraries. In the context of computerisation, a library
information system may be defined as a set of library transactions, processing systems designed
to provide information to library members and to support the operational, managerial and
decision making information needs of library staff. It includes computer as one of its components.
Thus, a computerized library and information system is a set of functional system encompassing:
Library work practice and procedures
Information technologies – computer hardware, software, having database management
system and
Work’ forces (library staff)
Library automation refers to the phenomenon of mechanization of traditional library activities
such as acquisition, serials control, cataloguing, circulation, etc. Library Automation is usually
distinguished from related fields such as information retrieval, automatic indexing and
abstracting and automatic textual analysis. However, now-a-days, a clear distinction is not
maintained and library automation may sometimes include related fields as well. Although
computers have a major role in library automation, telecommunication and reprography
technologies have equally important roles because of the support they offer to library automation.
Notes An automated library is one where a computer system is used to manage one or
several of the library’s key functions such as acquisition, serials control, cataloguing,
circulation and the public access catalogue.
1.1.1 Definition
Reitz (2004) defined library automation as:
“The use of computer systems to accomplish tasks originally is done by hand in libraries. Beginning in the
1960s with the development of the machine readable catalogue record (MARC), the process of automation

Noteshas expanded to include the core functions of acquisitions, cataloguing and authority control, serials
control, circulation and inventory, and inter-library loan and document delivery.”
Library automation may be defined as the application of computers to perform traditional
library housekeeping activities such as acquisition, circulation, cataloguing, and reference and
serials control. Automation is used to reduce the amount of staff time devoted to repetitive (and
often less challenging) activities that must be done in any properly functioning library. It is to
be remembered that, various library operations are automated, not the library as such.
Library Automation has been defined as ‘integrated systems’ that computerizes an array of
traditional library functions using a common database (Cohn, Kelsey and Fiels) and while this
is still generally true, rapid technological change is forcing a re-examination of what it means to
“automate the library”. In the broadest sense, Markuson means “employment of machines for
library processes”. ALA Glossary of Library and Information Science defines automation as “the
performance of an operation, a series of operations or a process by self-activating, self-controlling,
or automatic means. Automation implies the use of automatic data processing equipment such
as a computer or other labour saving devices”. To Bierman it is “the use of computer and
associated technology to revolutionize the meaning of libraries and redefine their existence” as
a computerized library information system.
In the simple language “When we use machineries for collection, processing, storage and retrieval
of information and do another works of library with the help of machineries that called library
automation.”
Library automation is the application of computers and also connected tools to the processing of
data in a library or libraries. The automation might also be applied to some office procedures.
1.1.2 Objectives of Library Automation
The main objectives of the library automation are:
Speedily disposal of library work
Establishment of a well storage and retrieval system
Time and human power saving with qualitative services
Suitability for library cooperation and coordination development
Simplicity in library management to meet the objectives
Proper use of human resources
Development of the new library services
Preparation of reports and correspondence
Suitability for resource sharing and networking
Development of human resources
1.1.3 History and Development of Library Automation
The effects of ICT on libraries and information centres are characterised by:
Mechanisation – doing what we are already doing more efficiently;
Innovation – experimenting with new capabilities, that the ICT makes possible; and
Transformation – fundamentally altering the nature of the library operations and services
through the capabilities extended by ICT.

Library Automation
Notes It could be said that library automation began in 1930’s when punched card Introduction
equipment was implemented for use in library circulation and acquisition. The computer
technology first arrived in libraries in the late 1960s in the form of locally developed software
or commercial packages intended to automate library processes. The whole phase of library
automation development i.e., 1960 to date may be grouped into four distinct eras:
First Era: This era is characterised by computerisation of library operations by utilizing
either commercial automation package or software developed in-house. The development
of shared copy – cataloguing system is another significant achievement of this phase that
utilised computer and communication technologies for collaboration and cooperation
within the library community.
Second Era: This period of library automation is characterised by the rise of public access
i.e., the arrival of OPAC as a replacement for the traditional card catalogue. This period
also saw major developments in online access to abstracting and indexing databases,
union catalogues, resource sharing networks and library consortia.
Third Era: This era is characterised by the full text access to electronic documents over
high-speed communication channels. The advent of Internet as global publishing platform
and largest repository of information bearing objects revolutionised the ways and means
of delivering library services.
Fourth Era: It is known as ‘networked information revolution’ era. This era supports a
vast variety of digital contents and services that are accessible through the network at any
time, from any place, can be used and reused, navigated, integrated and tailored to the
needs and objectives of each user. Digital libraries, multimedia databases and virtual
libraries are major achievements in the present era.
The above discussion clearly indicates that in the first era of automation, libraries were largely
stand-alone; in the second era, they became reliant on campus networking strategies; in the
third era, the libraries were critically dependent on both LAN and WAN for patron access to
library services. In the fourth era, libraries are not only offering their own network-based
services but also becoming increasingly involved in the management and organisation of external
activities on the network. As a direct result of these developments, LMSs also changed considerably
through four different generations.
1.1.4 Special Features of Library Automation
Special Features of Library Automation are as follows:
It is an electronics based activity which is carried out by human beings
It is helpful to providing library services
Standardization in library work
Accuracy in work
Speedily communication of information
Avoid duplication in the library work
Trained staff
Availability of information
It is a time saving system
User friendly system

Notes1.1.5 Advantages of Library Automation
Advantages of Library Automation are as follows:
Computers and advanced technologies have made it possible to enhance services in diverse
industries including libraries. Through library automation, in-house collections and
resources can be computerized, spreadsheets and databases can be automated, CD-ROMs
can be provided in-house and the Internet can be made available to patrons.
!
Caution Various factors must be considered when planning library automation include
how automation will help the library and educate the public, how automation fits into the
library’s technology plan and how it fits into the budget.
Library automation reduces the workload for library staff in terms of cataloguing,
circulation and acquisitions. This frees up time to provide a higher quality of service to
library patrons. The staff becomes available to answer reference questions, help people
with research work and find information on request. With automation, finding library
materials such as books and reference journals becomes easier and less time consuming.
Patrons no longer have to wait ages for a harried library staff member to attend to requests.
With the help of library automation, automated cataloguing standards, for example,
machine readable cataloguing (MARC) help librarians to catalogue items quickly. It is
possible to catalogue items for easy reference using vendor-supplied catalogues.
Professional cataloguing with the use of scanning technology can be employed where bar
codes on books can be scanned directly into the catalogue database. Automated cataloguing
makes the task of keeping track of library materials that much easier. It also helps to
quickly identify inventory stock when budgeting for new library materials.
There are many benefits to library automation, but one of the major disadvantages is
employee cutbacks. With a huge amount of the budget being spent on automation, there
is generally not much funding left over for salaries and employee benefits. Further, the
need for the full complement of library staff is not there anymore. Automation takes over
many of the functions that people perform.
Example: Patrons can check out their own books by swiping the library card and then
scanning the book’s bar code in a special scanning machine. Patrons no longer need people to
help them locate library materials, the computers provide the information.
Library automation leads to increased building and maintenance costs. Libraries that
automate find their power consumption due to increased heating and air conditioning
needs, rising beyond the anticipated levels. The noise and heat levels generated by people
and many machines costs more than what a library is used to paying for its maintenance
and power costs. Most library buildings are old structures and a good deal of remodelling
work such as wiring and heating and cooling ducts will be needed to support the
automation.
!
Caution Automation costs a lot of money to install and maintain, and libraries often
overshooting the budget and running out of funding as a result.

Library Automation
Notes 1.1.6 Disadvantages of Library Automation
Disadvantages of Library Automation are as follows:
Employee Cut-Backs: With the new automation systems in public libraries, there is less
funding left in the budget for employees. Also, fewer employees are needed. The
automation system does the work of human employees by scanning books and more. You
can check books out by yourself by simply swiping your library card and then scan your
book across the book pad. Users can be taught to handle terminals and systems, but it is
harder and harder to find people, especially out on the floor of public libraries, of whom
you can ask your perhaps not-fully-formed question or make a general inquiry.
Library Closings & Hour Shortages: Many libraries are closing their doors because of
economic pressures. Library doors are either closing permanently or they are closing
earlier or opening later. Partly due to the new automation system, funding can no longer
be afforded to keep them all up and running. Library closings mean less library access for
all patrons. Library closings mean job closings, less children’s story hours, book club
closings and cancelled after-school reading clubs to help keep kids off of the streets. It
seems that each week brings news of libraries forced to close branches, reduce hours.
Libraries without automation are simply less expensive to run. Government grants cannot
cover all of the branches with rising technology costs and smaller libraries cannot always
afford to pay for the automation costs on their own.
Book Budgets: A higher budget percentage being spent on automated library systems
means less money is being spent on books. With bookshelves shrinking, it is less likely to
find what you need during your next visit to the library. Library books have a shelf life
and sometimes are only kept according to the number of times they are checked out. If
academic libraries continue to cut back on their purchase of specialized scholarly books, if
they begin to define worth or value in terms of the number of times someone has sought
access to it one could imagine a day when every university would have its own “press.”
The new technology is radically changing the environment in which scholars do their
work. The great danger is we will end with a system of scholarly communication which
will be technically viable, but not intellectually desirable.
Rising Building and Maintenance Costs: When automated systems are added into a library,
FindArticles.com states that added power consumption and the changes in heating and air
conditioning needs are seldom planned for when automated systems are installed. The
noise and heat of the machines combined with the noise and heat of body heat from extra
people, cost more than what the library had been previously paying for the building’s
maintenance and power costs.
Task Critically examine how library technology provides the best resources for the
general public with the help of examples.
Self Assessment
State whether the following statements are true or false:
1. An automated library is one where a computer system is used to manage one or several of
the library’s key functions.
2. Library automation increases the workload for library staff in terms of cataloguing,
circulation and acquisitions.
3. Library automation leads to diminished building and maintenance costs.

Notes1.2 Need and Purpose of Library Automation
Even though this question seems to be very fundamental, it is essential to emphasize this aspect
as library automation is yet to take off in majority of the Indian libraries. Secondly, while
justifying need for library automation more than cost-effectiveness, the benefits derived by the
library users become the major consideration. Since library does not happen to be an economic
entity such benefits need to be located at in a different perspective. The multifold increase in
information output and usage has posed a problem for librarians and information scientists to
handle information in an effective manner. The advances in technology, lowering cost and
changes in users’ expectations have brought changes in the attitude of librarians to cope with the
associated challenges. They are using computers and networks to identify process and retrieve
information more speedily and efficiently. This switch over has helped library professionals to
serve the risers better and at a lower cost.
Library automation usually covers the following activities and services:
Library Cataloguing System
House-keeping operations and networking
Information Services and products, and
Access to external information through internet
These could also be called the levels of automation because it is in this order the process of
library automation is usually carried out.
The library catalogue or index to the collection forms the base for most of the library activities
such as acquisition, reference, bibliographic service, inter-library lean, etc. The users of library
card catalogue will appreciate how fast is the retrieval search and printing in automated
environment. If the same system is available in network environment, users can have
simultaneous access to the same database. From the library staff point of view the cumbersome
job of printing the cards and their subsequent filing gets eliminated. Also, it conserves space and
save stationary. The second area of automation covers use of a software which can handle all the
house-keeping operations of the library such as acquisition, circulation and serial control which
can also use the existing network of the institution. Networking of computers within an
organization helps the users to browse the cataloguing system from any of the workstations
terminals. The third area of automation covers the information services and products. There are
many sell-tutorial CD-ROMs available with multi-media effect. Libraries facing high incidence
of mutilation of materials will benefit from such electronic products. Also, people doing empirical
research can download data and directly taking it to other software platform for analysis and
making graphical presentation. Other technology which libraries can make use of is the e-mail
system. These not only reduce the recurring expenditure but also are effective and fast. Sending
reminders for non-receipt of journals by e-mail has proved to be very cost-effective. In addition
to this, sharing of resources among libraries becomes easy. Fee public domain e-mail software
is available and there will be no additional expenditure incurred. Subscribers of internet, in
addition to getting access to various public domain databases and services will also get free
e-mail and fax facility.
Notes Some publishers offer content pages of their journals on internet and libraries
subscribing to such journals can also have online access to the full text of the articles. Many
academic and research institutes give free online access to their working papers.

Library Automation
Notes Automation can increase staff productivity. Staff can assist patrons rather than spending large
amounts of time keeping track of paperwork, managing patron files and taking inventory of the
collection. Plus a good automated system would reduce errors and redundancy within the
library system itself. Overdue, lost and missing books can be accounted for more efficiently,
assisting the library in recovering costs and managing the collection better.
The absolute bare minimum of automation would include an Online Public Access Catalogue
(OPAC) module, a Circulation Module, and a Cataloguing Module. In order for one module to
work, it is necessary for the other modules to be functioning.
Example: It would be very difficult for a patron to find new books in the OPAC if there
was no way to catalogue new books, and it would be difficult to find out the publications issued
out if there is no circulation module.
For effectiveness and accuracy, it is necessary to purchase an integrated system that includes
OPAC, Circulation, and Cataloguing modules.
Automation can decrease costs and increase service, no matter how small a library is. While the
process can seem daunting and expensive, there are many low-cost vendor systems and
cataloguing resources on the market. As well, your small library will probably grow larger in
time, and it is better to begin automation early. Equipment and software upgrades can be
purchased at later dates as the library system grows. The total workforce involved depends on
two factors, the size of the collection and the approach by which one chooses to automate one’s
library system.
The cost of automation can be broken into three categories: the cost of purchasing the hardware
and software; the cost of implementation including retrospective conversion of the manual
records; and the cost of ongoing maintenance of the operations. The cost of hardware and
software is highly dependent upon a number of factors, including modules purchased, size of
the collection and operations and stipulations of the contract. According to Borgman, libraries
have been implementing automated systems for the following reasons:
Improving internal workflows, and sharing cataloguing data;
Providing access to local library resources, i.e., providing of access to online catalogues;
conducting of retrospective conversion activities;
Providing access to resources outside the library that is providing access to other collections
and to other online services for operating bibliographic and other information services,
document delivery, online data exchange, and integrating online resources;
Interoperability of information systems; that is efforts towards real time interaction
between computers distributed over wide and local area networks, using various standards,
e.g., 239.50, and the World Wide Web protocols.
Did u know? During the 1960s and the 1970s librarians in India were hotly debating whether
computers had any place in libraries, just as they discussed – in the beginning of the
century – whether typewriters had. Today, the library community as a whole is realizing
that computers and information technology, in general, are the tools of the new information
era, just like the printing machine with movable types was the tool of an information era
which started with Gutenberg in the fifteenth century and lasted until the middle of the
last century.
Now, the important question is no longer whether to use the computer or not, but how to use its
full potential for providing efficient and speedy information services. For libraries to make

Notesoptimal use of automation, a number of conditions must be fulfilled. For most is a profound
understanding of the new tool and a fresh look at what the information process is all about - it
does not seem to be about books, after all, even if books may always be there. Among the other
conditions is a restructuring of libraries to make a better framework for an information service
which fully exploits the potential of the new information technology.
We need library automation for the following reasons:
To cope with increasing demands for services in terms of frequency and speed
To reduce staff or prevent staff increases
To improve the efficiency of the clerical and paraprofessional staff
To provide new forms of old services (electronic access)
To improve access to existing services (remote login, etc.)
To provide new (increasingly digital) information services
Document delivery very fast, frequently online
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
4. The library …………………… to the collection forms the base for most of the library
activities.
5. Automation can …………………… staff productivity.
6. The cost of automation can be broken into …………………… categories.
1.3 Library Automation Process
The main steps in the process of library automation are:
Step 1: Preparing for Automation
Preparing for an automated library system needs system evaluation and planning before
implementation.
Appraisal of Current Status: Statistics regarding total number of stock, accession of
materials, daily issue and return, time taken for routine activities, services given, its
effectiveness, etc. were studied to find a true picture of the current status of the library and
identified the problems facing by the users.
Need Assessment: Routine library activities such as issue and return of the books take a
lion’s share of the total time of the library. The librarians were not getting enough time to
do added services. So, for acquiring required time for a functional library, automation
was necessary. Control over the stock was not adequate. Annual stock verification and
generation of monthly library statistics were not up to the standards. An automated
system will make the things better. Finding a book from the stack room was time taken.
There were no standard classifications or cataloguing schemes. Books were arranged
unscientifically. Card catalogues were absent and the users had to go through all the
collection to find the wanted one. There was no system to find whether the book was
present, issued, if yes, to whom it was issued or when will it return.
Cost Evaluation: The cost contained in every library activity was higher in the case of a
manual system. The human cost was many times greater than an automated environment.

Library Automation
Notes In the long run, the cost of work done by a librarian in manual system for routine activities
will become less and that can be utilized in giving programmed or individualized
information services.
Budget Allocation: Library automation needs a huge initial investment. Administrators
should be informed about the urgency and usefulness of the process. The fund for the
process was earmarked in the annual budget and extracted from the library allotment.
Since it was a onetime investment, it will not hamper the routine book and periodical
accession in coming years.
Administrative Support: Strong administrative backing is essential for the process.
Step 2: System Selection (Software and Hardware)
Selecting the right integrated library management software package is very important. The
strength of the automation is mainly depended on the quality of the system software. A number
of software is available in the market. For the selection certain things should be remembered.
Selection Criteria: The criteria for selection must be user friendliness; portability; after
service; Cost and Proper documentation.
Advantages of Local Software: The main advantage of using local software is the
promptness in service. Most of the libraries (school, college and research institutions)
have been using the software for years. The pricing was reasonable. It was easy to use.
Simple user interface and searching facilities are helpful for students.
Hardware: One computer system is used as the server and one as OPAC for the users.
A laser printer have been using for printing of labels. The retrospective conversion work
needed two computers. Barcode reader (PSC Quick scan 6500) was selected as input device
for reading books and identity cards. Other materials such as self-adhesive labels and
cello tapes were also procured.
Step 3: Preparing the Collection for the Automating System
To start the technical processing (retrospective conversion), the materials (books, multimedia
and periodicals) for the process had to be selected and prepared.
Periodicals: All the periodicals were included in the selection.
Multimedia: Subject and encyclopaedic multimedia CD-ROMs were selected for the process.
Step 4: Implementing the Automated System
The implementation phase consists of retrospective conversion, database of members, operations,
statistics generation and training for staff and users.
Retrospective Conversion: The process of converting the bibliographic or documentary
details of the existing stock into the machine-readable form is known as retrospective
conversion. This technical processing consists of Bibliographical data entry and physical
processing. The steps in Bibliographical data entry are:
1. Classification: In library classification, materials are classified according to the subject
of their content. The classification system used and being followed is Dewey Decimal
Classification, Edition 21 (the most favoured scheme around the world). Here, the
subjects are primarily classified into ten main divisions (First summary). Each division
is again classified into ten subdivisions and again into ten, according to the depth of
the subjects (Second and Third summaries).

Notes
Did u know? School libraries required a division of subjects up to the maximum of third
summary. The class numbers given on CBSE guidelines for libraries were used as reference.
For easy identification, indicators were given to documents such as, R (reference),
T (textbook), H (Hindi) and S (Sanskrit).
2. Cataloguing: Although the software has the facility of printing card catalogues, there
not raised any need of that, since we are using the Online Public Access Catalogue
(OPAC).
3. Indexing: In the case of books all the entry fields are indexed and searchable where as
in the case of periodicals indexing terms were feed into the database.
4. Barcoding: In an automated environment every document should be unique and
searchable. It is done through bar coding. Barcoding facilitates the searching,
circulation and systematic shelving of the concerned document. After entering all
the details regarding the documents into the database, barcodes are printed on
adhesive labels according to the accession number of the document. For this process
we used one barcode software and laser printer.
5. Labelling: The barcode label was pasted on the lower bottom of the title page of the
book. This has been read by the barcode reader during circulation and stock
verification. The second label that pasted on the lower bottom side of the spine of
the book is called spine label. It contains Call number (class number and book
number), Accession number and library code. After pasting, these labels were covered
with cello tapes for more protection.
6. Shelf arrangement: The processed books were arranged on the shelves in the stack
room according to their call numbers. If more than one books are present with the
same call numbers, they were arranged based on the alphabetical order within the
call number.
Database of Users: The preparation of the user’s database using the library management
software was critical. Just like a book which has its unique accession number, a member
should also have his/her unique identification. Since, the only unique number for the
student was the Admission Number, it was selected.
Student’s/Staff Identity Cards: The school identity cards have been also used as the library
membership cards. One side of the card contains the barcoded admission number of the
student along with instructions. On staff identity cards, the serial number of the staff has
been bar-coded, along with his/her personal particulars.
Circulation Control: The user has to bring the identity cards to the library at the time of
issue, return, renewal and reservation.
1. Issue/Return of Books: When a user comes to the circulation counter along with the
selected book from the shelf, the barcode reader reads his/her identity card. Then
the system will show the details of the member such as name, class & div., category,
books previously issued or to be returned along with the dates. Then the book’s
details are automatically entered by the barcode reader by reading the barcode
label on the title page of the book. The process of issue is completed by stamping the
due date on the due date slip. When the book is returned, its barcode label is read by
the barcode reader and details such as due date, fine details etc. are appeared. The
librarian can now ‘return’ the book by selecting the required graphic options.
2. Renewal and Reservation: Giving the membership/accession number at the circulation
section, users can do renewal of the books for an extended period. Books can be
reserved by submitting the Identity cards.

Library Automation
Notes 3. Fine: The ‘loan period’ should be fixed at the beginning of the operation (e.g. one/
two weeks). Then the system will automatically give the overdue details, when the
member returns the book.
Serials Control: The details of the periodicals subscribed by the library were entered into
the database such as title, periodicity, subject, imprint, and vol./issue numbers, date of
publication and date of receipt. It is searchable by OPAC. The system will automatically
generate the missing issues, so that the librarian can send reminders.
Multimedia: The collection details of CDs, ACDs, VCDs, DVDs, etc. are feeded into the
database. Title, producer, imprint, subject, language, format and duration of the media are
entered. Barcode labels (accession number) are pasted on the CD-ROMs so that, they can
be circulated.
Library Statistics: Periodical library statistics shows the functional effectiveness of the
stock and services. The main statistics that can be generated from the systems are:
(i) Monthly stock details (subject-wise, format-wise)
(ii) Member information (students and staff)
(iii) Weekly/Monthly circulation details (class-wise, member-wise)
(iv) Renew/reservation details
(v) Overdue and fine details
(vi) List of new additions
(vii) Details of written off and condemned documents
Stock Verification: Annual stock verification can be done with ease by reading the barcodes
of the books and comparing it with the basic database.
Step 5: Networking
The main system where the software has loaded and the data entry has been taking place was
kept as server. It has been protected with passwords. The remaining systems in the library
including OPACs and the computer system were networked locally. Proper monitoring and
maintenance of the network is necessary. Updating of the database should be done when new
documents are added.
Step 6: OPAC (Online Public Access Catalogue)
The Online Public Access Catalogue, popularly known as OPAC is the user interface of the
automated system. The user gets all information regarding the holdings of the library here.

NotesSearching OPAC: Searching the OPAC is very easy. First the user selects the document,
which may be a book or a journal or multimedia from the “Document” field. Book is the
default document.
The field name can be changed as Acc_No, Call_No, Autor, Title, Subject, Series etc. Then the
user has to put the keywords in to the “Look For” box which may be author, title, subject, series,
imprint, year, edition, accession number, call number, etc. If the search is by author the fieldname
may be changed in to Author and if it is by title, change it to “Title”, for example, if we are
looking for books written by Agatha Christie, just type Christe, Agatha in the “Look For” box
and click “SEARCH”. The field name is “All”, means every document which contains the term
“Christie, Agatha” in any field will appear.
English names are written as surname first whereas Indic names are written as it is.
An option of “Boolean Search” is also given for in-depth search.
By clicking “DETAILED VIEW”, we get the detailed information of the document.
The circulation details of the document are also given.

Library Automation
Notes Finding the Book-work Flow: The user noted down the Call No. of the required book
form the database. Then he/she goes to the stack room where books are shelved according
to their call numbers. Shelf guides are there to help to find the concerned shelf number.
From the shelf the user picks the book and brings it to the circulation counter for issue.
Back-up: The backup has been taken in fixed intervals. The database is copied on CD-ROMs
as to avoid unexpected system crashes and data losses.
Step 7: Staff Training and User Education
The librarian should be well trained in the overall management and maintenance of the
automated system. He will get initial training from the software vendor and has to continuously
update it according to the changing user needs and technology. In this case the librarians got
training from the company. Training sessions on the automated library system (mainly, OPAC
search, finding the book, circulation, etc.) are conducted for the users. These skill development
programmes can be organized during the library periods. For staff members special time slots
should be planned.
Step 8: Evaluation
The system must be evaluated for its currency and effectiveness periodically. User studies can be
conducted to assess the effectiveness of services. Real time oral interviews with the users and
observation techniques can be used. The shortcomings should be identified and clearing measures
be taken. A suggestion book may be kept in the library to express user’s views.
Step 9: Planning for the Future
Library is a growing organism. As the technology changes in the field of information storage
and retrieval, the user needs are also changing. There should be planned Library programmes
which will incorporate the future needs.
Self Assessment
7. Statistics were studied to find a true picture of the current status of the library and identified
the problems facing by the users.
8. The process of converting the bibliographic or documentary details of the existing stock
into the machine-readable form is known as Circulation control.
9. The Online Public Access Catalogue is the user interface of the automated system.
1.4 Challenges in Library Automation
There is the challenge of optimally utilizing small fund allocation to address wide segments of
the automation areas. The committee handling the project had to accommodate areas not
budgeted for and yet not compromising quality job delivery. Library automation is a great
enhancement for your library, but it comes with plenty of headaches. It is a time-consuming
process. Libraries may struggle to have the proper technology for the automation. Staff and
patrons may need a lot of training to properly operate the new system. Once the automation is
completed, users will recognize many benefits.
Time: Library automation takes time. Before the automation takes place, libraries should
take time to assess these elements: budget, demographics of the patrons, library

Notesenvironment, collection and available equipment. This analysis helps the library make
the right choices during the process of selecting automation software and equipment.
Weeding out is another time-consuming element of the process. According to the Colorado
Department of Education, “the more titles you have to create records for, the more pricey
your project is going to be.” Therefore, you should take the time to thoroughly weed
through your collection before the automation.
Data migration also takes time. Any existing records must be transferred to the new
system. If you are upgrading from a manual system to an automated system, the circulation
information must be entered into the computer. Finally, you might have to change some
collection and patron bar codes during the automation process. This can involve some
tedious hours of handwork to make everything work with the new automated system.
Technology: Technology is another hurdle to cross while automating your library. When
selecting library automation software, you must make sure it will work with your existing
equipment or be financially prepared to purchase upgraded technology. Analyse the
librarians’ workstations, patron access points, network server, Internet access and building
electrical system. Some libraries may require minor technological upgrades, while others
will require an expensive technological overhaul.
Notes The technology team, or lack of one, can be another challenge of library automation.
A library needs a strong technology support system in place prior to automation. Someone
needs to oversee the automation process and troubleshoot any software or hardware
problems. Once the system is in place, the technology team will need to continue to
monitor and upgrade the system.
Training: Training your staff and patrons to use a newly automated system can be
challenging. According to the Colorado Department of Education, “Training is expensive
and you can never pay for enough.” If your staff is unfamiliar with computerized library
management software, they will need many hours of training to feel comfortable operating
the system. A select number of staff will also need training to manage specialized
operations, such as cataloguing or patron record management. Additionally, patrons will
need assistance using the system to search for library materials. Some patrons may be
reluctant to change to a new system, especially if they don’t like computers. With proper
training and plenty of support, users will adjust to the new system.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
10. The more titles you have to create records for, the more …………………… your project is
going to be.
11. …………………… your staff and patrons to use a newly automated system can be
challenging.
12. If you are upgrading from a manual system to an automated system, the ……………………
information must be entered into the computer.
1.5 Library Automation Trends
Using computers to assist in information processing began experimentally in the 1960s. In the
1970s most libraries that attempted computerisation used the computer of the parent body, or a

Library Automation
Notes mainframe system over which they had no direct control. The 1570s saw the growth of
cooperative services and resource sharing among libraries. In the early 1980s turnkey systems
(where one supplier offers complete hardware, software, installation, training and maintenance)
became prevalent. The significant drop in prices and impressive increase in power of
microcomputers made microcomputer-based systems available by the mid-1980s. The 1990s
saw the microcomputers (Personal computers – PCs) entering a large number of libraries in the
country. Also, multipurpose machines like printer-cum-copier-cum-fax have come into the
market. Libraries no longer need to have separate computer printers, photocopiers, and fax
machines. One device can handle all the above applications if the right interfaces are built in.
Such machines are very cost effective for libraries.
The focus in library automation now is on interconnecting systems, information resources, and
users. Expected developments in the future include increasing use of networks and the Internet.
Interconnectivity of systems is possible, based on 235.50. Even Requests for Proposals (RFP) and
Request for Bids (RFB) issued by different organisations for their projects are available online.
The libraries rapidly evolve into something that looks quite different than it did just a few
decades ago. It is critical that librarians not only become aware of this evolution, but that they
actively intervene to help reshape their libraries in ways that are consistent with the core
mission of the respective organisations. The integrated automation of basic internal processes
such as acquisition, cataloguing and circulation has produced very large efficiency gains. The
almost universal use of shared bibliographic data, loaded into local systems from a variety of
external sources, has also been a major time-saving development, and has also produced in in
any cases improvements in the quality of data on offer to users. OPACs have also fulfilled a
good deal of their potential. The software have travelled through the technological advances
from DOS, UNIX, Windows, LINUX operating systems, and now on to online networks and the
WEB, providing applications for every environment. The library automation system whether
the software package came from Libsys, SLIM++, TLMS, Easylib, SOUL or any of the other major
suppliers, has become the centre of attention of the librarians and of high expectations of library
users. Library automation, which started in late 1970s in a few special libraries, has now reached
majority of the university libraries and many college and even school libraries. It is however
yet to be reach majority of the libraries of colleges and schools and public libraries.
Self Assessment
13. The 1980s saw the microcomputers entering a large number of libraries in the country.
14. The focus in library automation now is on interconnecting systems, information resources,
and users.
15. The significant drop in prices and impressive increase in power of microcomputers made
microcomputer-based systems available by the mid-1980s.
Case Study Automation of A.T.E.C. Central Library
T
he automation of libraries and information centres in India started in middle 1950’s
till 1980’s the concept of automation was centred on the use of computers for
housekeeping operations and information services by individual libraries. There
are certain factors responsible for the automation of the libraries such as information
Contd...

Notesexplosion, increased user’s demand, labour-intensive nature of work, changing concepts
of documents. Application of modern management techniques reduced response time and
need for resource sharing are important elements. With the tremendous capabilities of
computer, libraries started using computers for the in-house operations.
The library is the lung of every educational institute which breathes knowledge and
information into the minds of the students. The Agnel Technical Education Complex has
a well-equipped Central Library with an elaborate collection of books, journals, project
reports, AV-materials and other resources to serve its users.
The A.T.E.C. Central Library came into existence in the year 1983. The Central Library is
equipped with a good no. of national and international books, journals in the field of
Engineering, Humanities, Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, English, Management,
Research Methodology and General reading, etc. and also with the modern and latest
technology to cope up with latest development to provide quality and quick services to its
users. The main objective of the Central Library is to support staff and students of
Engineering, Polytechnic, ITI and Management with the view to provide up-to-date
knowledge.
Books 19,422
Journals 112
Bound Volumes 941
ISI Codes 650
Inplant Training/Project Reports 3167
AV-Materials 08
CD-ROMs 140
Floppies 117
Charts 03
Transparencies 154
Library Staff: A.T.E.C. Central Library has good team of qualified Professional, Semi-
professional, Non-professional Staff.
Library Services: A.T.E.C. Central Library is providing the following services to its users:
Circulation
Reference Service
Current Awareness Service
Reprographic Service
Audio-Visual service
OPAC
E-mail and Internet
CD-ROM Database
Inter Library Loan
Intranet
Table 1: Statistics for the Year 2000–2001
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Agnel Technical Education Complex is one of the first institutes in Navi-Mumbai to have
a computerized Library. Computerization started since 1995 and built a complete database
of over 20,000 books, 1000 Current and Back Volumes of journals and reports. Further we
have Online Services provided to our users through our INTER LIBRARY LAN SYSTEM
consisting of 7 terminals connected to the Main Library Server storing our database. The
ONLINE PUBLIC ACCESS CATALOG (OPAC) is used to carry out online searches of
library database by Author, Title, Keywords and Accession Numbers which enables users
to provide good reference service to staff and students.
INITIAL STAGE: FOXPRO 2.6
1. Book Search: In the Initial Stage, there exists a computerized as well as manual
search for books. The computerized searching can be done title-wise or author-wise.
The user has to first logon to a terminal connected to the network. The interface is
not a true graphical interface and is not very user friendly. The manual searching is
done with the help of cards. Each book in the library is represented by a card, which
contains the title, author, subject and its location. All these cards are kept in the
library so that the member can go through the list of titles that are available in the
library.
2. Circulation of Books: The process of issue and return of books is manual. Each book
has a card associated with it. When the book is issued, the member’s roll-no is
entered on the card along with the date of issue. The date of return is also entered
along with the issue date. The library card of the student is then kept along with the
book-card at the issue counter. When the member returns the book the date is
compared along with the actual date the book was to be returned and the fine if any
is calculated. The library card is returned to the member who can issue another
book.
3. Fine Calculations: The fine calculation is manual. When a book is returned the date
is compared with the return date on the book-card. If the book is returned late then
a fine of 50 paise per day is charged. If the late period increases beyond seven days,
then a fine of ` 1 per day is charged. The maximum fine that can be charged is ` 100.
4. Entry of New Books: The process of entry of new books is computerized. It is done
using Microsoft FoxPro. The book details are entered in a form and then stored in
the database. If many copies of the same book are purchased, each copy has to be
entered separately. This process is time consuming and tedious.
5. Drawbacks of the Existing System: The existing system has many drawbacks, which
can be listed as:
The process of issue and return of books is manual and time consuming.
The fine calculation is manual and hence prone to mistakes.
The interface for searching of books is not user friendly.
The book search facility is slow and does not always give correct results.
The entry of new books is time consuming and tedious.
There is no provision for the members to recommend any books.
There is no provision for the members to reserve books.
Contd...

NotesSECOND STAGE: MYSQL/PHP
Before embarking on the project, various technologies, programming languages, candidate
platforms and software were studied in order to be able to select which were the most
appropriate choices for the proposed system. This was done by reading books on each
subject, surfing the internet for information and seeking the expert opinion of experienced
people in the IT industry.
1. Platforms: Three possible candidate platforms for the server were available:
Unix or Linux based: Linux or Unix Operating System; Apache Web Server; PHP
script, CGI programming with Perl, etc.
Microsoft – Windows NT based: Windows NT server 4 Operating System; Internet
Information Server and Active Server Pages
Servlet Based: Either Windows NT Server or Linux Operating System; Java
Web Server and Java Servlets
The application for the entire library system is to be implemented over a client
server setup having one server and five clients. The server and clients are to be
implemented on Pentium machines running Linux or Windows NTTM Server.
Reasons why above technologies were selected:
1. All Software Packages Are Free: The principal software packages used are Linux,
PHP, MySql, Apache Web Server. Most of these packages are distributed with the
GNU public license, which means that they are free. Some of these packages are also
open source software, which means that their source code is also freely available.
2. Compatibility: PHP (scripting language), MySql (database), Apache Web Server are
native Linux based software. They were originally created for Linux or Unix based
systems. The integration between them is totally seamless.
3. Documentation and Support Easily Available: All the above mentioned software
has tremendous resources on the Internet. Documentation is provided at all the
respective sites. Since the software is free, support is also available freely with no
time limits or extra charges for providing support. In addition there are many other
sites offering forums for discussion and mailing lists.
4. Security: Linux operating system was created for building a system that would have
security even in a multi-user environment. Security comes in-built with Linux so no
additional software is required for providing security. Till today there are almost
no viruses for a Linux based system.
Apache provides security through its client server interface. Automatic data
encryption can be provided through use of SSL. PHP can also be used to provide
security by verifying a user’s access that is stored in a database.
5. Stability: Linux is built to ignore breakdowns in parts of its operating system and
continue to run without a system shutdown. Also bugs can be fixed while the
operating system is running, this is required in server. Linux’s inherent stability
along the seamless integration of all other software on it makes the entire system
very stable.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Client–Server Model
The Client Server model is suitable for systems that are smaller in size and less resource
hungry on the server side. This system is suitable especially within an organization.
Multiple clients can submit requests for service or for some processing to the server. The
server executes the requests or performs the processing and then passes the results back to
the respective client. Here, the request submission – processing – returning of results
takes place transparent to the user sitting at the client terminal. Since all applications are
run on the server, there is a good amount of security and protection to the application
programs from any possible attempt to tamper with the system from the client side. There
are several advantages of implementing the system using the Client–Server model
The system will be fully functional as soon as the server is setup and connected.
No additional client side installation of software is required except for the basic
operating system. By just typing the URL of the site the application will be available
to him/her.
The system will be platform independent on the client side i.e. the system will be
accessible to all users, irrespective of the operating systems they are using.
The system has a good amount of security that is inherent in the client server model,
also additional security can easily be provided.
The system can be easily extended to the Internet to make it available to remote
users, and with minimum additional setup.
The server setup will consist of Linux Operating System along with the accompanying
Web Server i.e. the Apache server. To handle the data required to be stored on the system
MySQL has been chosen as the Database Management System. To perform the entire
HTML embedded scripting operations PHP has been chosen for scripting operation and
the generation of pages. In addition JavaScript was also used for some additional features.
1. MySQL: The main factor in favour of MySQL is that it is available at no cost and is
freely downloadable from the Internet. If one is looking for a free or inexpensive
database management system, several are available from which to choose: MySQL,
mSQL, PostgreSQL, etc. But MySQL, one of the most popular databases, has many
advantages. MySQL scores over other databases as described below:
Speed
Ease of us
Cos
Query language support
Capability
Connectivity and security
Portability
Open distribution
Easy connectivity with PHP
2. PHP: Many web sites contain static content, such as academic papers or articles.
These sites’ pages are documents consisting of simple text, images, and hyperlinks
to other documents. For this type of web site, simple client-side technologies
generally suffice. HTML and Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) provide the means to
Contd...

Notesstructure and present page content, and JavaScript allows one to spice it up a bit if
desired. Increasingly, however, the Internet and intranets are being used for
applications, most of which incorporate databases. These sites and applications are
dynamic, because their content will vary according to the data involved and the
actions of the user. This is where PHP comes in. By running PHP programs on the
server you can create very powerful applications that interact with a database and
generate content dynamically.
Questions:
1. Write down the case facts.
2. What do you infer from it?
Source: Adapted from http://drtc.isibang.ac.in:8080/bitstream/handle/1849/61/Paper-EF.PDF?
sequence=2
1.6 Summary
Library automation is the process which needs proper planning, timely implementation
and periodical evaluation.
Automation is used to reduce the amount of staff time devoted to repetitive (and often less
challenging) activities that must be done in any properly functioning library.
Library automation is the application of computers and also connected tools to the
processing of data in a library or libraries.
The library catalogue or index to the collection forms the base for most of the library
activities such as acquisition, reference, bibliographic service, inter-library lean, etc.
The focus in library automation now is on interconnecting systems, information resources,
and users.
The librarian with the administrators has to set the priorities after analysing the current
status and future requirements.
Selection of the suitable integrated library management package according to the needs of
the users and the library is important.
Retrospective conversion, OPAC, circulation and serials control, etc. should be conducted
with care.
Staff training and user education are keys to the success of the process.
Library automation invites pragmatic approach.
1.7 Keywords
Appraisal: Impartial analysis and evaluation conducted according to established criteria to
determine the acceptability, merit, or worth of an item.
Automation: Automation is the use of machines, control systems and information technologies
to optimize productivity in the production of goods and delivery of services.
Barcoding: Bar coding is the most common form of automatic identification used in automatic
data-capture technologies.
Budget Allocation: Budget allocation is an important part of all business and not-for-profit
financial plans and is typically set annually and involve allocating anticipated income and
resources between different departments and business interests.

Library Automation
Notes Hardware: The physical components of a computer that can be seen and touched by a user.
House-keeping: General care, cleanliness, orderliness, and maintenance of business or property.
Indexing: Indexing is the process of creating indexes for record collections.
Labelling: Display of information about a product on its container, packaging, or the product
itself.
Library Automation: Library automation is the application of computers and also connected
tools to the processing of data in a library or libraries.
Maintenance Costs: Maintenance costs are often used to compare maintenance performance
between companies or between plants within the same company.
Multimedia: Multimedia is media and content that uses a combination of different content
forms.
Need Assessment: A needs assessment is a systematic process for determining and addressing
needs, or “gaps” between current conditions and desired conditions or “wants”.
Periodicals: Periodicals are publications which are issued at regular intervals, such as journals,
magazines, and newspapers.
Retrospective Conversion: The process of converting the bibliographic or documentary details
of the existing stock into the machine-readable form is known as retrospective conversion.
Software: Software is a general term for the various kinds of programs used to operate computers
and related devices.
1. Define Library automation.
2. What are the objectives of Library automation?
3. Discuss the advantages of Library automation.
4. Explain the disadvantages of Library automation.
5. Describe the need for Library automation.
6. What do you understand by Retrospective conversion?
7. Write brief note on OPAC.
8. Discuss the stages of Library automation.
9. Explain the Challenges in Library Automation.
10. Describe various trends that have taken place in library automation.
Answers: Self Assessment
1. True 2. False
3. False 4. Catalogue or Index
5. Increase 6. Three
7. True 8. False
9. True 10. Pricey

Notes11. Training 12. Circulation
13. False 14. True
15. True
Books Aswal, Rajinder Singh (2006). “Library Automation for 21st Century.” Ess Ess
Publication.
Brown-Syed, Christopher (2011). “Parents of Invention: The Development of Library
Automation Systems in the Late 20th Century: The Development of Library Automation
Systems in the Late 20th Century.” ABC-CLIO.
Kochtanek, Thomas R. and Matthews, Joseph R. (2002). “Library Information Systems:
From Library Automation to Distributed Information Access Solutions.” Libraries
Unlimited.
Lancaster, F. Wilfrid (2008). “Problems and Failures in Library Automation - Volume
15th.” Read Books.
Nanda, Manohar (2006). “Library Automation.” Anmol Publications Pvt. Limited.
Online links http://libraryjobs.jobsnoexperiencerequired.com/advantages-and-
disadvantages-of-library-automation/
http://librarykvpattom.files.wordpress.com/2008/07/library-automation.pdf
http://librarynext.wordpress.com/category/library-automation/
http://www.clib.dauniv.ac.in/E-Lecture/Library%20Automation.pdf
http://www.ehow.com/facts_5750421_meaning-library-automation_.html
http://www.ehow.com/list_6932611_challenges-library-automation.html
http://www.ehow.com/list_7496091_disadvantages-library-automation.html
http://www.ijidt.com/index.php/ijidt/article/view/154/83
http://www.studymode.com/essays/Library-Automation-364956.html

Library Automation
Notes Unit 2: Functions and Requirements of
Library Automation
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
2.1 Functions of Library Automation
2.2 Basic Requirements of Library Automation
2.3 Factors for Library Automation
2.4 Areas and Services of Library Automation
2.5 Summary
2.6 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss the functions of Library Automation
Explain the basic requirements of Library Automation
Describe the factors for Library Automation
Discuss the areas and services of Library Automation
Introduction
The utilization of computer and related techniques make the provision to provide the right
information to right reader at the right time in a right form in a right personal way. Automation
of library activities provides the services very efficiently, rapidly, effectively, adequately and
economically. The modern libraries and information a centre facilitates free communication
because access to information has become a fundamental right of the clientele. The automation
is economically feasible and technologically required in modern libraries to cope up with the
requirements of new knowledge, the enormous increase in the collection of materials, problems
of their acquisition, storage, processing, dissemination and transmission of information. The
capabilities of computer associated peripheral media and its application in library activities and
services led to a highly significant quantitative and qualitative improvement especially in
online technology.
2.1 Functions of Library Automation
Main functions of Library Automation are as follows:
1. Cataloguing: Cataloguing is facilitated and coherence of data guaranteed. Most fields can
contain several million characters and some can contain images such as a document’s
cover or photographs of readers.

Unit 2: Functions and Requirements of Library Automation
Notes2. Subject Headings: The content of your documents is analysed by allocating controlled
subject headings. One subject heading can refer to another (in the case of synonyms or
comparable concepts, for instance). Authority lists can then be printed.
3. Searches: BiblioMaker has several very powerful search functions. Here are some search
samples, which you will be able to conduct without difficulty:
Books by a given author
Novels for which you only remember one word of the title
Non-fiction books on a specific subject
Acquisitions made in the last three months
DVDs from a given publisher as of a given date
All the comic books of a given series
Press articles on a specific subject published by a given journal
Readers living in a given district
Readers who should receive a subscription renewal request
4. Public Search: One of the main purposes of a catalogue is to be consulted by readers. The
ergonomy of the «Public Search» function was carefully designed for all types of readers,
including those who are not used to computers. The user-friendliness of the public search
stems from simple and uncluttered screens, clear explanations at every step of the search
and the elimination of non-essential options.
5. Digital Titles: The application can manage digital resources, such as web site addresses,
desktop documents, images, sound files or animated sequences. These files are associated
to title records. When consulting the record, the reader can click on the link connecting to
the digital resource, which will then appear on screen.
6. Settings: With the help of numerous options, the software can easily be configured to
meet your specific needs that is types of documents in your catalogue, duration of loans,
default values, automatic numbering, access authorisations that is all these parameters
and many more can be set by checkboxes, using local menus or radio buttons. Thus there
is no need to enter complicated formulas or to modify unclear configuration files. Of
course, most of the choices made during setup can be modified later on.
7. Classification: Classification of your library can be managed directly within the application.
You are free to add, modify or delete classmarks whenever needed, for instance in case of
a reorganization of your shelves. The software comes with the Universal Decimal
Classification (UDC). Other systematics can be obtained upon request.
8. Series: Publisher series are managed in a dedicated index. This way, you ensure that there
are no double entries. It also allows you to easily establish a list of titles belonging to a
series, in order to identify possible gaps.
9. Printing: Many standard print layouts are available to you:
Catalogues (for instance lists of new acquisitions or bibliographical lists)
Barcode labels
Number of loans of a title
Titles belonging to a series
Class marks list

Library Automation
Notes Inventory list
Addresses labels
Readers’ list with phone number
10. Addresses: Readers, suppliers and other contacts are all registered in the same address
database. Numerous fields allow precisely recording all necessary information, such as
postal and e-mailing addresses, telephone numbers and data that can be used for statistics:
category, birth date, and gender. You can simply and rapidly send an e-mail to your
readers, should you desire to inform them about an event your library is organising, or to
advice of a change in opening hours. The application can account for reader contributions
and automates subscription management.
Self Assessment
1. Cataloguing is facilitated and coherence of data guaranteed.
2. Readers, suppliers and other contacts are all registered in the same address database.
3. Digital titles are managed in a dedicated index.
4. BiblioMaker has several very powerful search functions.
2.2 Basic Requirements of Library Automation
For automating a library, the decision to select or reject a particular set up, hardware and
software has to be taken based on several considerations actual requirements of the library. The
basic requirements of Library Automation are as follows:
1. Library Collection: It can range from a few thousands to a few lakhs or to crores. The kind
of document backup and storage device required will depend largely on the size of its
collection. The options before a library ranges from going in for PCs with hard disk drives
– whose storage capacity now is around 4–8 gb and a PAH size of 32–64 mbs, or for other
higher-end systems with hard disc capacity ranging from 20–40 gbs and higher RAMs. For
archival storage there are a wide range of secondary storage options available such as –
CD ROM backup, cartridge tape drive, DVD ROM (Digital Video/Versatile Disc), and
DATs. The size of a library collection will have an overall effect on the system selected for
all other services of a library.
!
Caution In a sense, the huge document collection may not only result in the selection of a
system with adequate hard disc and back up capacity, but also related services like
cataloguing will have to be selected and developed keeping in mind the size and in turn
an increased RAM speed for quick access and transactions.
2. Number of Users: The library has an option of going in for a few standalone systems if they
are catering to a limited number of users in a small setup, or connecting standalone into a
network, or if the users are distributed, say within a campus, and need to access the library
almost 24 hours then the library may decide to go in for a server with terminals distributed
around the campus.
3. Number of Transactions: The more the number of transactions expected in a day, the higher
should be the RAM speed and the speed of the backup storage devices. Transaction could be
records of books processed, number of serials registered, number of books/periodicals

Notesissued, reminders to borrowers or vendors etc. so that the system will act as a supporting
and speed enhancing device rather than hindering the activities and creating artificial
bottlenecks.
4. Types of Services Offered: The library needs to identify the services it is planning to provide.
This will have a direct impact on the system to be selected.
Example: Whether the library is planning to provide; say current additions to the library
and other current awareness services. When a wide range and complex variety of services of
very high quality in terms of speed, timeliness, accuracy and reliability are planned by a library,
they will have to decide on tried and tested a system – both hardware and software – which is
known for its quality durability and speed. On the contrary if the library has only few routine
services lined up. Then they can afford to be more adventurous and experiment with systems
and software.
5. Automation and Data Processing: The quantum of information to be acquired, processed,
housed, circulated by libraries has increased. Computers and other information
technologies offer an efficient and effective tool for handling the burgeoning knowledge
problem. A rapidly expanding and more literate population has generated demands for
reader services that have far exceeded a library’s ability to respond effectively with
traditional methods and techniques. The emerging information society has realised the
importance of information and knowledge, thereby emphasizing the critical role libraries
play in dispensing information. Users in turn have begun to expect more and more from
the libraries today. Furthermore, computers have made users to expect better services
from all social institutions including libraries. Majority of the tasks performed in library
operations involve the intensive use of human resources. The tasks are routine and
repetitive in nature. To illustrate, take the example of a bibliographical record of a book.
The bibliographical details of the book like author, title, imprints information, etc., are
required to be recorded in many different operations such as book selection slips, book
ordering, invoicing, accessioning, cataloguing, shelf list preparation, circulation, etc.
A variety of files are generated and maintained in libraries.
Example: In the acquisition section, books on order, books received, books
recommended, etc.
In the circulation section also files like user file and transaction files are created and
maintained. The catalogue the most important and highly useful tool is a surrogate file of
the entire library holdings. These files need constant updating. Modern management
techniques are being increasingly applied to library work. The main thrust of a modern
management technique is their emphasis on quantitative data. Consequently the demand
for collection of accurate data of library use and other data is increasing. Many of the
modern techniques like informatics, operations research, etc. can only be contemplated if
the library data like circulation statistics are computerized. The queries posed to library
records, files and systems are manifold. These files and records are helpful in answering
queries. Traditional methods of record keeping are inadequate in answering queries quickly;
the need for reducing response time is being increasingly recognised.
Did u know? Today library automation is thought of as a means of enhancing the library’s
ability to satisfy users by providing timely answers.
Library cooperation is one of the finest and oldest traditions of librarianship. Pressures of
inflation, budgetary cuts and information explosion are forcing librarians to form networks

Library Automation
Notes and consortia with a view to resource sharing, the use of modern data processing and
modern communication technology offers a new dimension to cooperation among libraries.
The developments in library automation efforts may be summarized as a classic case of
need pull and technology push.
6. Turnkey Systems: The turnkey system is a complete system, installed by a vendor on the
library’s premises. Turnkey means that the library just turns the key and the system
operates. The vendor of turnkey systems supplies the hardware and complete packaged
software and is responsible for dealing with any problem in the system. In the turnkey
system the library staff could make the desired changes on the assumption that they
possessed the necessary experience and qualifications. The most common examples of
turnkey systems at present are minicomputer based integrated library system. They
perform almost all housekeeping jobs as an integrated unit.
Task Critically examine in what way automation is helpful for libraries.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
5. The kind of document backup and storage device needed will depend largely on the size
of its …………………….
6. The more the number of transactions expected in a day, the higher should be the
…………………… speed and the speed of the backup storage devices.
7. Majority of the tasks performed in library operations involve the intensive use of
…………………….
8. The …………………… system is a complete system, installed by a vendor on the library’s
premises.
2.3 Factors for Library Automation
Following are the factors for Library Automation:
1. Growing Information and Shrinking Space: The enormous growth or information
explosion of literature in each area, subject in number and size and results fragmentation
of literature and increasing specialization in every field of knowledge. Due to this
information explosion, the quantity, variety and complexity of information are being
increased rapidly in every field. Computer application can solve this problem, as it is
capable of storing huge bulk of information on tiny storage mediums i.e. a CD-ROM can
store the text of the complete set of Encyclopaedia Britannica. Serials, abstracts, indexing
periodicals etc. are already available on CD-ROM.
2. Incensement of Users and Organizing the Flood of Information: Increasing the number of
clientele of library and information centres and their specialized desires forces us to
change the method of organizing information because traditional methods is going to
become inadequate. The manual method has serious limitations and, facing problem to
provide access to reader’s information that is available in a wide of publications from so
many sources.
3. Cost Hike of Printed as well as Electronic Reading Materials and Resource Sharing: The
rapidly enhancement price of information materials motivated the library and information

Notescentres to share their resources. They realize that the only way they could fulfil their client
groups is by effective cooperation between libraries, information centres and networks
and by sharing of all type of resources.
4. Enhancement in Budget: As increasing the members of the library, cost of information
materials, services and growth of information or information explosion, the budget of the
libraries is also raised. That is also allowed us to automate the library activities and make
maximum utilization of the library funds.
5. Non-availability of Suitable Software: Non-availability of suitable software has also
played an important role. Though there is a number of software available for library
management but most of them are non-standard. The main reason behind, most of the
software has been developed without the help of a qualified librarian. As a result there
was a stream of non-standard software. Some of these soft wares have been developed by
big corporations like CMC but have not been proved very successful.
Notes The software developed by institution could not be successful as they were lacking
in marketing and after sales service. The librarian is confused as he is not in a position to
decide what to select.
6. Geographical Location: Geographical location of an institution also played a very
important role. The institutions near to a metro city were benefited by the availability of
the resources. They were having better approach to hardware and software market and
also the manpower for data entry. They were having approach to better training facilities.
Hyderabad is a good example which can be cited.
Self Assessment
9. Serials, abstracts, indexing periodicals etc. are available on CD-ROM.
10. The enhancement price of information materials motivated the library and information
centres to share their resources.
11. The institutions near to a metro city were not benefited by the availability of the resources.
12. The software developed by institutions could be successful as they were lacking in
marketing and after sales service.
2.4 Areas and Services of Library Automation
Library automation is generic term used to denote the various activities related with the location,
acquisition, storage, update, manipulation, processing, repackaging or reproducing,
dissemination or transmission or communication, an improving the quality of products and
services of library and information centres. It enhance the speed, productivity, adequacy and
efficiency of the library professional staff and save the manpower to avoid some routine, repetitive
and clerical tasks such as filing, sorting, typing, duplication checking etc. on which we can
conserve costly professional manpower for technical service and readers service. The main
activities and services of library automation are given below.
1. Information Resource Building: Acquisition of books, monographs, audio-visual, electronic
materials such as CD-ROM, maps and so on. There are some specific functions of an
acquisition process.

Library Automation
Notes Suggestion, recommendations and selection of library collection:
Duplication checking, library holding checking.
A vender selection.
Preparation of order, cancellations of order lists with terms and conditions of the
supply. Checking of overdue orders.
Record of items on order.
Record of received and non-received items and receipt to the vender.
Items verification with order file and invoice.
Inspection of items by the concerned department.
Prepare for payment after accessioning.
Prepare budget and maintain accounts and statistics subject wise etc.
Final report. Items, subjects wise, chronologically, booksellers report etc.
Creation of bibliographic databases has become one of the essential and key activities of
library automation. The search process on a computerized database has many advantages
over search from a catalogue by manual methods in term of speed, and accuracy. Any
library or information can create first a set of machine readable records of its holdings,
based on a structured format, or using a database package like the CDS/ISIS.
2. Data Entry: Database is required for each:
Books
Clients/members
Serials
Audio-visual
CD-ROMs, Floppies
Gifted items
Maps, Reports etc.
3. Classification and Cataloguing: Cataloguing includes the job of describing, recording
and displaying details of the holdings of the library. Computers are used to aid in the
production, maintenance and updating of catalogues. The quality of the catalogue depends
ultimately on the cataloguer. In other words, initial input data is still the cataloguer’s
work.
Bibliographic details are gathered from relevant sources or from the acquisitions system.
Usually there is one main or master file for the holdings of the library, and a temporary
file for cumulating the additional records, because printing the master file is done only
once in a while.
After initial input of the records, the computer can perform simple tests on the record
structure, and errors can be located and checked. Again, if a basic record structure of a
package format as that of the CDS/ISIS is used, entry of data becomes a very simple
process. The computer can be asked to generate added entries, if required, which can later
be sorted into the main file. Separate listings for authors, subject and key points of access
can be created. A postings file and an inverted index help the computer search and display
record relevant to a specific query. It thus, includes:

NotesCatalogue card production.
On-line cataloguing.
Duplication checking of catalogue cards.
Production of duplicate catalogue cards.
Preparation of authority file subject heading list.
Shorting, checking and filing of catalogue cards.
Automatic generation of added entries (author, title, series etc.). Generation of
monthly accession list.
Developing centralized and on-line cataloguing.
4. Circulation Control: This is one library service that is most accessible to computerization.
The advantages are especially seen in the amount of time saved in issue and discharge
routines, and the avoidance of bottlenecks, which are the basic of any library.
Circulation systems using computers have the details of the book issued and the person
borrowing it is entered on files. Dates of return are on the basis of the period of loan (one
week, a fortnight etc.). Daily check of the files will identify what books are due or overdue
and notices can be typed and sent to the users who have borrowed them. Provision for
reservation data will make it possible to pick out these books for which there is a request
and a user can be asked to return that particular book.
The circulation process in a computerized system depends on giving unique identification
codes to books and to users. An accession number or a call number can be used as this is a
unique identification key for a book. Users can be given individual identity codes. It thus,
includes:
Registration/cancellation and make bound time for membership.
Issue, return, renews reservation of documents and produces the slip for proof.
Charges for late, lost book, binding and production of penalty slip.
Maintenance of circulation statistics.
Inter library loan.
Use of bar code system.
Report statistics of circulation.
5. Serial Control: Serial control through the use of the computer is perhaps one of the most
complicated tasks of housekeeping. This is perhaps because of the literally unpredictable
nature of serial publications. It thus, includes:
Input essential serials data.
Order list of new serials.
Mode of payment, prepare for payment.
Receipt and updating the records.
Receipt to vendors or publishers.
Preparing the list of present holding, additions, missing, cancelled serials.
chronologically, subject-wise etc.

Library Automation
Notes Renewal and cancellation of present subscriptions.
Sending reminders and follow-up of missing issues.
Binding control.
Accession register of bound serials.
Prepare budget and maintain accounts statistics such as subject wise, binding etc.
6. Documentation and Allied Services: Documentation and allied services includes the
following:
Indexing and abstracting of micro and macro documents. Thesaurus construction.
Compilation of union catalogue.
Bibliographic control.
Current awareness services.
Literature search.
Selective dissemination of information.
Newspaper clippings.
7. Information Retrieval: Users can search the database through key terms of author, subject
or title, which are formulated into a search expression using Boolean operators (logical
connections AND, NOT OR). Computer will display relevant terms/records that match
the terms of the user’s request. Current Awareness listings, Selective Dissemination of
Information (SDI) and retrospective searches are the services where the computer
capabilities can be used very effectively. Index generation is another area where computer
are generally of use. Computer can be used to format the entries in a permuted index and
also to generate the entries for an index. Keywords can be derived from the bibliographical
description, or assigned to describe the document (subject keys) and then put into the
required format. KWIC indexes for instance, can be produced from titles of documents,
with keywords and content generation performed by the computer. Stop lists of put
forward lists prevent words like ‘a’, ‘the’, ‘of’, etc. from being used as the key terms. Fully
automatic indexing can also be done through statistical analysis and word frequency
counts with weighting, provided the text is machine-readable form. It thus includes:
Database creation and maintenance, interactive searching, saving of in house as
well as external databases.
Search and print outs of quires against specified requirement.
Such as about the books (issued, reserved, lost, overdue, weed-out), members ship,
inter library loan, penalty charges, periodicals, newspaper clippings, reports etc.
According alphabetically, chronologically, subject-wise, members-wise, keywords
with each particular such as accession no-wise, title, author, call number, edition etc.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
13. Library automation …………………… the speed, productivity, adequacy and efficiency of
the library professional staff.
14. …………………… is required for each books.

Notes15. In circulation control, make bound time for …………………….
16. Database creation and maintenance, interactive searching, saving of in house as well as
external databases is the characteristics of …………………… retrieval.
Case Study Library Automation in College Libraries in Goa State,
India
W
e live in an information age, and libraries are expected to use Information and
Communication Technologies (ICT) to provide information more
expeditiously and exhaustively than before. Computerization of library
“housekeeping” operations is an important activity in this context. “Automation,” when
used in a library or similar environment, refers to the computerization or mechanization
of activities (Kumar, 1987; Harinarayana, 1991).
Goa University is the sole university in the Goa state, and is located in Taleigao. There are
three engineering colleges and one medical college in the state. The Goa Engineering
College and Goa Medical College are run by the state, whereas the other two engineering
colleges are run by private organisations. The private engineering colleges are Shree
Rayeshwar Institute of Engineering and Information Technology, Shiroda, and Padre
Conceicao College of Engineering, Verna. There are also colleges offering pharmacy,
architecture, and dentistry, along with numerous private colleges offering law, arts,
commerce, and science.
Library automation began in the late 1970s in a few special libraries and has now reached
most of the university libraries. It has yet to take off in college libraries in India owing to
various problems. Many studies on library automation have been undertaken in the West,
but few have been undertaken in India. This paper tries to identify the status of library
automation in college libraries of Goa State.
Twenty-eight (77.8%) of the college libraries are headed by a Librarian, while the remaining
8 (22.2%) are either headed by Assistant Librarians or by Non-professionals. This generally
owes the post of Librarian remaining unfilled by college administration.
Twenty-three (63.9%) college librarians have a master’s degree in library and information
science; seven (19.4%) have a bachelor’s of library and information science, and two (5.6%)
Contd...
Figure 1: Total Collection of the Library

Library Automation
Notes have completed a certificate course in library science. Two (5.6%) have an M.Phil. degree
in another field, while one (2.8%) has a doctorate in library science, and one has no
professional qualification in library science. Out of these 36 librarians only 6 (16.6%) have
cleared their NET/SLET (National Eligibility Test/State Level Eligibility Test).
Twenty-two college libraries have a total collection below 15, 000, while 14 have developed
a total collection above 16,000, 3 have a total collection above 45,000.
Library Automation
The data shows that 23 college libraries are automated. The 13 other libraries carry out
their library operations manually and provide services to their users in a traditional way.
Status of Automation
The bar chart shows the status of library automation in the 23 college libraries that have
undertaken automation. Of these, 14 are at the initial stage, 5 are partially automated,
while only 4 are fully automated.
Software Used for Automation
Figure 2: Status of Automation
Contd...
Figure 3: Software Used for Automation

NotesThe majority of college libraries in Goa state use NEWGENLIB, perhaps because Goa
University Library uses it. NEWGENLIB supports all automation functions, and its cost is
comparatively low. The Central Library of Goa University has installed the Networking/
Consortium version of NEWGENLIB on its server. The plan is to build an Academic
Library Network of the University and College libraries in Goa state.
Retrospective Conversion
Only 8 college libraries have completed retrospective conversion in the range of 95% to
100% of their total collection; followed by 4 college libraries completing this work in the
range of 80% to 90%, while the remaining 11 libraries have completed their retrospective
conversion in the range of 10% to 40%.
Areas for Automation
The focus of the college libraries is on completion of retrospective conversion on
computerized circulation. Nine college libraries have completed automation in cataloguing
and circulation. Among the housekeeping operations, acquisitions are the least automated,
perhaps because the acquisitions module of the software is complicated.
Areas Neither Selected Nor Initiated Selected Initiated Completed Total
Acquisition 23 NIL NIL NIL 23
Cataloguing NIL 6 8 9 23
Circulation 8 1 5 9 23
Serial Control 16 2 5 NIL 23
Budget 23 NIL NIL NIL 23
Administration NIL 7 15 1 23
SDI 23 NIL NIL NIL 23
CAS 12 3 8 NIL 23
OPAC 2 4 15 2 23
Outsourcing
None of the libraries surveyed are outsourcing their automation work to other agencies.
They are trying to complete the work of automation with in the available resources in the
library. Budgets can be one of the reasons that libraries are not outsourcing jobs such as
data entry, generation of barcode labels, maintenance of hardware, etc.
Staffing
Sufficient staffing is essential. The required number of staff depends on the number of
documents in the library and the number of library users. The following table shows the
opinions of the librarians in the libraries that have automated on the sufficiency of staff.
Sufficient Staff Insufficient Staff
4 19
Only four libraries out of 23 which have undertaken automation have sufficient staff.
Contd...
Table 1: Areas of Automation
Table 2: Sufficiency of Staff

Library Automation
Notes Specialized Staff and Training
The following table shows the number of libraries which have recruited specialized ICT
staff.
Specialized Staff No Specialized Staff
1 22
Of the 23 libraries with automation, only one has specialized staff in ICT. These remaining
22 must depend on experts within or outside their college. A majority of the libraries
surveyed do not send their staff to ICT training courses.
Intranet Services
Only 8 libraries have a LAN in the library to provide automated services in the library,
and the services provided by these libraries are tabulated in the following table.
OPAC CD-ROM Search Internet Online Database Search CAS SDI
07 04 08 07 01 02
Barriers Faced by the Library
Barriers to automation are tabulated in the following table.
Barrier No. of Libraries
Insufficient funds 11
Inadequate staff training 22
Lack of staff coordination 06
Lack of user IT knowledge 10
Problems from higher authorities 02
Lack of space 12
Traditional barriers like insufficient funds, lack of space, and lack of training are the
problems faced by many libraries.
A majority of the college libraries do not possess qualified librarians as per the guidelines
given by the UGC and the state government. Only 25% of the librarians are qualified for
the librarian’s position. Twenty-three college libraries have undertaken automation of
the library. A majority of the libraries initiated their automation process in the year 2005
and 2006. Retrospective conversion of documents is a crucial activity in the process of
automation. Very few college libraries have completed their retrospective activity.
Libraries have focused on cataloguing and circulation. No libraries in the survey have
done outsourcing of the work of automation. A majority of the libraries lack the staff
required for automation. Goa state college libraries generally use the same library software
used in Goa University, i.e., NEWGENLIB. Traditional barriers such as insufficient funds,
lack of trained staff, and lack of space are faced by a majority of the libraries.
Table 3: ICT Specialized Staff
Table 4: Services Provided
Table 5: Barriers
Contd...

NotesThe status of automation in the colleges of Goa is similar to that of college libraries
throughout India. Libraries, librarians, and college administrations must initiate automation
in order to provide effective and efficient services to users. Library professionals must
upgrade their skills in order to meet the growing expectations of users from libraries.
Questions
Source: http://www.webpages.uidaho.edu/~mbolin/bansode-periera.htm
2.5 Summary
The content of your documents is analysed by allocating controlled subject headings.
Publisher series are managed in a dedicated index.
Readers, suppliers and other contacts are all registered in the same address database.
Library Collection can range from a few thousands to a few lakhs or to crores.
The quantum of information to be acquired, processed, housed, circulated by libraries has
increased.
In the circulation section also files like user file and transaction files are created and
maintained.
Turnkey means that the library just turns the key and the system operates.
Geographical location of an institution also played a very important role.
Library automation is generic term used to denote the various activities related with the
location, acquisition, storage, update, manipulation, processing, repackaging or
reproducing, dissemination or transmission or communication, an improving the quality
of products and services of library and information centres.
There are some specific functions of an acquisition process.
2.6 Keywords
Barcode: A barcode is an optical machine-readable representation of data relating to the object
to which it is attached.
Classification: The action or process of classifying something according to shared qualities or
characteristics.
Clientele: The clients of a professional person or practice considered as a group.
Documentation: Manuals, instructions, tutorials, procedures, specifications, etc., that accompany
a piece of equipment or software, and provide guidance for its proper use and maintenance.
Fundamental Right: Fundamental rights are a generally regarded set of legal protections in the
context of a legal system, wherein such system is itself based upon this same set of basic,
fundamental, or inalienable rights.
Information retrieval: Information retrieval is the activity of obtaining information resources
relevant to an information need from a collection of information resources.
Monographs: A monograph is a specialist work of writing on a single subject or an aspect of a
subject, usually by a single author.

Library Automation
Notes Subject Heading: Subject heading is a word or phrase from a controlled vocabulary which is used
to describe the subject of a document or a class of documents.
Turnkey: A turnkey is a type of project that is constructed so that it could be sold to any buyer as
a completed product.
Vendor: A person or company whose principal product lines are office supplies and equipment.
1. Discuss various standard print layouts.
2. Explain some search samples which you will be able to conduct without difficulty.
3. What is Publisher series?
4. Describe address database.
5. Write brief note on Library Collection.
6. Explain Turnkey Systems.
7. What are the factors for Library Automation?
8. Discuss various activities which are associated with the Library automation.
1. True 2. True
3. False 4. True
5. Collection 6. RAM
7. Human Resources 8. Turnkey
9. True 10. True
11. False 12. False
13. Enhances 14. Database
15. Membership 16. Information
Publication.
Unlimited.

Notes
Online links http://ir.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/handle/1944/188/03cali_19.pdf?sequence=2
http://www.bibliomaker.ch/en/software/presentation/main-functions
http://www.rajweb.name/Publications/art1.pdf
http://www.webpages.uidaho.edu/~mbolin/bansode-periera.htm

Library Automation
Notes Unit 3: Basic Knowledge of Library Software
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
3.1 Library Automation Packages: An Overview
3.1.1 Development of Library Automation Software
3.1.2 General Functions
3.1.3 Implementation and Commissioning
3.2 Basic Requirements for Library Automation Software Packages
3.2.1 General System Requirements
3.2.2 Functional Requirements
3.3 Features of Library Automation Software Available in India
3.3.1 Library Automation Packages of Foreign Origin
3.3.2 Library Automation Packages Developed over Foreign Software
3.3.3 Library Automation Packages of Indian Origin
3.4 Summary
3.5 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss an overview of Library Automation Packages
Explain the basic requirements for Library Automation Software Packages
Describe the features of Library Automation Software available in India
Introduction
A computer system has two basic units – physical unit i.e. the hardware and logical unit i.e. the
software. The whole array of software can be grouped into two fundamental categories – system
software and application software. System software is responsible for the overall management
of computer resources whereas application software is designed to perform certain tasks and
thereby make computers able to perform different predefined jobs. Library automation software,
as application software, performs day-to-day library activities through human interventions.
Library automation packages are developed in view of the two most essential activities of any
library – housekeeping and information retrieval. An automated library is one where a computer
system is used to manage one or several of the library’s key functions such as acquisitions,
serials control, cataloguing, circulation and the public access catalogue. Automated library
system centres on library automation package. Such automation packages are also called ‘Library

Unit 3: Basic Knowledge of Library Software
NotesManagement Software (LMS)’. These are based on knowledge and experience of library
professionals over the centuries.
3.1 Library Automation Packages: An Overview
Software may be viewed as digital version of human knowledge. LMSs are based on knowledge
and experiences acquired by library professionals over centuries. These are used as intelligent
tools for performing housekeeping operations, information retrieval and MIS (Management
Information System) activities. Current LMSs are integrated systems based on relational database
architecture. In such systems files are interlinked so that deletion, addition and other changes in
one file can automatically activate appropriate changes in related files. The market place for
LMSs is now a matured one in India. Almost all special libraries and large academic libraries in
India have either adopted a computer-based system or planning actively to go for library
automation.
3.1.1 Development of Library Automation Software
Software upgradation is a continuous process. LMSs are no exceptions. A critical study of
development of LMSs over the years suggests that LMSs may be divided into four generations
on the basis of sophistication of their facilities for integration and interconnectivity. The LMSs
developed in all parts of the world from mid 1970s till date may be fitted into one of the four
compartments described below:
The first generation’s LMSs were module-based systems with no or very little integration
between modules. Circulation, cataloguing modules were the priority issue for these
systems and were developed to run on specific hardware platform and proprietary
operating systems;
The second generation LMSs became portable between various platforms with the
introduction of UNIX and DOS based systems. The LMSs of this generation offered links
between systems for specific function and were command driven or menu driven systems;
The third generation LMSs was fully integrated systems based on relational database
structures and client–server architecture. They embodied a range of standards, which
were a significant step towards open system interconnection. Colour and GUI features,
such as windows, icons, menus and direct manipulation became standards and norms in
this generation; and
The fourth generations LMSs were based on web-centric architecture and facilitated access
to other servers over the Internet. These systems are UNICODE complaint and allow
accessing multiple sources from one multimedia graphical user interface.
Thus we see that the progress of LMSs through the generations was towards an effective and
straightforward user interface, which supports access to multiple sources and services from one
multimedia interface. Moreover, the latest LMSs allow customised report generation, data
manipulation, and investigation of various scenarios. Therefore, they have all the potentials to
be a decision support tool. A comparative table of features and functionalities of LMSs in four
different generations can be drawn on the basis of the above discussion.
3.1.2 General Functions
LMSs support selection, ordering, acquisition, processing, circulation, serials control,
dissemination of information services and also extend help in library administration, planning
and decision making process as a management tool.

Library Automation
Notes The individual tasks under each prime functions are:
1. Ordering and Acquisition
Ordering
Receiving
Claiming
Fund accounting
Enquiries (order status, receiving status)
Accessioning
Bill processing
Payment
Reports and Statistics
2. Circulation Control
Setting of user privileges
Issue, return and renewal
Reservation
Fine calculation
User management
Reminders and recalls
Enquiries (about item, borrower, reservation)
Reminders and notices
Reports and statistics and patron self-services
3. Cataloguing
Standard format support
Authority control
Shared cataloguing
Z39.50 based copy cataloguing
Output generation
User services
4. Access Services
Online access
Public access interface (OPAC)
Web access and Remote access
Gateway services
5. Serials Control
Order placement and renewal of subscription

NotesReceiving and claiming
Binding control
Fund accounting
Cataloguing of serials
Enquiries (arrival of serials issues)
Reports and statistics
6. MIS (Management Information System)
Reports and statistics
Analysis of statistics
3.1.3 Implementation and Commissioning
The commissioning of library automation package requires a sound implementation plan,
including but not limited to the following items:
Identification of all required tasks
A timeline of all required tasks
An indication of which person/group is responsible for completion of each task
Expected start and completion dates of each task
A site preparation requirements checklist
A software installation requirements checklist
A training requirement checklist
Training courses and course outlines
Description of post-implementation services
Performance testing checklist
Software upgradation schedule
Hardware maintenance schedule
Self Assessment
1. Hardware may be viewed as digital version of human knowledge.
2. Software upgradation is a continuous process.
3. The fourth generation LMSs was fully integrated systems based on relational database
structures and client–server architecture.
4. The commissioning of library automation package requires a sound implementation
plan.
5. Colour and GUI features became standards and norms in third generation.

Library Automation
Notes 3.2 Basic Requirements for Library Automation Software Packages
A library automation package or LMS should fulfil the expectations of library users, staff and
authority in terms of delivery, installation, implementation, maintenance, data conversion,
services, utilities, training and other essential requirements for an integrated library
management system. Libraries would like to develop or purchase a LMS that provides the most
forward-looking, flexible, extensible and cost efficient solution. The basic requirements for any
modern library automation package to satisfy such expectations may be studied under two
broad categories – general system requirements and functional requirements.
3.2.1 General System Requirements
These are applicable to all modules of any modern LMS and should include but not limited to
the following features:
1. The LMS must be fully integrated, using a single, common catalogue database for all
operations and a common operator interface across all modules.
2. The LMS should have capability of supporting multiple branches or independent libraries,
with one central computer configuration sharing a common database.
3. The LMS must allow unlimited number of records, users and organization specific
parameters (e.g. loan period rules, fine calculation criteria, hold parameters etc.).
4. The package should include following fully developed and operational facilities at multiple
customer sites:
Bibliographic and inventory control
Authority control
Public access catalogue
Web catalogue interface
Information gateway (telnet, www, z39.50, proxy server, external access, customised
web portal)
Acquisition management
Serials control
Electronic data interchange (EDI)
Reservation and materials booking
Circulation control
Customised generation of reports and usage statistics
One step administrative parameters setting
Z39.50 server (minimum version 3 and path profile level complaint)
Z39.50 OPAC and staff client
Z39.50 copy cataloguing client
Marc 21 bibliographic and authority record import/export utility
Outreach services
Digital media archive system

NotesFund accounting
Inter library loan
Bills and fines
Multimedia files
Interoperability and crosswalk
5. LMS must provide continuous backup in suitable media (as per the choice of libraries) so
that all transactions can be recovered to the point of failure.
6. LMS must be compliant with the following standards:
Z39.50 information interchange format
MARC 21, UNCODE (UTF-8 OR UTF-16)
Z39.71 holdings statements
Z39.50 information retrieval service (client and server version 3)
EDIFACT (EDI standard)
IEEE 802.2 and 802.3 Ethernet
HTTP, TCP/IP, Telnet, FTP, SMTP
7. The LMS should be based on web-centric architecture and extend support for a range of
multi-user and multitasking operating systems and RDBMSs.
8. The LMS must be compliant with UNICODE standard for multilingual support and RFID
for inventory management and self-issue/return facility.
9. Vendor/Developing group should provide training to enable library staff to familiarise
with system functions and operation should provide full and current system documentation
in hard copy and in machine-readable form suitable for online distribution, and the LMS
should include extensive online help for users and staff.
10. LMS must support multiple hardware architecture in terms of server, network
infrastructure, PC-workstations and peripheral devices.
11. LMS must be supported with regular maintenance and on-call service, periodical software
upgrades, continuous R&D, trouble-shooting of third party software such as database
package and the library automation package, distribution of problem fixes/patches and
emergency services for system failures and disaster recoveries.
12. The package must provide security to prevent accidental or unauthorised modification of
records through the establishment of access privileges unique to each user on the system
and restriction of specific functions to specific users.
13. LMS should provide graphical user interface, including but not limited to extensive online
help, user self-service and personalisation features. The system should be supported with
PC-based alternative that will allow circulation to continue in the event of system failure,
communication failure and downtime required for maintenance.
3.2.2 Functional Requirements
These are the minimum essential features to be supported by each functional units or modules
of any modern LMS:

Library Automation
Notes 1. Authority Control: The LMS must be capable of incorporating the following features:
Support for MARC authority format for personal, corporate and topical name
headings in a name authority file; title, uniform title and series entries in a title
authority file, and subject headings in a subject authority file;
Provision for generation of SEE, SEE ALSO references and Narrow Term-Broad
Term-Related Term relationships network from authority records and link these
references to matching access points in OPAC;
Must allow any bibliographic field to be authority controlled, and include facilities
to search, retrieve, and display print and global editing of authority records by
authorised operators; and
Must include provision for multiple thesauri with the ability to produce a list of all
citations with authority file violations.
2. Bibliographic Control: The master bibliographic record of the LMS should extend support
for:
MARC 21 (Machine-Readable Cataloguing) bibliographic and authority record
formats;
MARC record loader that can accept records input from various sources and from
various media like tape, diskette or over network;
Global editing utility that can find and replace data within specified fields;
Data format validation during input of bibliographic information;
MARC 21 format for holding and display of holding on the basis of ANSI Z39.44
serials holdings display format;
Import and export of bibliographic data through Z39.50 compliant catalogue;
Interoperability and crosswalk through incorporation of XML, RDF and metadata
schemas (e.g. Dublin Core Metadata).
3. Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC): Following are the features of OPAC:
OPAC must be fully integrated with other modules and accessible through web-
based client;
OPAC should provide browse indexes for author, title, and series and browse index
combining all four indexes;
It should allow combined, specific and field level searching for all formats along
with phrase searching, nested searching and truncated searching;
It must enable searching by using Boolean operators (OR, XOR, NOT, AND),
positional operators (SAME, WITH, NEAR, ADJ) and relational operators (‘greater
than’, ‘less than’, ‘equal to’, etc.) within and across all fields;
It should provide facility to see processing status (fully catalogued, in process, lost,
withdrawn etc.) and circulation status (in transit, reserve, recalled, on-hold etc.);
OPAC should support full, brief, standard and customised display of records including
relevancy ranking of search results;
OPAC should also support bulletin board, information desk and gateway services
(to access external databases) along with patron self-service options (e.g. holds,
renewals etc.);

NotesOPAC must track users’ preferences and interests, organised into a list of favourites.
These favourites shall be included in a user’s personal online account.
4. Outreach Services: An outreach services module should be available to automate the
process required to:
deliver materials to patrons who cannot physically enter the library;
create patron interest profiles and reading histories;
initiate easy selection, delivery and return of items; and
deliver local history collection and community information services.
5. Digital Media Archive (DMA) System: The aim of DMA subsystem is to support search,
retrieval and viewing of multiple media formats from client machines by using a web
browser. It should be able to:
browse and search (full text and metadata based) contents of text and images in
ASCII, HTML, SGML, PDF, TIFF, JPEG, GIF, BMP, PCX, DCX etc. formats, audio and
video clips and streaming audio and video;
link itself with library OPAC through electronic access field (MARC/UNIMARC
856 field);
receive and register published documents from an electronic document management
system;
help a user to import one or more files from the user’s system and associate them
with a metadata schema within the archive;
support metadata harvesting by using Open Archive Initiative (OAI)/Protocol for
Metadata Harvesting (PMH);
extend support for various Document Object Identifier (DOI) schemes; and
accommodate remote document submission system.
6. System Administration: The administrator or super user should control the overall
administration of LMS through a highly secured module for managing the following
activities.
Access control for individual user, for each module and for each function;
System security to prevent unauthorised access to databases;
Module should support a standard implementation plan; and
Module should keep a log of each transaction, which alters the database.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
6. Libraries would like to …………………… a LMS that provides the most forward-looking,
flexible, extensible and cost efficient solution.
7. The …………………… must allow unlimited number of records, users and organization
specific parameters.
8. LMS must provide continuous …………………… in suitable media so that all transactions
can be recovered to the point of failure.

Library Automation
Notes 9. The LMS must be compliant with …………………… standard for multilingual support.
10. …………………… should provide browse indexes for author, title, and series and browse
index combining all four indexes.
3.3 Features of Library Automation Software Available in India
The automation of library activities in India started in full swing with the introduction of CDS/
ISIS. CDS/ISIS is a menu-driven generalised information storage and retrieval system designed
by a team of experts under UNESCO/PGI programme. It is specifically meant for the structured
non-numerical Introduction databases. In India, erstwhile NISSAT (ceased existence since 2004)
with the help of other professional bodies organised a number of training courses on application
of CDS/ISIS (DOS and Windows version) in information organisation activities. As a result, a
large pool of trained manpower developed all over the country. Some organisations from the
experience of use of CDS/ISIS, MINISIS etc. developed their own LMSs e.g. DESIDOC developed
DLMS (Defence Library Management System), INSDOC (now NISCAIR) came with CATMAN
(Catalogue Management) and SANJAY was developed by DESIDOC under NISSAT project by
augmenting CDS/ISIS (Version 2.3) for library management activities.
The LMSs presently available in India may be ranked in 2nd, 3rd and in between 3rd and 4th
generations on the basis of their features. As far as the origin and application domain is concerned,
the LMSs available in India may be grouped into three fundamental groups – LMSs of foreign
origin, LMSs developed over LMSs or textual database management systems of foreign origin
and LMSs of Indian origin. This grouping may again be sharpened by dividing the packages on
the basis of size of library systems i.e. large library system, medium range library system and
small range library system.
3.3.1 Library Automation Packages of Foreign Origin
This group includes library automation packages developed by foreign or multinational vendors
and distributed in India either through approved agents or value-added resellers. The group
covers four most popular packages of foreign origin, which are discussed below:
1. ALICE for Windows: This LMS developed by Softlink International, Australia, is a global
software package and is marketed worldwide through a number of agencies based in
America, Australia, Britain, Iceland, India, Malaysia, New Zealand and Singapore. This
software is marketed under the name of Embla in Iceland, Alice elsewhere in Europe,
OASIS in South East Asia and Australia, Annie in America and other parts of the world.
Recently Softlink International decided to call the software Alice for Windows all over the
world to maintain consistency in nomenclature. The main features of Alice are as follows:
It has four distinct versions – Public library version, Special library version, Academic
library version and School library version.
The package is modular and modules are grouped into one of the three sets as
mentioned below:
Standard Set: Includes Management; Reports and Utilities; Circulation; OPAC.
Advanced Set: In addition to standard set it includes Acquisition; Periodicals;
Journal Indexing; Multimedia; Web Inquiry.
Special Set: In addition to Standard and Advanced set, it includes Reservation;
Interlibrary loan; Patron self-checking; Rapid retrospective conversion;
Multilingual features; Self circulation; Union catalogue.

NotesThe LMS is backed by a number of support services which include onsite training
programmes, continued R&D, feedback system through user groups, free newsletters
etc.
Besides traditional library materials, it can be used to manage slides, audio and
videocassettes, paper clippings, maps, charts, electronic documents and websites.
Location of documents in library can also be seen with the help of the library map.
It is possible to maintain consistency in recording items through the use of authority
files.
Did u know? Alice has a capacity of holding 99 lakhs records.
It supports a total of eleven search criteria to search the database from any machine
(UNIX/MAC/Apple etc.) through Internet or Intranet. It helps to generate customised
reports in addition to 800 preformatted reports available with standard set.
It supports barcode technology and has inbuilt communication function. As special
features, the LMS provides data protection function, rapid retro conversion facility
and online tutorial and help system.
2. BASISplus and TECHLIBplus: BASISplus and TECHLIBplus are products of Information
Dimensions Inc. (IDI), USA. National Informatics Centre (NIC), New Delhi is the value-
added reseller of these packages in India. BASISplus is a client–server relational database
system for text and mixed object documents that adhere to fundamental principles of open
systems including interoperability, portability and scalability. The database engine provides
user authentication, document access control, concurrency control, deadlock protection
and recovery. The features of the Introduction LMS are as follows:
Relational DBMS
Client–server architecture
Active data dictionary
Enhanced security feature
Complete backup and restore capabilities
Power search facility
Full text retrieval
Mixed object management
Thesaurus and controlled vocabulary
Screen customisation
Document converters
Immediate and Deferred updating (online and batch)
Content based retrieval
Component-level retrieval and image management
Networking (LAN and WAN)
Seamless Internet support
Open Application Programming Interface (API) to support client access to server
databases

Library Automation
Notes GUI based easy user interface for retrieval, display and data entry
Intelligent search assistance and thesaurus manager
Converter technology which allows user to import and export over 30 different
word processor file formats
Notes TECHLIBplus is a comprehensive library automation package developed over
BASISplus and customised to perform all the operation and activities of a fully electronic
library. TECHLIBplus supports OPAC, Catalogue maintenance, Circulation, Serials
management, Acquisition, Processing and MARC cataloguing. The LMS provides direct
access to information in Current Contents.
3. KOHA: KOHA is an integrated library management system that was originally developed
by Katipo Communications Limited of Wellington, New Zealand for the Horowhenua
Library Trust (HLT), a regional library system located in Levin near Wellington. In 1999,
Katipo proposed developing a new system for HLT using open source tools (Perl, MySQL,
and Apache) that would run under Linux and use Telnet to communicate with the branches.
The software went in production on the January 3, 2000, and released under the GPL for
public use in July 2000. There has been a high level of interest in KOHA internationally,
and it is currently being used in New Zealand, Australia, Canada, United States, India,
Thailand, United Kingdom, and France. Many of the libraries presently using KOHA are
small and medium sized mainly school and special libraries. KOHA has just been
implemented at the Nelsonville Public Library in Ohio.
The KOHA project has attracted developers in a number of different countries, with release
1.2.2 being coordinated from Canada and the current stable release, 2.0.0 (available both
for Linux and Windows), from France.
The major features of KOHA are:
General: free to download, no license fee, fast, web centric, fully customisable,
environmentally friendly (one can recycle those old PCs), establishing an
international community of users and developers giving libraries the freedom to
do it themselves or work directly with the system builders, generating an
international spirit of co-operation and collaboration, easy staff training, supports
both Windows and Linux platforms, uses freeware companions.
Example: Apache as web server, MySQL as backend RDBMS and PERL as scripting
language, supports web OPAC and web interface for staff, branches access main server via
ordinary phone lines and modems, can run on PC grade or server grade hardware.
Circulation: issues (including rentals), renewals, returns and fines. Uses barcode
scanners or keyboard; can generate a list of over dues for a phone reminder system.
Acquisitions: multiple book budgets and suppliers, real time budget information.
Catalogue updates fast and slick, support for MARC 21 and UNIMARC.
Searching by keyword, author, title, subject, class number or combinations, customise
to suit need of individual library.
Memberships – one-stop-shop with all member information on one page.
User driven reservation facility from OPAC interface (Do-it-yourself reserves, in
the Library or via the Internet).

NotesOPAC in the library or via the Internet and Stock rotation through branch libraries.
Work in progress: Z39.50 searching, Virtual Bookshelves, French and German
versions, NCIP self-checking, Port to other operating systems so that it will run
natively, New themes, Additional book information (e.g. covers), Web based reports,
Mozilla chromed OPAC integrated with Greenstone digital library system,
Integration with Internet “gateway” system and bill to patron card, Printing spine
labels.
In most cases, Koha users either undertake the development themselves or contribute
the changes back to the project, or they commission a developer to undertake specific
enhancements.
The Koha project uses a number of channels to allow members of its community to
communicate with each other – there is a general mailing list, as well as separate
ones for developers, Windows users, French-speaking Koha users/developers, and
German-speaking Koha users/developers.
!
Caution The developers use Internet Relay Chat (IRC) for real-time scheduled meetings
and conversations.
4. Virtua ILS: Virtua ILS (Integrated Library System) is a sophisticated, internationalised
library automation solution that addresses the full spectrum of library activities. This
LMS is designed and developed by VTLS Inc., Virginia, US. It uses off the- Shelf UNIX
hardware and the Oracle RDBMS to guarantee continued availability and support. The
important features of this world-class software are enumerated here in the form of a list.
It is fully a parameterised software i.e. libraries can configure the setting to achieve
maximum flexibility;
Supports national and international standards for data interchange;
Basic system includes modules for OPAC, circulation, reserves, cataloguing,
acquisition, serials control and reporting;
Basic system may be supplemented by companion products like RFID, MARC data
processing suite, ILL manager and patron self-check system;
Provides support for excellent security options at different levels of access;
Supports UNICODE and thereby enables the input and display of different languages
in their native scripts. In fact Virtua ILS ensures true multilingual catalogue database;
Helps designing web-enabled digital media archiving and supports development
of digital library database (delivery options include CDROM, DLT, DVD and DAT);
Provides ‘security bit’ enabled RFID solution to serve both inventory and theft
deterrence functions;
Provides comprehensive customisation parameters (over 1000) for global settings
and each subsystem (OPAC, cataloguing, circulation, acquisition, serials control
etc.);
Provides extensive and precise control over user activities and helps creation of rich
and customised web interface for various collection components for each patron
class;

Library Automation
Notes Ensures management of multiple libraries or branches across a library;
Supports multilingual authority control, and networked multimedia database
management and seamless access to multiple databases through Z39.50 client;
Incorporates FRBR model in the design of bibliographic databases.
3.3.2 Library Automation Packages Developed over Foreign Software
This group includes the automation packages built on the top of either foreign automation
packages or general text retrieval packages. The discussion covers three automation packages of
which two are based on CDS/ISIS.
1. LAMP: Library Automation and Management Package (LAMP) is a freeware and available
for downloading from Internet. The package, developed jointly by Netherlands Library
Association, Pakistan Library Association and UNESCO, is based on CDS/ISIS (version
3.07). This MS-DOS based package is well suited for small libraries like school and college
libraries. The package contains five main modules with number of sub-modules and
facilities under each sub-module. The features of LAMP are as follows:
Supports creation of authority files for books and serials (supplier authority, name
authority, subject authority etc.);
Supports use of LCSH subject heading in subject authority file;
Acquisition module supports all the major tasks related to books and serial acquisition
by – creation of budget, purchase order authority file and purchase order data entry,
generation of purchase order, receiving of books and serials, display of order status,
reminders to suppliers, payment and reordering;
Cataloguing supports data entry for monographs and serials, catalogue card
generation, creation of bibliographies, binding and write off functions;
Circulation involves the facilities like creation of member database, edit/updating
of member database, issue and return of books and serials, renewal and reservation,
checking of availability of documents, and outstanding documents, generation of
statistics on issued items and library members.
Supports lots of other utilities viz. generation of gate pass, shelf-card, accession registers,
production of various statistical reports, global editing and replacement etc.
2. NG-TLMS.net: NG-TLMS.net is a state-of-art library automation Software based on TLMS
(Total Library Management Service). TLMS is developed in Germany by TRANCE group.
The route of development for this LMS is TLMS – > NGTLMS – > NG-TLMS.net. NG-
TLMS.net is designed by WebOPAC Applications Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata. It is SQL based client-
server system, based on Microsoft’s .NET platform. It supports CCF, USMARC, Indian
UNIMARC (as recommended by Central Secretariat Library, New Delhi) and Z39.50. NG-
TLMS.net includes following supports:
Printing of accession register; AACR II catalogue card generation; article scan
management; authority files creation; auto cataloguing from web sites; auto export
and import; auto keyword generation; automatic barcode generation; letterhead
creation; dropdown matching etc.
Barcode based issue and return and serials control; auto status generation for progress
of processing of documents; bulletin board facility; Kardex generation for serials
control; complete intranet support; automatic claim generation for overdue and
missing issues journal;

NotesRTF, dial-up networking, e-mail and printing of gate pass; ID card generation; arrival
list generation; multi-lingual support, web access of OPAC; power search facility;
fine calculation and receipt generation; reservation of books; retrospective data
conversion; SDI service; search refining; security enhancement; statistics and graphs;
stock verification;
UNIMARC input sheet generation; UNIMARC cataloguing; virtual library creation;
Z39.50 client and server; UNICODE support (all languages of the world are
supported);
Web centric architecture i.e. it requires only installation on server. Client uses browser
to access all information;
No restrictions on the number of records; acquisition module includes accounting
software and is optional; basic software covers all areas e.g. OPAC, cataloguing and
circulation; all Indian regional languages supported;
WebOPAC, Internet and Intranet via browser, union cataloguing supported in
distributed and replication environments, supports US MARC 21, UNIMARC, CCF
and Z39.50, and can be installed by relatively less experienced computer users.
3. WINSANJAY: This LMS has been originated from SANJAY, a package based on CDS/ISIS
(Version 2.3). It was developed by DESIDOC under a NISSAT project to meet the
requirements of library management activities. It includes a set of 35 Pascal programs and
25 special menus. The features of WINSANJAY are as follows:
Windows based and more user friendly than WINISIS and CDS/ISIS for library
housekeeping operations. Suitable for medium range libraries;
Effective interlinking of databases (it is a great achievement because WINISIS or
CDS/ISIS does not support relational database design model). Interlinks book
databases, member databases, vendor databases and budget databases;
Maintenance module restricts the access right to a limited set of users and thereby
provides security measures. User module helps library staff to carryout daily routine
in circulation, acquisition and online catalogue.
3.3.3 Library Automation Packages of Indian Origin
This group includes packages designed and developed by Indian vendors and software agents.
The features of the following automation packages are discussed here. Packages are selected for
discussion on the basis of their customer base and popularity.
1. AUTOLIB: Autolib is fully integrated multi-user software on Windows Environment,
designed to automate various activities of University Libraries, College Libraries, R&D
Libraries, Public Libraries and Special Libraries. The software is developed by Auto Lib
Software Systems, Chennai and the product range includes:
MS-Access with Visual Basic Version
MS-Access with Visual Basic & WEB Edition
MS-SQL server with Visual Basic Version
MS-SQL server with Visual Basic & WEB Edition
MS-SQL server with Visual Basic
The LMS is module based system, designed and developed by a team of library and
information specialists, system analysts, software professionals, network specialists and

Library Automation
Notes database designers. The features of Autolib may be listed as: General features: Module
based, User Friendly, GUI Environment, Based on client server architecture, Uses Visual
Basic 6.0 as front end and MS-SQL V.7.0 RDBMS as back end, Uses TSQL Query Language,
Module level Security, Z39.50 Protocol Support, Export/Import of data in ISO 2709 format,
Cataloguing of digital resources, Implementation of AACR, CCF, Dublin Core, TCP/IP
and Dial-up Network support, Web based reports, Menu based operations, Incorporated
Mandatory Fields of CCF, Powerful Search Facility/Query Builder, Printing various reports
in several formats, Simple data entry, User ID and password protection, Online help/
documentation, Continuous product up gradation, Customer support and maintenance.
Did u know? Minimum hardware and software requirements: Server configuration –
Pentium II/III 64 MB RAM/4.2 GB HD, 32x CD-Drive/1.44 FDD, Network accessories,
SVGA Monitor, Windows NT Server 4.0 and SQL Server 7.0. Client Configuration – Pentium
II with 32 MB RAM/4.2 GB HD Windows NT workstation/Windows 9x.
The functional features of this LMS are as follows:
Database Management – data entry/updating of database for user, author, publisher,
supplier, member, book, journal issues and back volumes, article report, thesis,
standard, non-book materials, budget, subject, department etc.;
OPAC – powerful and versatile search facility, Simple search for beginners, Query
builders for advanced users, query windows for complicated search, boolean search,
field level search (single field/multiple fields, author/title/keyword/subject,
accession no/classification, journal name/article name etc.);
Circulation – transaction, issue, return, renewal of books, journals, back volumes,
recall, reservation, cancellation, reminders, reports;
Serials Control – subscription of new journals, renewal of journals, receipts of new
issues, reminders for missing issues, invoice processing, payments, browsing issues,
reports generation;
Acquisition Control – duplicate checking, indent processing for new books, book
ordering, reminders, receipts of books, invoice processing, payment, budget
management;
System Administration Module – user ID and encrypted password protection, module
level security, budget management, stock verification, global updating, fixing due
dates, overdue charges etc., holiday maintenance, reports, new additions, catalogue
(main/author/title), accession register/bibliography, list of books by author/title/
publisher/year, subject/call number (by any order), books by unique titles,
frequently issued books, frequently accessed books, books issued/returned/reserved,
receipt for fine amount/deposit/loss of book, etc., list of users/publishers/
suppliers/departments, no-due certificates, stock verification report, budget details,
orders, journal list, journal subscription/order report/missing issues;
Article Indexing – allows to create journal article database, allows to create author
index and keyword index, allows to search and retrieve journal articles, allows to
create index and abstracts, allows to publish CAS bulletin, allows to generate contents
pages;
Digital Library Module – allows to catalogue multimedia digital resources such as
text, images, audio file, video clippings, etc. Allows to catalogue based on Dublin
Core standard, Allows to handle various file formats such as .bmp, .jpeg, pdf, .doc,
.avi, etc.

Notes2. E-GRANTHALAYA: This LMS is developed by National Informatics Centre (NIC),
Bangalore centre to suit the requirements of small and medium sized libraries. It is an
easy-to-use software package and supports all the routine library operations. The General
and Special features of the LMS are as follows:
The package includes functional modules for administration, serials control,
acquisition, circulation, OPAC, reports and index;
Generates customised reports and statistics of library usage;
OPAC allows simple and advance search options, supports web-enabled searching;
The package has bilingual capabilities and can be customised to suit all Indian
languages supported by ISM 2000 developed by C-DAC, provides options to control
access through login id and password and supports quit-in privileges for users and
staff;
Supports both standalone and networked operation mode. Recommended server
configuration is Pentium III processor, 128 MB RAM and 4.3 GB Hard disc;
Requires Windows NT/Windows 2000 for server and Windows 98/XP/2000 for
client machines and uses MS SQL server as backend database;
Requires ISM2000/Leap office 2000 as bilingual tool.
3. GRANTHALAYA: This CUI based (DOS & UNIX) modular LMS is developed on FoxPro by
INSDOC (now NISCAIR) for medium range libraries. It includes all the modules required
for day-to-day library operations. The package is made of seven modules – library
administration; query; circulation; acquisition; serials control; technical processing and
data administration. The salient features of the LMS are:
Based on object oriented design;
Supports CCF and ISO 2709 for import and export of data;
Supports Boolean operators and range searching;
Provides online help through screen messages;
Generates a dictionary for various data elements for easy searching.
4. LIBSUITE: This GUI or CUI LMS, developed by SOFT-AID Computer Ltd., Pune, is based
on web-centric architecture and designed to work with different media. LIBSUITE is based
on three-tire web centric architecture in which server machine uses Windows NT/2000
and Internet Information Server (IIS) – as web server. The database server relies on Oracle
8i and clients use web interface for accessing server through Internet or Intranet. LIBSUITE
extensively uses latest technologies like Active Server Pages (ASP) and Component Object
Modeling (COM).
!
Caution The web-centric architecture ensures that any machine with a web browser can
be a client. It also ensures working independent of operating systems in client machines.
The following are the significant features of LIBSUITE:
It provides all the standard modules and supports customised report generation and
standard protocols Z39.50;
The package bundles follow fully featured modules – acquisition, cataloguing,
circulation, queries, serials control, set up and maintenance;

Library Automation
Notes Cataloguing module, apart from supporting regular activities manages multi-format
materials, generates entire status i.e. total number of books, number of books issued
and number of books available on stack;
Circulation module supports all the required operations including ILL and generation
of photograph of the member in circulation panel;
System administration module supports controls over the access, creation of authority
entries and setting of parameters for cataloguing, circulation, etc.;
Supports stock verification and global addition and deletion;
Acquisition module supports all media and production of accession register;
Web-centric architecture ensures use of any machine as client as it does not require
the installation of client-side software;
Provides easy user interface and ensures seamless navigation through Intranet, and
login and password based access as security measure;
Includes various utilities like calculator and calendar.
5. LIBSYS: LIBSYS is a fully integrated multi-user library management system based on
client-server model and supports open system architecture, web-based access and GUI.
This indigenous LMS is designed and developed by LibSys Corporation, New Delhi.
LIBSYS has seven basic modules – Acquisition; Cataloguing; Circulation; Serials; OPAC;
Web-OPAC and Article indexing. The leading features of the different LIBSYS products
such as LIBSYS 4.0, LS-Premia, LS-Digital, LSmart and LSEase are as follows:
Based on client-server model and TCP/IP for communication and networking;
Provides ANSI Z39.50 complaint web access for making the server accessible through
Internet/Intranet;
Supports web OPAC for accessing bibliographic databases through Internet/Intranet;
Supports standard bibliographic formats like MARC 21, UNIMARC, CCF etc.;
Includes images and multimedia interfaces with LIBSYS search engine;
Supports barcode technology for membership card production and circulation;
Offers SDI, CAS, fine calculation, e-mail reminders etc.;
Provides flexibility in choosing operating platforms (UNIX, Windows, NT, Novell
NetWare) and backend RDBMS (SQL server, Oracle);
Supports Web-OPAC through PERL/CGI access mechanism;
Offers a range of products suitable for different types of organisation e.g. LSEase is
an affordable solution for small and medium sized organisation;
Provides RFID technology (in cooperation with TAGSYS – the largest smart card
solution provider) for inventory management and smart card technology integration
for identification of individuals;
The LSPremia provides full UNICODE support and management of multisite
libraries;
Offers digital resource management system through LS-Digital suite. It supports
resource structure definition, scanning, PDF conversion, multimedia database
management and metadata based searching and retrieval;
LIBSYS supports operating systems Unix, Windows NT and Novell NetWare in
client-server environment using TCP/IP protocol. It does not require any RDBMS as

Notesit uses proprietary database but user library may opt for SQL server or Oracle as
backend RDBMS. The server hardware may be Pentium; Alpha, HP-9000 or Sun
(SOLARIS) and client machine may be Windows 9x/NT, X-window or Web-client.
6. SOUL: The story of SOUL (Software for University Libraries) started with the development
of ILMS (Integrated Library Management Software) by INFLIBNET in collaboration with
DESIDOC. Two versions of ILMS (DOS and UNIX) were developed for university libraries
in India. But with the introduction of GUI based system and other revolutionary changes
in the field of computer software, INFLIBNET decided to develop a state-of-the art, user
friendly, Window based system which will contain all the features/facilities available
with other LMSs in the market. As a result INFLIBNET came out with a LMS called ‘SOUL’.
The package was first demonstrated in February 1999 during CALIBER-99 at Nagpur.
SOUL uses RDBMS on Windows NT operating system as backend to store and retrieve
data. The SOUL has six modules – Acquisition; Cataloguing; Circulation; Serial Control;
OPAC; and Administration. The modules have further been divided into sub-modules to
take care of various functions normally handled by the university libraries.
The features of SOUL are:
Window based user friendly system with extensive help messages at affordable
cost;
Client-server architecture based system allowing scalability to users;
Uses RDBMS to organise data;
Multi-user software with no limitation for simultaneous access;
User friendly OPAC with web access facility;
Supports bibliographic standards like CCF and AACR II and ISO-2709 for export
import facility;
Provides facility to create, view, print records in regional languages;
Supports LAN and WAN environment;
Available in two versions – university library version and college library version.
7. SLIM 21: SLIM (System for Library Information Management) a software suite from
Algorhythms Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Pune is a module-based LMS that offers wide range of
functionality for library management. SLIM 21 is the latest product of the series that
succeeded SLIM, SLIM++, SLIMEX and SLIMLX. SLIM 21 support multiple operating systems
and backend databases. The relevant features of SLIM 21 are:
SLIM21 is a module-based system. The basic modules are acquisition, cataloguing,
circulation, serials control, OPAC and article indexing.
Enterprise module of SLIM21 supports usage statistics, current awareness service
(CAS Publish), web aware OPAC (WAOPAC), web proposals for new books,
interlibrary loan (ILL) and selective dissemination of information (SDI).
Supports export/import through MARC/CCF/ISO-2709 standards and downloading
of bibliographic data from online databases through DB Bridge module and Z39.50.
Generates customised reports on screen/printers/RTF or as text/PDF/ HTML files
with auto e-mailing facility.
Unicode based LMS that supports multi-script sequencing for Indian scripts.
Generates shelving order for documents as per colon classification, supports smart
card/RFID based circulation and touch chip (biometric) interface for user authenticity.

Library Automation
Notes Creates library map for easy location of items.
Provides user-friendly online help and reference manual.
Supports digital library environment and transformation of bibliographic data into
XML, XHTML and DCMES.
Supports both standalone and network architecture. Minimum requirement for server
machine is P IV processor and 256 MB RAM with Windows XP/2000 as OS and SQL
server as backend RDBMS. Client machine may be any P II machine with Windows
9x/2000/ME/XP or NT workstation.
Task Compare the features of any two library automation packages of Indian origin.
Self Assessment
11. BASISplus is a client-server relational database system for text and mixed object documents
that adhere to fundamental principles of open systems including interoperability,
portability and scalability.
12. KOHA is a sophisticated, internationalised library automation solution that addresses the
full spectrum of library activities.
13. Library Automation and Management Package (LAMP) is a freeware and available for
downloading from Internet.
14. Autolib is fully integrated multi-user software on Windows Environment, designed to
automate various activities of University Libraries, College Libraries, R&D Libraries,
Public Libraries and Special Libraries.
15. Web-centric architecture ensures use of any machine as client as it require the installation
of client-side software.
Case Study Serving the Users in a Multilingual Library “A Case
Study of Punjabi University, Patiala, Punjab, India”
I
ndia is an exceptional multilingual country with diverse cultures; it has 28 states and
7 Union territories where 22 languages and 11 scripts are officially recognized. India
is world’s second largest populated country and it has 550 million people below the
age of 25 years which has created a huge demand for higher education. The 2011 Census
indicates that the literacy level in the country has gone up to 74.04% from 65.38 in 2001.
Current Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) in India is 12.4% which is nearly half of what it is for
the developing countries. The approach for 12th Five Year Plan (2012–17) is planned for
inclusive growth and 100% adult literacy, increase in GER by 20% by March 2017.
Punjab is one of the most prosperous states which lie in the north of India. The Punjabi
language also known as Gurmukhi is the official language of Punjab. Key dialects of
Punjabi are Majhi, Doabi, Malwai, and Powadhi. The standard Punjabi dialect is Majhi and
standard written Punjabi is based on this dialect. In India only 2.73% of population speaks
Contd...

NotesPunjabi language. Other languages spoken in Punjab are English, Hindi, Urdu and Bihari.
Punjabi is the most spoken immigrant language in England and fourth most spoken
language in Canada according to official census. Among the world languages, Punjabi is
the 11th most spoken language in the world.
India is known for having been a pioneer in higher education. Taxila University, which is
oldest in the world, has been in existence during 414 A.D. in the city of Gandhara in
northwest India (now in Pakistan). At present there are 563 universities in India including
central, state, deemed, and private universities. Punjab state has 12 universities and 380
colleges.
Punjabi University, Patiala
Punjabi University, Patiala is named after a state language, the second University in the
world to have such a distinction. It was originally conceived and started in 1962 as a
unitary multi-faculty teaching and research university and primarily meant for the
development and enrichment of Punjabi language and culture. However, sensitive to the
social and educational requirements of the state, it grew into an affiliating one in 1969. It
has since developed in significant dimensions and acquired a unique character among the
centres of education and research in the country. Punjabi University library was renamed
after the famous Punjabi lexicographer and encyclopaedist Bhai Khan Singh of Nabha city
which is close to Patiala. The library was established with two main objectives (a) to build
a basic minimum collection of essential publications (including current periodical
publications) relating primarily to subjects in which the University was starting
postgraduate teaching and (b) to organize the publications with a view to facilitating and
promoting their use among students and teachers. Bhai Khan Singh Nabha, Punjabi
University Library is a centre of academic and research activities. It is housed in a large
modern building and stocks around 4,96,815 volumes including 4,44,215 books and 52,600
bound periodicals. The latest books are added regularly every year. Besides those in
English, the collection is in different languages as per the following:
Language Collection
Hindi 25,360
Punjabi 24,240
Urdu 1,800
Sanskrit 2,100
Persian 180
Greek 225
Russian 360
Bengali 480
Assamese 20
Kashmiri 40
Marathi 100
Gujarati 50
Hebrew, Arabic, etc. 60
Dravidian (Tamil, Malayalam, Telugu, etc.) 200
Introduction of information communication technologies (ICTs) and its use in library
operations has changed information needs and behaviour of the users especially for those
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes who want the information in the multi-disciplinary and multi-lingual nature. The library
is fulfilling the aims and objectives of Punjabi University, its parent institution, by
purchasing two copies of any book published in Punjabi language. The acquisition section
of the library is not directly involved in the selection of multilingual books as it mainly
procures the books which are recommended by the respective departments. On purchase,
the discount rate for Urdu, Persian and Sanskrit titles is 20%, for Punjabi titles 10–30% and
for Hindi titles 10– 25%. There is a library professional in the library, who is well conversant
in Urdu language and he records all the Urdu titles, accessions, classifies and catalogues
them. He is going to retire soon and the library is not having any replacement but the
Librarian informed the author during interview that a requisition has been sent for having
a library professional proficient in Urdu language. English, Punjabi and Hindi languages
are taught at school and college level hence it is easy to process documents in these
languages. The accession registers in the library are maintained subject wise.
For classifying the documents the library is following Colon Classification 6th edition.
Authority file is also maintained by the library whereby numbers which are not available
in the Colon Classification are recorded for further usage. Cataloguing is done using the
Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules, Ed.2 code. English, Hindi and Punjabi titles are
recorded in the respective language but Urdu and Sanskrit titles are transliterated and
recorded in English. While classifying the translated documents, the Call number comprises
of the Class number to which it belongs and the Book number which further specifies the
medium of the document.
Library is using LIBSYS software which has multilingual support. English, Punjabi and
Hindi titles are entered in their respective languages whereas Urdu and Sanskrit are
transliterated in English. Languages of these titles are specified in the notes area. Shelving
of the books is done according to the class numbers assigned using Colon Classification.
The spine indicates the language of the book for facilitating identification by the users and
shelf guides are also written in languages pertaining to the collection.
In the Periodical section library is presently subscribing to periodicals in English, Punjabi
and Hindi language. The library staff of this section is not facing any problem in providing
service to users. Reference section of the library takes the help of faculty of Urdu department
for any assistance required by the users in accessing literature in this language. Manuscripts
were also processed by the assistance and guidance of faculty of Urdu department. There
is no provision of translation service as a result of which documents in Greek, Russian,
Japanese and Chinese language are not being used. The Publication Bureau of Punjabi
University is getting important books translated in Punjabi language. Library staff is
trained to assist the users in accessing web-based resources in different languages. The
Librarian justified the use of multilingual collection as users and researchers from adjoining
states visited the library for using the rich collection. The library staff was not aware of
any standards and guidelines of developing multilingual collection, as they felt every
state in India was trying to promote its own language.
Bhai Ganda Singh Library
Bhai Ganda Singh was a famous historian and the former Punjabi Reference Library is
named after him. It forms an integral part of the library housed in an interlinked building
with the main building for the convenience of the staff and the users. Punjabi Reference
Library was established in 1981 with the objective of promoting Punjabi language and to
cater to the needs of the researchers and scholars of Punjabi language and culture. The
library has taken a historic step for the growth and development of Punjabi language and
act as a bibliographic centre for Punjabi publications. Total Collection of the library is
54,850.
Contd...

Notes
Language Collection (%)
Punjabi 52,632 (95.95%)
English 1,278 (2.32%)
Hindi 500 (0.91%)
Urdu 400 (0.72%)
Persian 40 (0.07%)
In recent years the budget for this library has doubled; out of that, 85% is spent on the
purchase of books and 15% on journals, magazines, and newspapers. The collection is
purchased on the criteria passed by the university authorities which encourage purchase
of two copies of books on Punjab history, religion, culture etc. in Punjabi language and
only one copy in Hindi, English, and Urdu language. In addition to the purchased collection,
there is a Special Collection Section that houses rare collections gifted by 54 different
famous historians, writers, singers, artists, theatre personalities etc. in different languages.
The books are classified according to Dewey Decimal Classification 21st edition and
cataloguing is done according to AACR II. Majority of the users of this library are researchers
and scholars from all over India and even foreign countries who are well conversant with
Punjabi language. Library staff feels that the library use is not completely justified due to
lack of planning, promotion and publicity of resources of this unique library. Another
suggestion given by the library staff was to involve prominent personalities and authors
of Punjabi language in forming a committee which could develop a plan for promoting
the resources and services of this Punjabi Reference library all over the world.
Standards and Guidelines for Developing Multilingual Collection
Many countries like Australia, Canada, South Africa, U.S.A. and international associations
like ALA and IFLA have formulated guidelines and standards for developing multicultural
and multilingual collections in different types of libraries. Unfortunately, in India there
are no such guidelines and standards – yet guidelines and standards are most essential in
a diverse country like India. These are simple guidelines that will facilitate in serving
multilingual users of any library. Templates have been designed for developing
multicultural and multilingual collections that are easy to follow. There is lack of awareness
and initiatives on part of library and information professionals in his regard.
Initiatives in India
The National Knowledge Commission (NKC), first of its kind in the world, was set up in
2005 by the Prime Minister of India with the challenging mandate to transform India of
the 21st century into a knowledge society. It was to advise on matters relating to knowledge
creation, knowledge dissemination and knowledge application within the diversity of
the Indian scenario. NKC proposed to set up a National Translation Mission (hereafter
NTM) that would urgently take up the task of identifying gaps, promoting good quality
translation, training, disseminating information about translation and translators, and
co-ordinating ongoing work by public and private organisations. Translation has been
going on between different pairs of languages in the Indian subcontinent for a long time.
According to the report, “As a passion, translation has seen many great minds in action in
different speech communities in India and elsewhere. As a multilingual and multicultural
country, and as one of the oldest knowledge bases, India has been leading in translation
for many centuries. With many languages and cultures, this country also provides a rich
testing ground for all major theoretical initiatives in both literary and machine translation.
It is expected that the proposed NTM will fulfil a long-felt need that would satisfy different
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes segments: teachers, learners, language technologists, business groups, newspaper
establishments and other media groups, creative writers, readers, those engaged in
comparative studies and translation theoreticians. The NTM will have the following
objectives:
1. To act as a store-house of information on translation involving Indian languages,
and to make information regarding all aspects of translation available – by creating,
maintaining and constantly updating information on translations published, training
programmes scheduled, translation tools and instruments available and new
initiatives, and facilities such as a ‘National Register for Translators’.
2. To work as a clearing house for all translation activities, both theoretical and practical,
in as many Indian languages as possible:
To provide links between users of translated material at different levels and
in different activities to the public and private agencies and organisations and
individuals involved in translation and translation-related activities involving
Indian languages;
To prioritise the translation of pedagogic materials at all levels (including
primary onwards to tertiary education) specifically in natural and social
sciences;
To project Indian languages and literatures in this region and abroad through
high-quality translation;
To create and maintain various tools for translation, and to especially encourage
the preparation of bilingual and multilingual bi-directional general as well as
special purpose translational dictionaries, word-finders, and thesauri;
To promote printed as well as virtual publication of works on Translation
Studies jointly or independently for the benefit of all institutions and
individuals interested in the field;
To provide a forum for dialogue by creating a bulletin board for people to
post questions and answers;
To provide guidance in the methodology of translation and undertake activities
to enrich teaching and training activities in translation studies.
Another significant development by Government of India’s Ministry of Communications
& Information Technology, Department of Information Technology (DIT) is the initiative
Technology Development for Indian Languages (TDIL) Programme with the objective to
develop information-processing tools to facilitate human machine interaction in Indian
languages and to develop technologies to access multilingual knowledge resources. The
Department of Information Technology has commenced a national initiative called National
Rollout Plan aggregated Indian language software tools and fonts. They are being made
available through a web based Indian Language Data Centre ILDC. The Department also
promotes Language Technology standardization through active participation in
International and national standardization bodies such as ISO, UNICODE, World-Wide-
Web consortium (W3C) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), ELRA, to ensure adequate
representation of Indian languages in existing and future language technology standards.
The World-Wide Web Consortium (W3C) India has taken a new role in the development
of standards and guidelines for developing tools, technologies and web interface accessible
for persons with disabilities. The Web Content accessibility guideline [WCAG 2.0] is the
key achievement in this direction. In India, though few initiatives have been undertaken
towards development and deployment of assistive technologies, still lot more needs to be
Contd...

Notesdone in terms of affordable multilingual assistive technology development, adoption of
standards, awareness and education, implementation and policy level aspects to provide
web based accessible solutions to include these specially-abled citizens towards nation
building. Efforts and initiatives taken in India do not directly pertain to libraries.
The efforts need to be consolidated and directed towards libraries. Indian Library
Association and library and information professionals should come together to formulate
standards and guidelines for developing multicultural and multilingual collection for
different types of libraries. Users of multilingual libraries need to be guided and served
properly with maximum information. Cue can be taken from standards provided by
various countries, professional associations and templates available. There is no dearth of
software with multilingual support are available in India like LIBSYS, SOUL, Shree-Lipi
7.2 software contains various packages, Ankur, Indology and of course the Centre for
Development of Advanced Computing (C-DAC) is the premier R&D organization of the
Department of Electronics and Information Technology (DeitY), Ministry of
Communications & Information Technology (MCIT) and one of the products is Multilingual
Computing. Since there is enough technical and technological support effort is required to
direct and coordinate it with libraries. India must develop a set of standards and guidelines
for developing multicultural and multilingual collections to do justice to its diverse users.
Questions
Source: http://conference.ifla.org/past/ifla78/162-kaur-en.pdf
3.4 Summary
Current LMSs are integrated systems based on relational database architecture.
LMSs are now established as an essential tool in the support of effective customer service,
stock management and management of services offered by libraries.
LMSs support selection, ordering, acquisition, processing, circulation, serials control,
dissemination of information services and also extend help in library administration,
planning and decision making process as a management tool.
The basic requirements for any modern library automation package to satisfy such
expectations may be studied under two broad categories – general system requirements
and functional requirements.
The LMS must be fully integrated, using a single, common catalogue database for all
operations and a common operator interface across all modules.
The LMS should be based on web-centric architecture and extend support for a range of
multi-user and multitasking operating systems and RDBMSs.
The aim of DMA subsystem is to support search, retrieval and viewing of multiple media
formats from client machines by using a web browser.
The LMSs presently available in India may be ranked in 2nd, 3rd and in between 3rd and
4th generations on the basis of their features.
Packages are selected for discussion on the basis of their customer base and popularity.
The package must provide security to prevent accidental or unauthorised modification of
records through the establishment of access privileges unique to each user on the system
and restriction of specific functions to specific users.

Library Automation
Notes 3.5 Keywords
Commissioning: Commissioning is the process of planning, documenting, scheduling, testing,
adjusting, verifying, and training, to provide a facility that operates as a fully functional system
per the Owner’s Project Requirements.
Digital Media: Digital media is a form of electronic media where data are stored in digital (as
opposed to analog) form.
Electronic Data Interchange: Electronic data interchange (EDI) is a document standard which
when implemented acts as common interface between two or more computer applications in
terms of understanding the document transmitted.
Hardware: The machines, wiring, and other physical components of a computer or other electronic
system.
Library Management Software: It is an enterprise resource planning system for a library, used
to track items owned, orders made, bills paid, and patrons who have borrowed.
Management Information System: A management information system (MIS) provides
information that organizations require to manage themselves efficiently and effectively.
Online Public Access Catalogue: An online public access catalogue is an online database of
materials held by a library or group of libraries.
Software: Organized information in the form of operating systems, utilities, programs, and
applications that enable computers to work.
System Software: System software is a program that manages and supports the computer
resources and operations of a computer system while it executes various tasks such as processing
data and information, controlling hardware components, and allowing users to use application
software.
Training: Organized activity aimed at imparting information and/or instructions to improve
the recipient’s performance or to help him or her attain a required level of knowledge or skill.
Troubleshooting: It is a form of problem solving, often applied to repair failed products or
processes.
1. Discuss the development of Library Automation Software.
2. What are the general functions of Library Automation Software?
3. Explain the commissioning of library automation package.
4. Describe the features of general system requirements.
5. What are the minimum essential features of functional units or modules of any modern
LMS?
6. Highlight the current position of LMS available in India.
7. Discuss any two library automation packages of foreign origin.
8. Discuss any two library automation packages developed over foreign software.
9. Explain any three library automation packages of Indian origin.

NotesAnswers: Self Assessment
1. False 2. True
3. False 4. True
5. True 6. Develop or Purchase
7. LMS 8. Backup
9. UNICODE 10. OPAC
11. True 12. False
13. True 14. True
15. False
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links http://www.acsu.buffalo.edu/~amlowe/LIT%20REVIEW/social%20
software.pdf
http://www.adlibsoft.com/products/library-software
http://www.netugc.com/types-of-library-software-packages
http://www.surpasssoftware.com/
https://drtc.isibang.ac.in/bitstream/handle/1849/189/lmss2a.PDF

Library Automation
Notes Unit 4: Problems, Evaluation and Trends in
Library Automation Software
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
4.1 Software Problems in Library Automation
4.2 Criteria for Evaluation of Library Automation Software
4.3 Trends and Future of Library Automation Software
4.4 Summary
4.5 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss the software problems in Library Automation
Explain the criteria for evaluation of Library Automation Software
Describe the trends and future of Library Automation Software
Introduction
The selection of library management software is a complex and time consuming one. Apart
from thorough knowledge of library system, sub-systems, procedures, activities and tasks, it
requires the knowledge of LMSs features and trends in the development of ICT. The process of
evaluation should be based on some predefined criteria. Now in this unit we will study the
essential criteria for evaluation, recent trends and future directions of library automation software
packages.
4.1 Software Problems in Library Automation
This is the era of computerization, but still tradition manual working system exists in Indian
libraries especially in undeveloped area. In the series of development of library world is
acclimatized to computer environment in daily routine as well as information storage and
retrieval. Automation to a greater extent can reduce pressure of library workload. It also shelters
from work stress and fatigue. It not only offers efficient services and opens a new era in
bibliographical control but provides access to required database in the country and abroad as
well. Computerized library service is likely to be beset with technological, economic and
attitudinal problems peculiar to most developing countries.
After a long period of gestation, the libraries in India are now in a take off stage of automation
and modernisation. Financial and technical inabilities are the major issues they have to tackle
while modernisation. Though funding appears as the biggest problem faced by the libraries in

Unit 4: Problems, Evaluation and Trends in Library Automation Software
NotesIndia, the technical issues of manpower training, procurement of hardware and software, creation
and maintenance of databases, etc., also raise serious hindrances in the way of automation. In the
digital environment, both hardware and software have critical roles to play. As regards the
software requirements, many of the Indian libraries, whether they are financially and technically
sound or not, facing problems such as selection of good software, ensuring standards in the
creation of databases, maintaining and updating the databases, improving the performance of
Information Storage and Retrieval Systems, exchanging data between systems, migrating from
one software to another, etc. The tempo of automation and modernisation of libraries is largely
affected by the bottlenecks created by these issues, and the professionals are finding it difficult
to sort out such problems.
1. Technological Problems: Technological problems include both the hardware, i.e., the
computer as an instrument for information processing and the software, i.e. the
methodology which is applied. The major problems faced today in terms of the hardware
are due to the variety of computers being used in different types of research and business
institutions. The computers, manufactured by various firm are not compatible. Developing
countries sometimes receive sophisticated technology like computers as gifts from more
developed countries; these often become obsolete from the manufacturer’s point of view.
Such machines are not only unsuitable for most complex work but any technical problems
which come up cannot be repaired. Information retrieval work requires machines more
sophisticated than those manufactured indigenously and few imported machines are capable
of handling information retrieval applications.
!
Caution The random access facility and disks large enough for storage of bibliographic
information are not readily available.
In most institutions, organizational goal receive priority over the library’s requirements,
meaning that the librarian must use the computer available rather than what is actually
required according to specifications. Library activities in all institutions are done through
sharing disk space as well as computer time. Therefore, when the storage capacity is not
large enough to accommodate various types of data, bibliographic data are given the
lowest priority. On-line facilities are rare in India. In fact, only TIFR’s library has access to
an on-line terminal for bibliographic data, the DEC-1077 computer of the National Centre
for Software Development and Computing Techniques.
The communication infrastructure of India is still not suitable for extensive on-line
information facilities; the telephone system is not reliable enough to support an effective
network facility. Software problems arise because programmes must be developed in
terms of the machine on which they are to operate. Therefore, the incompatibility of
equipment tends to make the software incompatible as well, especially when programmes
are written in machine or assembly language. While using languages which are not machine
bound, such as FORTRAN, COBOL, ALGOL, etc., may seem like a solution, in actual
practice such languages cannot be interchanged without suitable modifications.
Example: A software package developed for the IBM 360 model 30 would require many
changes not only in the programme but also in the programming language if it were to run on
any other computer. Development of a programme suitable for the available machine is therefore
preferable to acceptance of a package programme. This makes the development and use of
package programme difficult and leads to a lack of standardization in programming language
as well as in output. Machine-readable databases are by-products of international information
network systems and are available on magnetic tapes.

Library Automation
Notes These are useful in building information resources and for retrospective search and current
awareness services. Again, however, the tape service is expensive and suitably sophisticated
computers are scarce. The databases have a standard format which requires extensive
changes to fit existing hardware and other system requirements. Also, relevant
bibliographic information has to be selected from the databases and stored. Often this
storage space is scarce and expensive.
2. Economic Problems: The major obstacle for any innovations in developing countries is the
lack of resources. The initial cost of establishing a computer system is beyond the reach of
most organizations and institutions. Library and information processing is done either
with spare computer capacity made available by the institution itself, or with computer
time hired from another institution. The cost of hiring computer time and storage space is
very high and often cannot be justified at the management level by cost-benefit analysis.
Example: At IIT, CPU time per hour cost ` 1000 for educational purposes and ` 2000 for
business and industrial use.
Moreover, the computer provides only paper printout, and the paper often cost more than
the processing. Few developing countries can afford the machine-readable databases,
either. The tapes are very expensive and because foreign exchange is involved in subscribing
to them, it is even more difficult for most organizations in India and other developing
countries to afford them. The annual subscription rate of one database is now approximately
$ 8000. Library tasks often overlap and their peculiar nature seldom makes the advantages
of computerization seem very convincing in the light of cost benefit analysis.
In India, libraries and information centres are attached to government organizations or
research institutions, so library services cannot be calculated on a profit/loss basis. Long
term benefits have to keep in mind while justifying such services. The libraries that have
computerized some of their services or operations often have not taken such steps as a
result of serious thought. Computerization has glamour of its own in the minds of many
librarians. Overly enthusiastic librarians often run uneconomical programmes, producing
lengthy listings for instance in the name of computerized service.
Often the manual method is used concurrently with the computerized system because of
a lack of faith on the part of staff and users. The duplication of work and the cost involved
in these cases is obviously unjustifiable; the librarian should know which aspects of service
should be mechanized. An example of an economically visible computerized library
activity is the centralized acquisitions but also eliminates the cost of duplicate purchasing.
3. Attitudinal Problems: Computers appear very awesome to developing countries. They
are powerful machines which can perform many functions and therefore offer a solution
to the many types of manual inefficiency which often plague the developing countries.
Among librarians there are two groups often give insufficient thought to the real value of
the computer to the organization/institution and make uneconomical, haphazard use of
the facility.
The other group, still the majority in developing countries, lacks knowledge of the
potential and consequences of library automation. There is constant tension between this
traditional librarian group and the ‘new wave’ librarians. Professionals of the majority
group do not realize that computers cannot replace human intelligence. Due to the accuracy
essential for data input in library services, the librarian/information scientist is
indispensable. The National Library of Calcutta conducted an experiment to computerize
the Indian National Bibliography in 1968.
The scheme failed, however, because labour unions opposed it fearing retrenchment of
library staff. Among developing countries, the attitudes of India’s librarians are typical.

NotesThey are not confident about automated services. Library staff should therefore be trained
in programming and thus be made aware of the work involved in automation. They will
then realize that automation will not take away their jobs. They will also realize that
computers are machines which have their limitations as well as their advantages. The
communication gap between the librarian and the computer specialist is another major
hindrance in establishing any effective automated system in a library.
There is often disagreement among the librarian, the programmer and the systems analyst.
Librarians should be trained in computer programming and computer specialists should
be versed in the special needs of library automation. Only then can a common language
evolve among the three and projects are started. Administrative personnel assume a very
important role in decision making. Their enthusiasm, support and conviction can help
realize any new plan, just as their apathy and lack of understanding of the need for
accurate and speedy information can jeopardize any effort. Although many things have
taken a favourable turn in India, the majorities of those at the management level
unfortunately are not conversant with the development of information science and are
unaware of the important role of information in all areas of national development.
This very often results in insufficient planning, which in turn curbs the enthusiasm of
imaginative information scientists and librarians. Due to this lack of appreciation, priorities
are poorly ordered and funds are not well allocated. Administrators also have a tendency
to underestimate or overestimate the capacity of automation. Any information system or
service is planned for the best possible benefit to its users. Unless the users are mentally
prepared to accept a new system, however, it cannot be effective. Indian users are still
unfamiliar and overawed by computers, so computer awareness and interest has to be
fostered to enable proper utilization of a system.
They should neither overestimate computer capabilities nor be afraid of interacting with
the computer systems. Another obstacle is that, because batch processing systems are still
in use in India, there are bulky printouts in monotonous type faces and formats which
prove to be a headache not only for the librarian, but also for the user. There is no dearth
of manpower in systems analysis and computer programming in India. Library automation
is still neglected, however; it is an area which has not attracted young people with
appropriate expertise. Training should be given to both the librarian and the computer
specialist about each other’s functions and possibilities. Both INSDOC and DRTC conduct
courses on automation systems in libraries. Under the forthcoming NISSAT plan, steps are
being taken to be building the requisite technical manpower.
Notes The Indian government’s Department of Electronics is developing training
programmes for the National Informatics Centre. There are two main objectives in training
for library automation: to orient the programmers and system analysts to writing
programmes suitable for automating library facilities, and to persuade librarians to accept
the utility of automation and teach them to prepare accurate inputs to make the system
worthwhile.
Self Assessment
1. Automation to a greater extent can increase pressure of library workload.
2. On-line facilities are rare in India.

Library Automation
Notes 3. Library activities in all institutions are done through sharing disk space as well as computer
time.
4. The National Library of Calcutta conducted an experiment to computerize the Indian
National Bibliography in 1978.
5. There is no dearth of manpower in systems analysis and computer programming in India.
4.2 Criteria for Evaluation of Library Automation Software
The following factors should be taken into consideration at the time of evaluation of any library
automation package:
1. Vendor Validity: The reputation of software development group or the vendor is extremely
valuable. The following questions should be raised to judge the validity:
Is the vendor also a software developer, or is the vendor a distributor or an agent for
the software developer?
Is there an international presence or is the company localised?
How long has the software developer been in the library systems industry?
How long has the library system, you are interested in, been on the market?
Who are using their products? (Look for someone in close proximity and contact
them for their views on the product. If possible, make an on-site visit to see the
product in action.)
2. Services Availability Checklist: The services and utilities of any LMS should be checked
for the availability of following core, enhanced and value-added services:
Core Services: Acquisition, cataloguing, circulation, OPAC, serials control,
bibliographic format support, data exchange format support, article indexing, retro
conversion, standard report and system administration.
Enhanced Services: Customised report generation, GUI based user interface,
reservation facility, interlibrary loan module, multi-lingual support, union catalogue,
authority file support and controlled vocabulary, online help, online tutorial, power
search facility, internet support, intranet support, web access OPAC, multimedia
interface, barcode support and backup utility.
Value-added Services: Patron self-service through RFID and smart card (self-circulation,
self-reservation etc.), online user training/orientation, stock verification facility,
members photo ID card generation, barcode generation, fine calculation and receipt
generation, gate pass generation, bulletin board services and e-mail reports, electronic
SDI, CAS support, digital media archiving support.
3. Functional Checklist: The following general features are part of software module testing,
and each should be tested or conducted during the evaluation process:
Searching Capabilities (All modules)
Data Entry and Editing (All modules)
Bibliographic/item File and Maintenance
Bibliographic Interface Software
Authority Control

NotesInventory (Circulation)
Check-out (Circulation)
Renewal (Circulation)
Circulation/Management Reports (Circulation)
Check-in (Circulation)
Fines and Fees (Circulation)
Notice Production (Circulation)
Holds (Circulation)
Recalls (Circulation)
Patron File (Circulation)
Reserves (Circulation)
Portable Back-up Units
Report Writer
Acquisitions
Serials
Electronic Databases
Gateways
Network Operations
Z39.50 Server
Inter-library Loan
4. Data Conversion and Backup Utility: The ability of the package in terms of support for
data conversion from other library systems and adherence to the international bibliographic
data standards and protocols should be checked extensively. In this age of shared cataloguing
systems and web integration, the LMS should also support metadata schemas and
interoperability issues like XML, RDF and OAI/PMH. Backup facility in suitable media is
also to be checked in view of data recovery at the time of need.
5. Training, Documentation and Customer Support: The vendor must provide:
adequate training facilities without fees for supervisor and operators to:
manage and operate the system on a day-to-day basis;
run file backup operations, software utilities and cataloguing utilities;
troubleshoot and solve simple problems and load software enhancement
received from the vendor.
complete documentation (in hard copy and machine-readable form) must be
available with the package along with regular documentation updates and release
notes available for local printing or downloading via web; and
the package must have support from the software vendor for hardware and software
maintenance, data conversion, emergency and on-call support and disaster
management.

Library Automation
Notes 6. Hardware and Third Party Software Requirements: The vendor should provide a complete
list of hardware requirements (processor type and RAM) for server and client machines,
operating system requirements and back end RDBMS (with version) requirements.
Evaluation should be based on total cost for minimum hardware and third party software
requirements of the package.
7. Performance Testing: Any LMS should be evaluated by checking some performance testing
like transaction throughput capacity and response time, hardware functionality, module
functionality, conversion testing, database loading, index building etc.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
6. …………………… services includes patron self-service through RFID and smart card.
7. …………………… should be based on total cost for minimum hardware and third party
software requirements of the package.
8. Any LMS should be evaluated by checking some …………………… performance testing.
9. …………………… services includes customised report generation, GUI based user interface,
reservation facility, interlibrary loan module, multi-lingual support.
10. …………………… services includes acquisition, cataloguing, circulation, OPAC, serials
control, bibliographic format support, data exchange format support, article indexing,
retro conversion, standard report and system administration.
4.3 Trends and Future of Library Automation Software
The rapid developments of ICT have changed the libraries over the last few decades. The library
systems all over the world are going through a process of transformation to address the effects
and implications of technological change. In response to the needs of the hour, library automation
packages are gradually being upgraded to satisfy diversified demands of library authority, staff
and users by incorporating various epoch-making features. Some of these features are selected
for discussion here on the basis of their importance and utilities in library management.
1. Unicode: Unicode enables the input and display of different languages of the world in
their native scripts. Unicode complaint LMSs are able to dynamically change language at
any point without affecting other system users.
Example: A librarian could catalogue a record in English, and then change languages to
enter record in Hindi, Bengali, Tamil, Marathi, etc.
Unicode is a character representation standard like ASCII. ASCII is one byte (8 bits) code
and can represent only 28 i.e. 256 characters, whereas Unicode is two byte code (16 bits)
and can represent 216 i.e. around 65,000 characters. As a result Unicode standard can
represent all the scripts of the world including some obsolete scripts such as Bramhi and
Kharosti. Unicode provides two encoding formats – UTF-16 (default) and UTF-8 and the
present standard (Unicode 4.0) can represent 50,000 characters. The fully functional multi-
lingual system requires the Unicode support by operating system, programming
languages, application software and word processors. Unicode support for LMSs is essential
in multilingual countries like India.
2. Z39.50 Information Retrieval Protocol: The growth of shared cataloguing and cooperative
cataloguing initiatives allow capturing bibliographic data from remote library servers

Notesover the Internet. It reduces unit cost of cataloguing and saves a lot of time for individual
libraries. However, the major problem is of variation in software and hardware. Library
professionals have to learn the specific features of each system. More the electronic resources
grow more will be the confusion on how to access the information from diverse databases.
ANSI/NISO Z39.50 standard was developed to share the bibliographical information
electronically and to overcome the problems of database searching with different search
languages. Z39.50 is a session oriented program-to-program open communication protocol
based on client-server computing model. LMS incorporated with Z39.50 copy-cataloguing
client (called origin in the standard) submits a search request to any Z39.50 server (called
target), which then process the request and returns the result in desired standard. LMS will
then place the captured record in the catalogue editor for manipulation.
3. Web-centric Architecture: Web-centric LMSs allow web based staff and user access and
thereby ensures searching, browsing, data entry and system Introduction administration
from anywhere at any time against user authentication. In such a system, there is no
requirement to install client-side software in client computers. Any machine with standard
web browser may be used as client for accessing library database. This architecture applied
Common Gateway Interface (CGI) and Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) to ensure
platform independent access to library services. It also helps to overcome space and time
barrier.
4. Integrated Access Interface: Integrated access interface refers to the ability of LMSs to
combine multitude of resources and media type in a single and seamless search mechanism.
Such interface should support hypermedia environment to include:
Library catalogue
Collection acquired in digital form
Collection digitised in-house
E-journals and e-books
Purchase datasets on CD ROMs
Subject gateways
Other library’s OPAC
Bulletin board, Listserv and Discussion forum
Information desk
Community information
5. FRBR based Bibliographic Data Model: FRBR stands for Functional Requirements for
Bibliographic Records. It is a conceptual model, proposed and designed by IFLA
(International Federation of Library Associations), for the management of bibliographic
databases. The model uses entity-analysis techniques to identify entity, attributes and
relationships in the bibliographic universe. It also identifies the relevance of each attribute
and relationship to the generic tasks performed by users of bibliographic data. Packages
are incorporating FRBR model for the design of central catalogue database. Interoperability
and Crosswalk: Interoperability means the ability of multiple systems (with different
hardware and software platform and data structure interface) to exchange data with minimal
loss of content functionality. A crosswalk is a mapping of the elements, semantics and
syntax from one metadata schema to those of another. It allows metadata created by one
community to be used by another group that employs a different metadata standard.
Interoperability and crosswalk ensures exchange of bibliographic data among
heterogeneous systems across the globe. LMSs are now supporting various standards and

Library Automation
Notes protocols like Z39.50, OAI/PMH, METS (Metadata Encoding and Transmission Standard)
and MARC-XML to achieve interoperability.
6. RFID and Smart Card Based Inventory Control: Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) is
the technology that is slated to replace barcodes in library applications. The RFID tags are
placed in books and generally covered with the sticker. RFID reader and antenna are often
integrated into patron self-checkout machines or inventory readers. The reader powers
the antenna to generate RF field to decode information stored on the chip. Reader sent
information to the central server, which in turn communicates with the library automation
software. LMSs are incorporating RFID technology for performing self-issue and return,
stock verification, theft detection, identification of misplaced books and inventory counts.
Did u know? RFID compliant LMS increases staff productivity and ensures full-proof
security.
Smart card technology is used in libraries to manage public access resources. It makes the
process user friendly for librarians as well as for patrons. It supports self-checkout, payment
of fees and fines and use of public access resources through using one smart card by
patrons. The system also provides excellent privacy, security options and personalisation
of services for library users.
7. Open Source Software: Open Source Software (OSS) is software for which the source code
is freely available. It means that anyone can access the source code and make changes. Such
facilities are not available with proprietary or closed source programs. Some examples of
open source software are – Linux operating system, Mozila web browser, MySQL RDBMS,
Apache web server and PERL. The open source movement has its roots in the 1970s, and is
continuing to grow in popularity. Number of integrated library automation packages is
available as OSS for downloading and use in libraries all over the world, such as KOHA,
MyLibrary, Avantika etc. Generally, these packages are based on LAMP architecture i.e.
Linux operating system, Apache web server MySQL RDBMS and PERL/PHP as scripting
language. Many libraries, faced with budgetary crunches and the resultant lack of
technological resources, have opted for open source solutions. The advantages of using
OSS for library management are:
Open source systems, when licensed in the typical “general license” manner, cost
nothing (or next to nothing) to use – whether they have one or one thousand users.
Thus use of OSS offers substantial cost savings for libraries.
Open source product support is not locked into a single vendor. The community of
developers for a particular open source product tends to be a powerful support
structure because of the pride in ownership. Also, anyone can go into business to
provide support for software for which the very source code is freely available.
Thus even if a library buys an open source system from one vendor, it might choose
to get technical support from another company – or to arrange for technical support
from a third party at the time of purchase. On top of this flexibility, any library with
technical staff capable of understanding source code might find that its own staff
might provide better internal support because the staff could have a better
understanding of how the systems work.
Did u know? The entire library community might share the responsibility of solving
information systems accessibility issues and OSS can be highly customised to meet
individual library needs.

Notes
Task Identify the criteria for evaluation of library automation packages.
Self Assessment
11. Unicode support for LMSs is essential in developing countries.
12. ANSI/NISO Z39.50 standard was developed to share the bibliographical information
electronically.
13. FRBR refers to the ability of LMSs to combine multitude of resources and media type in a
single and seamless search mechanism.
14. RFID is the technology that is slated to replace barcodes in library applications.
15. Open Source Software (OSS) is software for which the source code is freely available.
Case Study Adoption and User Perceptions of Koha Library
Management Systems in India
F
ree software are those which are available free of cost with source code. According
to Free Software Foundation “Free software” means software that respects users’
freedom and community. The users have the freedom to run, copy, distribute, study,
change and improve the software. With these freedoms, the users (both individually and
collectively) control the program and what it does for them”. The two terms, “free” and
“open source” are used synonymously for free distribution of software. Free and Open
Source software movements are two ideological groups working for free distribution of
software. Both groups strongly believe in community participation and peer review.
Libraries are attracted to open source technology not only due to its free availability, but
due to its attractive philosophy. Open source software suggestions for improvement.
Thereby, the work is continuously edited and refined.
Koha open source library management system is a new entrant into library automation
marketplace in India. The work on Koha started in September 6, 1999 by Catipo
Communications following a request from Horowhenua Library Trust, New Zealand.
Horowhenua Library Trust implemented Koha in January 1, 2000 and the Trust released
Koha under the most popular and flexible GNU General Public License for deriving
support from the global community and ensuring future development of the system. The
same year Koha was deployed in St. Joseph’s College, Devagiri in the Indian state of
Kerala. This is considered to be the first Koha installation in India. Thereafter, there have
been a number of Koha installations in India and the group of active Koha users in India
is growing. The annual conference of Koha developers and users called ‘Kohacon’ held in
Pune, India in 2011 was a recent significant milestone.
Koha in India
Adoption rate of open source library management systems in India is comparatively slow
due to a variety of reasons ranging from lack of awareness among library professionals to
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes low computer literacy skills compared to other open source library management Koha in
2007. The Library has a collection of over 15 lakh books. During the initial stages a significant
portion of the records from CDS/ISIS database were exported to Koha.
Granthalaya (www.granthalaya.org) is another prestigious automation project which uses
Koha. This project envisions a union catalogue of public libraries in Konkan region
Maharashtra, India. Central Library and other Departmental libraries in Cochin University
of Science and Technology adopted Koha and became fully functional in 2009. In Tamilnadu,
32 district libraries and Connemara Public Library were automated and networked using
Koha with the help of AU-KBC Research Centre of Anna University Chennai with support
from the NRCFOSS Project (National Resource Centre for Free/Open Source Software)
funded by the Department of Information Technology, Govt of India. Anna Centenary
Library in Chennai also selected Koha for its automation purpose.
Mysore University successfully migrated to Koha from legacy system in 2010. British
Council Libraries in India and Sri Lanka selected Koha for automation and networking its
libraries. They serve 120,000 members through ten libraries. British Council Library online
catalogue started its service and is available at www.library.britishcouncil.org.in. Koha
has been customized in Bengali script for the purpose of automating academic and public
libraries in West Bengal.
The Government of Kerala has in principle made a decision to make Koha as its official
software for computerization of Government administered libraries. Educational
institutions under Institute of Human Resources Development (IHRD) have adopted Koha
in their libraries by providing in-house training for library professionals. IHRD is an
autonomous body under Government of Kerala which owns around 50 educational
institutions.
Training and awareness can eliminate misconceptions of many library professionals
regarding open source software. Professional organisations, library schools and prestigious
libraries in India have organised Koha workshops. DELNET, NCSI, DRTC, Kerala Library
Association, Cochin University, University of Kerala, University of Burdwan, Mahatma
Gandhi University, NISCAIR and OSS Labs have organised Koha training. Many learning
and installation aids have been developed for Koha training programmes. Koha Live CD
is a helpful tool using which librarians can install Koha easily without the help of a Linux
expert. DRTC, Bangalore developed a live CD suitable for learning purpose and installation.
Koha, DSpace and other applications are also included in the live CD.
Delhi Public Library
Delhi Public Library was established in 1951 by Government of India with the assistance
of UNESCO. The library has a collection of 1.5 million books and 35 library outlets located
in various parts of the Delhi city. The library serves 73,467 users. Average number of
books issued per day is 33789.
Delhi Public Library began to use computers since 1995. In 1997, the library started to use
CDS/ISIS to create the database of books received under the Delivery of Books and
Newspapers Act. Koha was implemented in 2007 and its online catalogue is also available.
About 52,681 records in English and 38,180 records in Hindi were transferred to Koha
from CDS/ISIS and 2,33,304 record details were entered in Koha till 12th January 2012.
Records from all Indian languages are available and regional language searching is also
enabled in Delhi Public Library through the online catalogue.
The library implemented the automation project using Koha with a relatively low cost.
They utilised the maximum in-house manpower for project related works. Library had
sought only the services of an IT company for the installation of a server computer.
Contd...

NotesAccording to library officials, this company had limited involvement in the
implementation, configuration, and operation of the Koha software and did not have
previous experience with library automation. The company had only expected to gain
experience with Koha through its involvement in this project.
Retrospective conversion from legacy system is a fear factor for many libraries with huge
collection of records. But Delhi Public Library could overcome the situation with the help
of appropriate cost effective open source automation solution by relying on their staff.
This practice helped the Delhi Public Library to gain full control over their automation
system and data.
Mysore University Library
Mysore University Library switched from a proprietary automation system to Koha in
2010 after an intensive evaluation. In their experience, proprietary legacy systems are not
suitable for long term service and decided to find a suitable open source library automation
system. “After an extensive survey and analysis, an Expert Committee consisting of senior
library professionals and teaching faculty of University of Mysore recommended the
adoption of Koha”.
Availability of features suitable for university library, third party commercial support,
and active development due to its strong community world over is the main factors
favourable to Koha. Fifty eight libraries come under the purview of library automation
project using Koha in Mysore University. It includes the Main Library, libraries of five
colleges, thirteen institutions and thirty six Departments. About ten lakh (one million)
records will be available in the final stage of migration. Centralised database, decentralised
inputting and housekeeping activities and Universal access to OPAC are the main features
of the Koha implementation in Mysore University. The university has hosted Koha on
cloud hosting environment and no additional investment on server, maintenance,
manpower, air-conditioning, etc. were done. Dr. I.R.N. Goudar, Visiting Professor-cum-
Library Advisor says, “We have not even spent one third of what we would have spent for
a medium priced commercial LMS. The amount we paid to our service provider covered
installation and configuration, migration of existing data, training, little bit customization,
hosting initially on cloud hosting environment and AMC for one year”.
Scholarly literature published on the impact of open source library management system
among Indian libraries is limited.
Technical Support
Installation and maintenance of Koha was difficult for library professionals because of its
complex installation procedure. Koha support using community resources is free. Highly
detailed user manuals, installation procedures, data migration assistance, active discussion
forums and blogs are very helpful for library professionals (91.18%) who like to maintain
Koha without using the help of commercial service providers. Majority of Koha users
participated in this survey made use of community resources for Koha installation and
maintenance. Very few Koha users (8.82%) approached commercial Koha service companies
for Koha installation and maintenance. Assistance from commercial Koha service
companies are very helpful in data migration from legacy systems, customisation,
development and online hosting.
Koha Live CD
Manual installation of Koha is time consuming and requires the expertise of a Linux
administrator. Majority of the libraries (69.70%) that participated in this survey installed
Koha manually and 30.30% of libraries installed Koha with the help of Koha live CD.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Many learning and installation aids for Koha are now available for the help of library
professionals. Koha Live CDs are useful for installation and learning purpose. It assists
the librarians to install Koha in their library without the help of a Linux expert. Linux
operating system and Koha are bundled together in the live CD. Installation process is
simple and Koha is ready to use after the completion of installation from live CD.
Availability of Koha live CD can be one of the reasons that increased the popularity of
Koha among library professionals in India.
Difficulties in Moving to Koha
Data migration, network problems, protest from staff, and approval from organisation
are the main problems encountered by Indian libraries in Koha adoption process.
Libraries have no control over the proprietary software system and data. By purchasing a
proprietary automation system, library does not get the ownership of the software. Library
only gets the privilege to use the system till the end of the service period. Often the vendor
of library management system does not give provision to export data in the standard
format (e.g. MARC). In certain cases libraries have to make additional payment to terminate
the services and get back the data if they like to switch over to a new system.
Display and Screen Layouts
Koha’s web interface is easy to use by both library professionals and end users. Web 2.0
features are also added for the enhancement of user experience. Users can change the
display and layouts for matching with the theme and aims of the library. Layouts are
suitable for adding external elements like social network widgets, bookmarking tools
and dynamic contents. Koha users (35.71%) have expressed that display and layouts are
excellent.
User Manuals
About 51.85% Koha users have expressed their satisfaction level as very good. Koha
community maintains an extensive online user manual with screen shots with the help of
library professionals. In addition, Koha has an onscreen pop-up screen in every page for
instant help.
Ease of Cataloguing
Koha makes use of MARC 21 and UNIMARC standard for cataloguing framework. It also
attached Z39.50 standard for downloading the cataloguing details from remote library
servers (e.g. Library of Congress). Koha lacks customised cataloguing framework with
minimum data entry fields. It displays all MARC fields and users have to customise it to
minimum number of fields required for the library. This feature may cause difficulty for
new Koha users. Among Koha users, 32.14% marked ease of cataloguing as excellent and
53.57% marked it as very good.
Circulation
The circulation module of Koha was the most highly rated module with 51.72% rating it as
excellent. Circulation process in Koha is time saving and it helps to complete the circulation
transactions with ease. Circulation module options are attached to the universal task bar
and library staff can easily switch to check in or check out of documents during other
works.
Acquisition
Acquisition module is in transition process and lots of changes have been added to the
latest version. Placing and receiving orders in a few steps is the advantage of acquisition
Contd...

Notesmodule. Creating budget and proper allocation of funds will help to give control over
library finance. About 22.22% rated this module as excellent and about 33.33% rated is as
good.
Serials Management
Serials management module does not connect with budget and it lacks article indexing
feature. Due to these reasons, serials management module could find much acceptance
among Koha users. Only 7.41% of users rated it as excellent and 11.11% of users stated that
the serial management module is poor.
Koha Open Source library management system is a new candidate in Indian library
automation market. Survey result shows that majority of the libraries (52.94%) which
adopted Koha had no automation system before and other segment of users (47.06%)
migrated to Koha from proprietary systems. It indicates that Indian libraries have
recognised the capabilities of Koha features and its suitability to implement in any type of
libraries. To a certain extent, availability of Koha Live CD is a factor behind the popularity
of Koha in India. About 30% of libraries installed Koha using Live CD. Koha Live CD
gives opportunity to try Koha in libraries without technical support.
According to majority of users, data migration from legacy system to Koha is a hard nut
to crack in implementation stage. Other barriers while implementation stage are Internet
connectivity, protest from staff and approval from organisation. Koha users (61.76%) are
satisfied with the overall performance of Koha. Circulation module is the most favourite
module of Koha and 51.72% of users have expressed excellence about the performance of
this module. Financial management of periodicals is not possible and users are not satisfied
with serial management module.
Implementation of Koha in reputed libraries in India has given enough publicity among
library professionals. News regarding Koha implementation in Delhi Public Library,
Mysore University, British Libraries and Connemara Public Library etc. has appeared in
popular online discussion forums like LIS Forum and has come to the attention of library
professionals. A few library science departments and institutions in India have already
started teaching Koha.
Questions
Source: http://nopr.niscair.res.in/bitstream/123456789/15700/1/ALIS%2059(4)%20223-230.pdf
4.4 Summary
In the digital environment, both hardware and software have critical roles to play.
The tempo of automation and modernisation of libraries is largely affected by the
bottlenecks created by these issues, and the professionals are finding it difficult to sort out
such problems.
Technological problems include both the hardware, i.e., the computer as an instrument
for information processing and the software, i.e. the methodology which is applied.
The major obstacle for any innovations in developing countries is the lack of resources.
In India, libraries and information centres are attached to government organizations or
research institutions, so library services cannot be calculated on a profit/loss basis.

Library Automation
Notes The reputation of software development group or the vendor is extremely valuable.
The ability of the package in terms of support for data conversion from other library
systems and adherence to the international bibliographic data standards and protocols
should be checked extensively.
The rapid developments of ICT have changed the libraries over the last few decades.
Unicode is a character representation standard like ASCII.
Z39.50 is a session oriented program-to-program open communication protocol based on
client-server computing model.
FRBR is a conceptual model, proposed and designed by IFLA (International Federation of
Library Associations), for the management of bibliographic databases.
The RFID tags are placed in books and generally covered with the sticker.
4.5 Keywords
Checklist: A checklist is a type of informational job aid used to reduce failure by compensating
for potential limits of human memory and attention.
Common Gateway Interface: Common Gateway Interface (CGI) is a standard method for web
server software to delegate the generation of web content to executable files.
Enhanced Services: Enhanced service is service offered over commercial carrier transmission
facilities used in interstate communications that employs computer processing applications that
act on the format, content, code, protocol, or similar aspects of the subscriber’s transmitted
information; provides the subscriber with additional, different, or restructured information; or
involves subscriber interaction with stored information.
Hypertext Transfer Protocol: It is a TCP/IP based communication protocol which is used to
deliver virtually all files and other data, collectively called resources, on the World Wide Web.
Open Source Software: Open Source Software (OSS) is software for which the source code is
freely available. It means that anyone can access the source code and make changes.
Radio Frequency Identification: Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) is the technology that is
slated to replace barcodes in library applications.
Retrenchment: Retrenchment is an act of cutting down or reduction, particularly of public
expenditure.
Software Package: A program for performing some specific function or calculation which is
useful to more than one computer user and is sufficiently well documented to be used without
modification on a defined configuration of some computer system.
Specifications: A specification (often abbreviated as spec) may refer to an explicit set of
requirements to be satisfied by a material, design, product, or service.
Systems Analyst: An individual in charge of designing, modifying, or analysing various systems
to ensure compatibility and user effectiveness.
Unicode: Unicode is a computing industry standard for the consistent encoding, representation
and handling of text expressed in most of the world’s writing systems.
Value-added Services: A value-added service (VAS) is a popular telecommunications term for
non-core services, or in short, all services beyond standard voice calls and fax transmissions.

Notes4.6 Review Questions
1. Discuss the Technological Problems in Library Automation.
2. What is the major obstacle for any innovations in developing countries?
3. Explain the attitudinal problems in Library Automation.
4. Describe the features are part of software module testing.
5. Discuss FRBR based Bibliographic Data Model.
6. Write brief note on Open Source Software.
7. What is Radio Frequency Identification?
8. Describe integrated access interface.
9. What is Z39.50?
10. Discuss Unicode.
1. False 2. True
3. True 4. False
5. True 6. Value-added
7. Evaluation 8. Performance
9. Enhanced 10. Core
11. False 12. True
13. False 14. True
15. True
Publication.
Unlimited.

Library Automation
Notes
Online links http://raijmr.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/1_1-6-Dr.-Ajay-M.-Raval.pdf
http://www.cmb.ac.lk/academic/institutes/nilis.bak231210/reports/
Dilroshan.pdf
http://www.planetindiaonline.com/library.htm
http://www.worlib.org/vol08no1/print/vyas_print.html
https://www.zotero.org/infodiva/items/itemKey/9785DGP6

Unit 5: Management of Library Automation
NotesUnit 5: Management of Library Automation
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
5.1 Planning in Library Automation
5.2 Formats and Standards in Library Automation
5.2.1 The MARC 21 Formats
5.2.2 UNIMARC (Universal MARC Format)
5.2.3 Common Communication Format (CCF)
5.2.4 Bibliographic Standards and the Internet
5.3 Retrospective Conversion
5.3.1 Need and Objectives of Retrospective Conversion
5.3.2 Scope of Retrospective Conversion
5.3.3 Planning of Retrospective Conversion
5.3.4 Problem in Retrospective Conversion
5.4 Summary
5.5 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss the planning in Library Automation
Explain the formats and standards in Library Automation
Describe the Retrospective Conversion
Introduction
A successful library automation project depends on good management. Library management
requires attention to a wide variety of strategies or techniques in embracing change caused by
library automation. The most important is management and development of library human
resources. How library managers deal with the major factors that need to be considered in this
changing environment, will largely determine how successful that change will be.
5.1 Planning in Library Automation
Planning for library automation has been defined as planning for “integrated systems” that
computerize an array of traditional library functions using a common database. While this is

Library Automation
Notes still generally true, rapid technological change is forcing a re-examination of what it means to
“automate the library.” As physical, spatial and temporal barriers to acquiring information
continue to crumble, libraries must plan for a broader and more comprehensive approach to
providing automated services.
Four years ago, the authors anticipated:
vastly expanded storage of indexes, statistical data bases, and document databases within
the library;
full-text storage of documents, complete with full-text keyword searching and on-demand
printing;
access by users to library databases from home or office, with direct downloading of
information and text on demand;
the ability to access remote databases across the country and the world, and to download
information and text on demand;
storage of pictorial and graphic material; and
availability of “intelligent systems” providing transparent, one-step searching and access
to various library in-house and remote databases.
These capabilities and far more have become reality. Accordingly, today’s integrated system
must not only provide access to the traditional cataloguing, circulation, public catalogue (OPAC)
and acquisitions modules, but must be capable of connecting through the local system into the
systems of other vendors, remote bibliographic databases, CD-ROM drives on a local area
network (LAN), and the Internet. Users are expecting that their library systems be capable of,
among other things:
providing seamless integration between system gateway and OPAC modules;
providing access for external users on the Internet to the library’s OPAC;
monitoring the usage of remote databases that have been accessed through the gateway;
and
accessing the Internet using a variety of graphical interfaces.
Essentially, what this means is that libraries must plan to use a local library system as a vehicle
for achieving access to resources outside that system. Stimulated by the Internet, which has
created universal connectivity to information resources heretofore unknown and/or inaccessible
and by Z39.50 interoperability standards and “gateways,” users of individual local systems are
expecting to access the resources of other systems – anywhere and anytime. Moreover, the
traditional definition of “publishing” has been stretched by the creation and instant availability
of informational home pages and Web sites worldwide.
!
Caution Given such increased complexities and heightened levels of expectation, libraries
must learn all the more how to plan for the introduction of automation in an organized
and systematic fashion. There is little mystery involved here: It is entirely a matter of
building upon what you already know about your library, using tools that are readily at
hand and, most importantly of all, involving the people – staff and users – who must live
with the consequences of any automation decisions.
A library planning to automate should undertake a process by which representative staff and
users can identify service needs and objectives. The purpose of such an effort is to allow
participants to articulate their interests and concerns, share perspectives and learn about

Notespossibilities in a collaborative setting. Group interaction is an important contributing factor in
the success of the goal, which is to develop and sustain library automation in the years ahead.
Here are the basic steps involved in this process:
Plan on a two-day, intensive planning effort.
Ask participants to identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats in the library’s
environment (known as “SWOT” factors in strategic planning) that are characteristic of or
that confront the library.
Group these factors into critical issue areas that are likely to have an impact on the libraries’
future in developing and sustaining automation.
Ask participants to identify ideas and perceptions in relation to the question: “How do
you see the library providing user-friendly, cost-effective automated services in five years?”
Through a method of your own devising, ask participants to prioritize all of the ideas that
come out of the above two “brainstorming” exercises.
Ask participants to shape these priorities into the draft of a strategic “vision” for automation
development consisting of a statement of purpose, goals and objectives for the library.
The strategic vision must provide the framework or context for the next step in the automation
process, which is to determine which library functions should be automated and in what order
of priority.
Example: Processes that are repetitive, occupy large amounts of staff time, require
retrieving information from large, unwieldy files, or are high-profile functions of the library
(such as the public catalogue) are prime candidates for automation.
Determining the functions that you wish to automate and their priorities relative to each other
is important for all sorts of reasons. If needs and priorities are clear, functions can be automated
in phases, allowing for more effective use of frequently scarce funding. Moreover, it is a way to
develop credibility with funding agencies and be able to take advantage of “sudden” funding
opportunities. Finally, evaluations of systems and options will be easier and more productive if
you are able to match your highest functional priorities against the corresponding modules
available in the marketplace.
Planners need to be aware that there are certain cost elements involved in the installation and
operation of any automated system. These may be summarized as follows:
Planning and Consulting Costs include direct, out-of-pocket costs (e.g., hiring a consultant)
and indirect costs (e.g., training staff) associated with getting started.
Purchase of the System includes the cost of acquiring the initial system hardware and
software, as well as the cost of preparing a site for the computer system.
Telecommunications costs are those fees paid to telecommunications companies or agencies
for connecting remote terminals or workstations to a central computer system.
Conversion costs are those associated with the creation of machine-readable bibliographic
and, for circulation systems, patron, records.
Additions to the Existing System may be required to maintain performance specifications,
to accommodate new users, or to allow for additional automated functions.
On-going Operating costs include:
maintenance fees

Library Automation
Notes utility costs
bar code labels
miscellaneous supply costs
telecommunications costs
salaries and benefits (if extra staff are hired)
Computer technology and software applications are changing and evolving at an incredibly
rapid pace. At current rates of development, you can expect that by the time you install your
carefully planned system, capabilities will be available that were only in planning while you
were evaluating vendor proposals. In general, a life cycle of five years is considered to be
acceptable for a computer system before some significant upgrade (installation of additional
hardware and/or software providing for increased capability or capacity) or replacement will
be necessary.
Because computer and information technology represent a fundamental change in the way
libraries do business, libraries must make an ongoing commitment to keeping pace with change.
Therefore, like automated systems, plans must also change with time.
Plans must be regularly revisited and updated as the environment and needs change. In general,
a library should conduct a major re-examination of its plan every five years, and should review
its plan on an annual basis.
Task Critically examine the outcomes of good planning in library automation.
Self Assessment
1. The traditional definition of “publishing” has been stretched by the creation and instant
availability of informational home pages and Web sites worldwide.
2. Group interaction is an important contributing factor in the success of the goal.
3. Purchase of the System includes direct, out-of-pocket costs and indirect costs associated
with getting started.
4. Computer technology and software applications are changing and evolving at an incredibly
rapid pace.
5. A life cycle of seven years is considered to be acceptable for a computer system before
some significant upgrade or replacement will be necessary.
5.2 Formats and Standards in Library Automation
The concept of “standard” in the field of library and information science is interpreted as codes
of cataloguing rules, classification schemes, subject headings and various other documents
contained recommendations for good library practice, all of which are subject to varying
interpretation. But, for another professional, standards are extremely precise technical
specifications for communication between software and machines in an automated information-
processing environment.

Notes
Example: Operating Systems, TCP/IP etc.
Standards are documented agreements containing technical specifications or other precise criteria
to be used consistently as rules, guidelines, or definitions of characteristics, to ensure that
materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose. Field of bibliographic
standards are not limited to the rules only but spread up to the authority files such as person
names, corporate names, subject headings, classification schemes, series names, institution names,
software and standardization form and format etc. In beginning, during the initiation of
automation to library professionals, there was not much focus on bibliographic standards and
were creating databases in any formats. That affected to the automation of their libraries, which
forced them to think over the issue. Now, gradually, the libraries and information centres are
realizing the importance of bibliographic standards. Centres like Information and Library
Network (INFLIBNET), Ahmedabad is playing important role in bringing all libraries together
to work on a single platform of standards with linking under one huge national network i.e.
UGC-Infonet. INFLIBNET Centre is an Inter-University Centre of University Grants Commission
(UGC), working on Academic library system in India. In 1990, UGC launched it as a programme
for five years on pilot basis. On June 1996, the programme was recognized as a full-fledged
Centre.
Different subject headings list are available, developed by different institutions such as LCSH,
Sear’s List of Subject Headings, MeSH, Thesaurus etc. There is various classification schemes
have been developed by different organizations for classifying the books on different subjects.
Functionally, most of the libraries are using the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) for
assigning the Classification Number to the documents. But, under INFLIBNET umbrella, all the
libraries are free to use any classification scheme for classifying the document, as it is very
difficult for any library to reclassify the entire collection based on any new scheme. As per the
library practice any classification scheme can be used as MARC21 has capability to adopt any
kind of classification schemes.
For libraries in India, it is very difficult to strict with any format and standard, due to libraries
are not well recognized by their institutions and having lack of skilled manpower. A financial
crunch with lack of skilled manpower is threat for the Indian libraries for keeping themselves
with the pace of latest technology including the intruders like computer professionals. But to
survive in the field, one has to go through the standards and control the quality in automation.
Did u know? What is MARC Standards? MARC (Machine-Readable Cataloguing) standards
are a set of digital formats for the description of items catalogued by libraries, such as
books. It was developed by Henriette Avram at the US Library of Congress during the
1960s to create records that can be used by computers, and to share those records among
libraries. By 1971, MARC formats had become the national standard for dissemination of
bibliographic data in the United States, and the international standard by 1973. There are
several versions of MARC in use around the world, the most predominant being MARC
21, created in 1999 as a result of the harmonization of U.S. and Canadian MARC formats,
and UNIMARC, widely used in Europe. The MARC 21 family of standards now includes
formats for authority records, holdings records, classification schedules, and community
information, in addition to the format for bibliographic records.
5.2.1 The MARC 21 Formats
The MARC 21 formats are standards for the representation and communication of bibliographic
and related information in machine-readable form. A MARC record involves three elements:
the record structure, the content designation, and the data content of the record.

Library Automation
Notes The structure of MARC records is an implementation of national and international
standards, e.g., Information Interchange Format (ANSI Z39.2) and Format for Information
Exchange (ISO 2709).
Content designation, the codes and conventions established to identify explicitly and
characterize further the data elements within a record and to support the manipulation of
those data, is defined in the MARC 21 formats.
The content of most data elements is defined by standards outside the formats, e.g.,
Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules, Library of Congress Subject Headings, National
Library of Medicine Classification. The content of other data elements, e.g., coded data
section 9 below), is defined in the MARC 21 formats.
A MARC 21 format is a set of codes and content designators defined for encoding machine-
readable records. Formats are defined for five types of data: bibliographic, holdings, authority,
classification, and community information.
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data contains format specifications for encoding data
elements needed to describe, retrieve, and control various forms of bibliographic material.
The MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data is an integrated format defined for the
identification and description of different forms of bibliographic material. MARC 21
specifications are defined for books, serials, computer files, maps, music, visual materials,
and mixed material. With the full integration of the previously discrete bibliographic
formats, consistent definition and usage are maintained for different forms of material.
MARC 21 Format for Holdings Data contains format specifications for encoding data
elements pertinent to holdings and location data for all forms of material.
MARC 21 Format for Authority Data contains format specifications for encoding data
elements that identify or control the content and content designation of those portions of
a bibliographic record that may be subject to authority control.
MARC 21 Format for Classification Data contains format specifications for encoding data
elements related to classification numbers and the captions associated with them.
Classification records are used for the maintenance and development of classification
schemes.
MARC 21 Format for Community Information provides format specifications for records
containing information about events, programs, services, etc. so that this information can
be integrated into the same public access catalogues as data in other record types.
The MARC 21 formats are maintained by the Library of Congress in consultation with various
user communities.
Through maintenance and revision, content designation is added to and existing content
designation is made obsolete or deleted from formats. Content designation is made obsolete
when it is found to be no longer appropriate or when the data element involved is no
longer needed. An obsolete content designator may continue to appear in records created
prior to the date it was made obsolete. Obsolete content designators are not used in new
records. A deleted content designator is one that had been reserved in MARC 21 but had
not been defined or one that had been defined but it is known with near certainty that it
had not been used.
The principles stated in this document have developed over time. The formats contain
exceptions to the principles due to early format development decisions. While many
exceptions have been made obsolete, others remain because of the need to maintain
upward compatibility of the formats in current development.

NotesThe MARC 21 formats are communication formats, primarily designed to provide specifications
for the exchange of bibliographic and related information between systems. They are widely
used in a variety of exchange and processing environments. As communication formats, they do
not mandate internal storage or display formats to be used by individual systems.
The MARC 21 formats particularly the bibliographic and authority formats were initially
developed to enable the Library of Congress to communicate its catalogue records to other
institutions. The formats have had a close relationship to the needs and practices of North
American libraries with universal collections. They reflect both the various cataloguing codes
applied in the library community and the requirements of the archives community.
The MARC 21 formats were designed to facilitate the exchange of bibliographic and related
information. An attempt has been made to preserve compatibility with other national and
international formats, e.g., UKMARC and UNIMARC.
Notes National agencies in the United States and Canada (Library of Congress, National
Agricultural Library, National Library of Medicine, United States Government Printing
Office, and National Library of Canada) are given special emphasis and consideration in
the formats because they serve as sources of authoritative cataloguing and as agencies
responsible for certain data elements.
A MARC record consists of three main sections: the leader, the directory, and the variable fields.
The leader consists of data elements that contain coded values and are identified by relative
character position. Data elements in the leader define parameters for processing the record.
The leader is fixed in length (24 characters) and occurs at the beginning of each MARC
record.
The directory contains the tag, starting location, and length of each field within the record.
Directory entries for variable control fields appear first, in ascending tag order. Entries for
variable data fields follow, arranged in ascending order according to the first character of
the tag. The order of the fields in the record does not necessarily correspond to the order
of directory entries. Duplicate tags are distinguished only by location of the respective
fields within the record. The length of the directory entry is defined in the entry map
elements in Leader/20-23. In the MARC 21 formats, the length of a directory entry is 12
characters.
!
Caution The directory ends with a field terminator character.
The data content of a record is divided into variable fields. The MARC 21 formats distinguish
two types of variable fields: variable control fields and variable data fields. Control and
data fields are distinguished only by structure. The term fixed fields is occasionally used
in MARC 21 documentation, referring either to control fields generally or to specific
coded-data fields, e.g., 007 (Physical Description Fixed Field) or 008 (Fixed-Length Data
Elements).
5.2.2 UNIMARC (Universal MARC Format)
UNIMARC is an international standard maintained by the International Federation of Library
Association and Institutions (IFLA) to facilitate the international exchange of data in

Library Automation
Notes machine-readable form between national bibliographic agencies. SirsiDynix Symphony supports
the UNIMARC bibliographic, authority, and Z39.50 formats.
The following UNIMARC catalogue formats are delivered:
UNIMARC (Bibliographic)
SUNIMARC (Serials)
The following UNIMARC authority formats are delivered:
UCOLUNITTL (Collective uniform title heading)
UCRPNAME (Corporate name heading)
UFAMNAME (Family name heading)
UGENRE (Form or genre heading)
UNAMCOLTTL (Name/collective uniform title heading)
UNAMTITL (Name/title heading)
UPERNAME (Personal name heading)
UPLACE (Place access)
UPORASSUN (Bib.NacPortugal assunto)
URAMEAU (Sujet Rameau)
USUBJ (Topical subject heading)
UTERNAME (Territorial/geographic name heading)
UTRDMARK (Trademark heading)
UUNITITL (Uniform title heading)
The following Z39.50 formats are delivered:
ZUNIAUTH (Z39.50 authority)
ZUNIMARC (Z39.50 bibliographic)
5.2.3 Common Communication Format (CCF)
CCF is a structure format for creating bibliographical records and for exchanging records between
groups of information agency and libraries. An international symposium in Taormina, Sicily
conducted by UNESCO was held in April, 1978. On the recommendations of the symposium
UNESCO/PGI formed the ad hoc group on the establishment of a Common Communication
Format (CCF). The first edition of CCF was published in 1984 under the editorship of Peter
Simmons and Alan Hopkins and its second edition was published in 1988 in two volumes called
CCF/B and CCF/F. Several countries have adopted this standard for exchange and creation of
bibliographic records at national level.
Structure of CCF
The structure of CCF is the implementation of ISO-2709. It consists of the following:
(a) Record Labels: Each CCF record begins with a fixed record label of 24 characters and
consists of data element which contains the record. Each data element is identified by its
relative character positioning the label.

Notes(b) Directory: The directory is a table containing a variable number of 14 characters entries
i.e. the length of each directory entry is of 14 characters terminated by a fixed separator
character. Each directory entry corresponds to a specific variable. Data fields in the record
are divided into four sub sections or parts, containing data for the following data element:
Tab
Length of the data field
Starting character position
Implementation defined section
(c) Data Fields: In the CCF a data field is defined as consisting of:
Indicator
Sub Fields: A sub field consists of a subfield identifier followed by a data string
which is terminated by either another sub field identifier or a field separator.
Field Separator: The field separator is that character which constitutes the final character
of every data field except for the final data field in the record.
Record Separator: The record separator is that character which makes the end of the
final data field in the record and constitutes the final character of the record.
Limitation of the CCF
CCF is not designed to meet the requirement of all types of libraries and information
organizations for local implementation. It is also not expected that institutes will use CCF
record format for internal storage and processing purpose. The major limitations of CCF are:
It is not sufficiently detailed in its definition and coverage of all data elements necessary
for creating a bibliographical database for an individual library.
It does not include its cataloguing rules nor does it align itself with any particular
cataloguing code or set of rules oriented towards a specific or fixed type of information
output form.
Except for standard CCF fields CCF recommends the use of alphanumeric code for tags
but it may not be possible to use alphanumeric code for tags in all cases (e.g. when library
system uses CDS/ISIS, this recommendation cannot be implemented).
Though in CCF further addition of the new data elements and their respective content
designator is possible, the unrestricted interpolation by different users can create
complication for exchanging data among libraries. In such cases, the content designators
of newly added data elements are likely to vary which may cause inconvenience for
exchanging data from one database to another.
5.2.4 Bibliographic Standards and the Internet
Since a large number of national bibliographies are being created using MARC format and even
individual libraries have large collections of MARC Records, it was felt necessary in today’s
world of INTERNET and World Wide Web that the format should be redefined in order to link
the digital objects from its bibliographic records. 111 orders to facilitate the better usage of
MARC in the digital age, certain programs have been developed to perform the mappings of
MARC 21 to other schemes, e.g., MARC 21 to SGML, MARC 21 to Dublin Core, etc.

Library Automation
Notes MARC 21-SGML
SGML is a Standard Generalized Markup Language which is used as an international standard
since 1989. SGML is not a single language but a language which describes other markup
languages. SGML provides a standard syntax for defining the descriptions of the documents.
These descriptions are called Document Type Definitions (DTDs). The mappings of MARC to
SGML will allow the MARC records to be made available to SGML application programs that
process the digital documents and allow for sending the MARC record in SGML with the
document. A standard Document Type Definition (DTD) for MARC and a MARC-SGML
conversion programs are available as freeware software at http://lcweb.loc.gov/rnarc/. The
main purpose is to support the conversion of MARC into the SGML format and vice-versa. The
ability to convert the bibliographic data from the SGML to MARC and vice-versa gave way to
the development of WWW based catalogues, with SGML as its basic record structure.
MARC-DublinCore
Dublin Core is an acronym or abbreviation used for Dublin Metadata Core. Element set is a core
list of metadata elements used for describing the networked electronic information. A mapping
of 15 elements of Dublin Core Metadata is set to MARC fields so that the conversion may occur.
The Dublin Core is used for simple information resource description. The main aim of the
Dublin Core was to formulate a set of instructions to the authors or the publishers publishing
their information on the INTERNET without prior training.
Task Critically examine the Standards which help in creating Bibliographic databases
in Indian Academic Libraries.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
6. …………………… is a structure format for creating bibliographical records and for
exchanging records between groups of information agency and libraries.
7. Most of the libraries are using the …………………… for assigning the Classification
Number to the documents.
8. The …………………… formats are standards for the representation and communication of
bibliographic and related information in machine-readable form.
9. The …………………… of most data elements is defined by standards outside the formats.
10. The …………………… contains the tag, starting location, and length of each field within
the record.
5.3 Retrospective Conversion
The word “Retrospective” indicates that the process is only for already existing records, and the
meaning of the word “Conversion” refers to the form and format of the records changing
something from one form to another. Thus, retrospective conversion in library and information
centre means “changing already existing catalogue from existing traditional form to a
machine-readable form. Retrospective conversion, according to ALA Glossary of Library &
Information Science, has been defined as the process of converting the database of library

Notesholdings from non-machine-readable form to machine-readable form and that are not converted
during day to day process. Harrod’s Librarian’s Glossary defines retrospective conversion
(information retrieval) is a partial or complete conversion of an existing catalogue into machine-
readable form as opposed to converting records created currently.
Retrospective conversion is the process of turning a library’s existing paper catalogue record
into a machine readable form. Retrospective conversion usually entails using catalogue cards
(with a minimum of data like call number, author, title, ISBN and/or LCCN information) to find
or create bibliographic record in a database of machine readable record such as OCLC (World
Cat) and brining those records into the existing local database. Usually retrospective conversion
is done to obtain the full MARC records on each item. A full MARC record contains valuable
information such as summary information that can be key-worded and searched using the
electronic catalogue. MARC records are a standard format that allows exchange of data between
various sites or systems. The local database then allows electronic access to the catalogue and
automated circulation using patron and item bar codes.
From the above definitions, it can be concluded that retrospective conversion is:
conversion of bibliographical information of library holdings;
from non-machine-readable form to machine-readable form; and
those are not created during day to day process.
It can be accomplished in a number of ways, and the choice of the best method(s) for any library
or information centre depends on the type and size of the collection, budget available, quality
standards desired, time constraints, and staff, etc. Though essential and one time activity, it is a
time consuming and costly undertaking for a library.
Did u know? In 1968, with the financial support of the council on library resources, the
Library of Congress conducted a study by a task force for retrospective conversion of the
library holding. It was known as Retrospective Conversion (RECON). The report of the
task force was published in 1969. In August 1969, the RECON pilot project was initiated.
The pilot project of RECON continued for two years and approximately 58,000 records
were converted during the pilot project and the work is still continuing. The retrospective
catalogue conversion made by the British Library is held in the BNB/LASER file. It was
built up by the British National Bibliography (BNB) and the London and South Eastern
Library Region (LASER).
5.3.1 Need and Objectives of Retrospective Conversion
The conversion of database of library holdings from non-machine-readable form to machine-
readable form is a pre-requisite to implementing an automated system. This database would
become the foundation for other library activities such as on-line public access catalogue (OPAC),
circulation, catalogue maintenance, resource sharing, etc. These records provide the means of
generating statistics and other information that is needed to improve the existing services and
introduction of new one.
The objectives of retrospective conversion are:
to create a database for the automation system
to maximize access to the collection
to improve the services
reduction in time for searching of a document

Library Automation
Notes to improve library internal procedures: the integration of acquisition and cataloguing
through automation and streamlining of other technical services
to maximize returns on automation expenditure
5.3.2 Scope of Retrospective Conversion
To achieve the desired results it is necessary to have a good understanding of the relationship of
each aspect of retrospective conversion process. Decision made on one part of the project will
have an impact on others. Thus, once it is decided to initiate the retrospective conversion project,
it is essential to determine the scope of the project by:
stages/phases and schedule of process;
deciding what areas of the collections will be converted;
prioritizing the order of conversion;
desired speed of conversion;
by whom and how the conversion is to be completed; and
project costing and budget.
It is better to ensure that everyone involved in retrospective conversion project should understand
the scope, goals, and objectives of the project. Staff participation is most important non-cash
input for the success of the project.
5.3.3 Planning of Retrospective Conversion
For successful retrospective conversion project, there is a need for sound and detailed plan
tempered with realistic expectations. The plan should:
clearly identify the objectives;
carefully document procedures (paying close attention to efficient workflow);
specify standards to be used;
identify reporting requirements;
identify the necessary staff training; and
plan for regular monitoring of quality and schedule.
If in-house conversion is to be done, each staff member on the project must clearly understand
his/her tasks and responsibilities, the proper sequence of activities, and the standards to be
enforced. If the conversion is undertaken through a vendor, care must be taken to ensure that the
contract has no loopholes, and that sufficient legal safeguards are included to protect the library
in the event of serious difficulties with the vendor. In this regard libraries can prevent many
problems by requiring progress check-points and periodic tests of the quality results.
Retrospective Conversion is never easy. It can be done successfully, with minimal problems, if
expectations are clearly understood at the outset, and if planning and documentation precedes
the actual conversion. Once the project begins, success can be best assured through regular and
frequent monitoring of progress and quality towards as per plan documents. The plan and
schedule for the conversion project must take care of all the parameters of the conversion
project. These parameters have multiple dependencies as follows:
Budget = f (number of records, fields, quality, and rate)
Quality = f (manpower quality, supervision, and planning)

NotesManpower = f (number of records and speed)
Manpower Quality = f (wages and training)
Supervision = f (quality and speed)
Speed = f (manpower, quality, number of fields)
Period = f (number of records, fields, speed)
If anyone of these variables is changed it may affect several others. It implies that a single
variable cannot be changed with affecting the related parameters. The above variables mean:
Budget: Total budget of the conversion project.
Quality: Standards and freedom from errors of records on OPAC.
Manpower: Number of persons working on the conversion project.
5.3.4 Problem in Retrospective Conversion
Retrospective conversion solves the problem of entering the data on each item in the library
into a computer system. But though it has many advantages, it has also some limitations. Some
of the disadvantages are mentioned below:
Lack of standardization among the national MARC format in assigning content designators
to elements of information in the machine readable record.
Diverse functions of bibliographic agencies.
Lack of an internationally accepted cataloguing code for machine readable cataloguing
record.
Lack of agreement among different bibliographical communities in organizing data
contents in machine readable record.
Lack of agreement as to the function of content designators.
Lack of money by a small library creates problem in retrospective conversion.
Lack of expertise required to meet the standard for retrospective conversion.
Retrospective conversion always demands standardization of bibliographic content and
machine format.
Incomplete or incorrect bibliographic information makes it impossible to match the shelf
list cards with the correct MARC records. The result is the addition of an incorrect record
to the database or the need to return the title to you for additional information.
Today, the computers have entered each and every area of a library. The library automation is
the application of modern technologies including the application of computer hardware and
software, different storage medias, telecommunications, etc. which help the mechanization of
any activity in the library. To implement the computer in the library, the selection of proper
hardware and software forms an essential part. If proper software is selected, it will automatically
generate or create OPAC which will replace the traditional card catalogue of the library. The
feature-rich software will also have the provision of retrospective conversion. It will help the
library to enter minimum of details about the document in their collection in the database of
some other libraries and will help in getting the full bibliographic record of the document that
can be embedded in the local database.
There are different software packages available for different activities of a library. Sometime
they are bundled together with lots of cool features to form integrated library management
software.

Library Automation
Notes The open source software is gaining importance day by day. They provide a free licence with the
additional facility of extensive customization to meet the local need. In case of commercial
proprietary library management software SOUL 2.0 and LibSys 7 are popular in India. In case of
free proprietary software, the E-Granthalaya of NIC is gaining importance and in case of Open
Source software, Koha is day by day heading to win the race.
Example: In case of Institutional Repository Software Packages, the Green Stone Digital
Library software (GSDL), EPrints, and Dspace are deployed in different institutions in India. In
the category of Content Management System (CMC), Drupal, Joomla, and MediaWiki is used
whereas from the category of Learning Management System (LMS), Moodle are favouring by
large number of institutes.
Self Assessment
11. Retrospective conversion is the process of turning a library’s existing paper catalogue
record into a machine readable form.
12. MARC records are a standard format that does not allow exchange of data between various
sites or systems.
13. In August 1979, the RECON pilot project was initiated.
14. Staff participation is most important non-cash input for the success of the project.
15. Retrospective conversion does not solve the problem of entering the data on each item in
the library into a computer system.
Case Study Retrospective Conversion of Ancient Knowledge,
Issues and Challenges “A Case Study of Central
Library, Banaras Hindu University, India”
I
ndian civilization is one of the world’s oldest and most developed civilizations, i.e.,
the Indus civilization. India’s culture is marked by a high degree of syncretism and
cultural pluralism. The diversity inherent in Indian society makes it unique. Indian
culture reflects the influence of geography, with a long history of foreign invasions and
rule, to which India reacted patiently and created a space for the new customs, traditions,
and ideas within their own established traditions. Earlier, the literary tradition was mostly
oral and was passed from generation to generation. Later, written transcription was adopted
to ensure longevity and wider dissemination of information. Materials such as birch bark,
palm leaves, cloth, wood, and handmade papers were used to store the precious knowledge
belonging to different areas of the arts, science, social science, etc.
Everyone is directly or indirectly influenced by their society, which, in turn, is reflected in
its literature. Thus, these old scriptures symbolize the social and cultural life of any era.
Manuscripts mirror our past. The historical and social change is reflected in the different
styles and forms of writing over the centuries. Writing as a craft and writing as a
communication skill are inseparable in Indian cultural development. India has the largest
and most varied collection of manuscripts in the world. But due to lack of awareness, a
Contd...

Notesvast amount of literature is already lost and the rest available is mostly in a state of decay.
There was no effort to document, preserve, or even explore these rare manuscripts lying
within personal possession.
The content and style of manuscripts echo the changing concerns of society. They are
required to be documented, preserved, and made accessible to the present and succeeding
generations to reinstate the glorious past. National Mission for Manuscripts is an initiative
of the Government of India. The project has helped organizations like Banaras Hindu
University to preserve their rare and precious collection of manuscripts and make it
available to users.
History of the Sayaji Rao Gaekwad Library, Banaras Hindu University (BHU)
The library was established in 1916 in Telang Hall of Central Hindu College. Initially, it
had a small collection which was donated by the son of Justice K. T. Telang, Prof. K. P.
Telang. The library was nurtured by the eminent historian Sir Jadunath Sarkar. The library
was moved into Central Hall of BHU Faculty of Arts in 1921. In 1926, Sir Sayaji Rao
Gaekwad made a generous donation of ` 2 lakh (200,000) to establish an independent
building for the library. In 1941, the construction of the building was completed and
library was established. The architecture of the library followed the archetype of British
Museum Library. The present collection of manuscripts in Sayaji Rao Gaekwad Library
(also known as Central Library) BHU has been built over a period of time by the generous
donations from scholars and their families. These donations helped the library to enrich
their collection with many invaluable manuscripts and rare documents. Earlier, these
manuscripts were kept under lock and key because of the fear of irreparable damage. The
access was restricted to research scholars and eminent personalities. In 2003–04, the
manuscript collection of the library was opened to the public. The driving force was the
IXth five year plan (1997–2002) of the Government of India in which set a high priority on
conservation and preservation of manuscripts and rare documents (9th Five Year Plan,
Vol. 2.) This was aided by the efforts of the National Mission for Manuscripts. Better
preservation technologies have helped gain the trust of authorities on this issue.
National Mission for Manuscripts (NMM) of India
NNM is an ambitious project launched in February 2003 by the Ministry of Culture,
Government of India, under the 9th Five-year plan (1997–2002). It was an effort to save
national heritage through documentation and representation in different forms and provide
more visibility to ensure wider cultural inheritance (National Mission for Manuscripts,
2005). The mission operates in different states of the country through a network of
specifically identified Manuscript Resource Centres (MRCs), Manuscript Partner Centres
(MPCs), and Manuscript Conservation Centres (MCCs). These centres work with the
objective of collecting data on manuscripts located in different places, from universities
and libraries to temples, mathas, madrasas, monasteries, and private collections. An MRC
does the job of documenting its own collection and conduct surveys for collections in and
around areas/districts. MPCs mainly look after the documentation of their own collections.
MCCs look after conservation of manuscripts. The Mission provides assistance for
infrastructure for conservation and preservation of manuscripts. It organizes training
programs and supports research for better management and wider dissemination of
manuscripts.
Manuscript Collection at BHU
BHU has a vast collection of manuscripts and rare documents.
1. Literature on Kashmir Shaiv Darshan: More than 100 small and large works of
literature are available, all rare and many unpublished.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes 2. Manuscripts Written on Birch Bark: The large and magnificent manuscripts written
on birch bark are hardly available anywhere except Kashmir.
3. Illustrated Volumes of Bhagwad Gita: The beautiful handwritten and illustrated
manuscripts leave an unforgettable image of the scripture for any scholar. They are
a beautiful combination of gold and handmade colours.
Presently, manuscripts reside in glass-doored steel almirahs. Unbound manuscripts are
kept between handmade acid-free hard boards and wrapped in red cotton cloth (red is
thought to be an insect repellent). The section is air-conditioned to maintain proper
temperature and humidity. Within the section, a fire protection system has been installed.
Manuscripts have been arranged according to language and script.
Relationship between BHU and NMM
Varanasi is one of the oldest cities in the world. It is recognized as a study centre for Indian
philosophy and culture. Most of the manuscripts available at BHU have been in continuous
demand by indigenous as well as foreign scholars. Most manuscripts in the collection are
brittle and regular use of collection would have caused the condition of the manuscripts to
deteriorate even more. The university was put in the position of deciding between the
ethics of providing assistance to researchers and the responsibility of preserving its rich
heritage. A more organized approach was required for the wider use of manuscripts
without damage. Eventually, the university decided to become a part of the NMM. The
Mission also showed a keen interest, because they were looking for a strong base in the
Eastern part of Uttar Pradesh, a state of Indian Republic, which could comply and contribute
towards achieving NMM objectives. Thus, on the 6th of February 2006, the first
Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) was signed between Central Library, BHU, and
National Mission for Manuscripts, Ministry of culture, Government of India, which
recognized Central Library, BHU as a Manuscript Partner Centre (MPC) of NMM.
As MPC, BHU was vested with the responsibility of documenting its collection of
manuscripts and sharing its database to enrich the database of NMM. Further, on 23rd
November 2006, Central Library, BHU was recognized as Manuscript Conservation Centre
(MCC) by NMM. Key features of the scope area defined for Central Library, BHU as MCC
by NMM are: Preservation and curative conservation of manuscripts in selected districts
of eastern UP, i.e., Ghazipur, Jaunpur, Chandauli, Azamgarh, Sultanpur, and Varanasi.
Training for development of specialized manpower in handling of manuscripts. The
training had emphasis on indigenous as well as on advanced technologies for the
conservation and preservation of manuscripts. A general emphasis was also given to
pursuing other efforts which fall under the purview of the mission statement.
Under the project “Commissioning Tasks Pertaining to Preservation and Conservation of
Manuscripts by MCC for NMM”, BHU initiated the task of digitizing its manuscript
collection. The digitization was carried out in two phases under the Xth five-year plan of
the library. Virtually all manuscripts of Central Library, BHU have been digitized.
Phase I
Nearly 500 manuscripts were digitized in the first phase. The project was carried out as a
pilot project and its successful completion and implementation laid the foundation for the
next phase.
Phase II
More than 7,000 manuscripts have been digitized in the second phase. These manuscripts
were digitized per the standards and norms set by NMM. The library now has two kind of
Contd...

Notesdigitized data for manuscripts, raw and processed. Raw data is unprocessed data stored in
.tiff format. When the quality of raw data is enhanced to make it more legible, becomes
processed data. The processed data is stored in .jpeg format and the files are smaller than
the raw, unprocessed image. A copy of raw data is maintained for reference in case of
information loss from processed data at the time of editing. Eleven million pages are now
electronically accessible within the program.
Workshops and Seminars
To gather and share knowledge on safeguarding manuscripts and rare documents, a national
seminar on Digital Preservation of Manuscripts and Rare materials was organized in 2005
by Central Library, BHU. The seminar was focused on tools and techniques, indigenous as
well as technological, for the preservation and conservation of manuscripts. A national
workshop on manuscriptology and palaeography was organized by the Central Library,
BHU in cooperation with NMM. Experts on different scripts imparted their expertise to
personnel from different institutions as well as students and research scholars, to help
them learn the fundamentals of different scripts and languages. Many of the languages
and scripts in which manuscripts were written are dying, and this workshop was crucial in
creating awareness. In addition to this basic course, there are plans to conduct an advanced
course to build a national pool of people who can effectively contribute in conservation
and wider dissemination of the thought content stored in manuscripts. This is one of the
major objectives of NMM.
Bibliographic Database of Manuscripts
A scholar coming to the library does not have a clear idea about the manuscript collections
there. Time is wasted in searching for manuscripts. A bibliographic database of manuscripts
and rare documents available in the region should be developed. This will help locate
manuscripts as well as providing more visibility for them. One of the NMM’s primary
goals is creating an electronic database of manuscripts that will contain titles, themes,
authors, commentaries, scripts, languages, conservation status, and much more.
Storing and Managing Digitized Data
After digitization is complete, the data must be archived. Raw and processed data is
currently stored on hard drives and compact discs. The number of CD-ROMs is nearly
10,000, which is nearly 7 TB of data. Managing such a huge amount of data has become a
problem for the MCC. There is a proposal to buy a high-end storage server and also a
digital library solution, to provide access to digitized manuscript data on the internal
network. Better storage and access for the compact discs is also being pursued.
Since the inception of human civilization, India has been a centre of learning for religion,
philosophy, and science. Manuscripts contain writings from eminent scholars. These
writings are available on materials such as cloth, birch bark, leaves, clay, etc. They cannot
survive without proper handling and care. Central Library, BHU has a large collection of
manuscripts that are in regular demand by scholars in different disciplines. This leads to
regular consultation of these rare classics which cause their condition to further deteriorate.
Efforts are being made to preserve the collection. Simultaneously, conservation of
documents is also being done to keep the body and content of the scripture intact. The
collaboration of NMM and BHU has advanced efforts in the eastern UP of India in protecting
old manuscripts. The collaboration also promises a more intense coordination between
the scientific community and manuscriptologists, to bring forth better technological tools
and techniques to decipher, search, and retrieve the knowledge stored in these rare
scriptures. Last but not least, these efforts help inculcate a sense of responsibility in society
toward our rich past.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Questions
Source: http://www.webpages.uidaho.edu/~mbolin/chetansharma.pdf
5.4 Summary
A library planning to automate should undertake a process by which representative staff
and users can identify service needs and objectives.
Computer technology and software applications are changing and evolving at an incredibly
rapid pace.
Plans must be regularly revisited and updated as the environment and needs change.
Standards are documented agreements containing technical specifications or other precise
criteria to be used consistently as rules, guidelines, or definitions of characteristics, to
ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose.
The MARC 21 formats are standards for the representation and communication of
bibliographic and related information in machine-readable form.
A MARC 21 format is a set of codes and content designators defined for encoding machine-
readable records.
The MARC 21 formats were designed to facilitate the exchange of bibliographic and
related information.
UNIMARC is an international standard maintained by the International Federation of
Library Association and Institutions (IFLA) to facilitate the international exchange of data
in machine-readable form between national bibliographic agencies.
CCF is a structure format for creating bibliographical records and for exchanging records
between groups of information agency and libraries.
Retrospective conversion usually entails using catalogue cards (with a minimum of data
like call number, author, title, ISBN and/or LCCN information) to find or create
bibliographic record in a database of machine readable record such as OCLC (World Cat)
and brining those records into the existing local database.
5.5 Keywords
Agreements: A negotiated and usually legally enforceable understanding between two or more
legally competent parties.
Common Communication Format (CCF): CCF is a structure format for creating bibliographical
records and for exchanging records between groups of information agency and libraries.
Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC): The Dewey Decimal Classification is a system of library
classification made up of ten classes, each divided into ten divisions, each having ten sections.
Directory: A directory or folder is nothing more than a location on a disk used for storing
information about files.
Format: A format is a pre-established layout for data.
Guidelines: Recommended practice that allows some discretion or leeway in its interpretation,
implementation, or use.

NotesPlanning: The process of setting goals, developing strategies, and outlining tasks and schedules
to accomplish the goals.
Record Labels: A record label is a brand and a trademark associated with the marketing of music
recordings and music videos.
Retrospective Conversion: Retrospective conversion is the process of turning a library’s existing
paper catalogue record into a machine readable form.
Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML): SGML is a standard for how to specify a
document markup language or tag set.
Standards: Concept, norm, or principle established by agreement, authority, or custom, and
used generally as an example or model to compare or measure the quality or performance of a
practice or procedure.
Universal MARC Format (UNIMARC): UNIMARC is an international standard maintained by
the International Federation of Library Association and Institutions (IFLA) to facilitate the
international exchange of data in machine-readable form between national bibliographic
agencies.
1. “Planners need to be aware that there is certain cost elements involved in the installation
and operation of any automated system.” Elucidate.
2. What is planning for library automation?
3. Discuss the basic steps involved in library planning process.
4. Explain standard in the field of library and information science.
5. Highlight the three elements involved in MARC.
6. What are the five types of data which are defined in formats?
7. Describe the three main sections in MARC record.
8. Write brief note on UNIMARC.
9. Explain the structure and limitations of CCF.
10. Define Retrospective conversion.
11. Highlight the need and objectives of Retrospective Conversion.
12. Examine the problems in Retrospective Conversion.
1. True 2. True
3. False 4. True
5. False 6. CCF
7. Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) 8. MARC 21
9. Content 10. Directory
11. True 12. False
13. False 14. True
15. False

Library Automation
Notes 5.7 Further Readings
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links http://carbon.sirsidynix.com/Helps/3.4/Workflows/English/FAQ_
UNIMARC_Format.html
http://ir.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/handle/1944/327/04cali_19.pdf?sequence=1
http://library.iias.ac.in/dspace/bitstream/handle/123456789/11/04
Planner_11.pdf?sequence=1
http://web.simmons.edu/~chen/nit/NIT’96/96-065-Cohn.html
http://www.loc.gov/marc/96principl.html
http://www.netugc.com/common-communication-format-ccf
http://www.netugc.com/retrospective-conversion
http://www.unimarc.net/unimarc-formats.html

Unit 6: Library Automation in Acquisition
NotesUnit 6: Library Automation in Acquisition
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
6.1 Meaning of Acquisition
6.2 Acquisition Department
6.3 Document Selection
6.3.1 Planning
6.3.2 Job Analysis
6.3.3 Procedure
6.4 Non-Book Materials
6.4.1 Acquisition of NBM
6.5 Records and Registers
6.5.1 Book Selection Card
6.5.2 Budget Allocation Register
6.5.3 Accession Register
6.5.4 Work Diary
6.5.5 Files
6.5.6 Some Observations
6.6 Summary
6.7 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss the meaning of Acquisition
Explain the Acquisition Department
Describe the document selection
Discuss the non-book materials
Explain the records and registers
Introduction
Information sources building, an important function of the library should be based on sound
policies and programmes. It involves a series of operations performed according to systemic

Library Automation
Notes procedures. Building a collection of documents and kindred materials is a major and important
function of a library. In the earlier units, you have been exposed to some of the theoretical
aspects of collection building, such as principles of book selection, different types of documents
and selection tools that aid the process of selection, leading to a broad policy of book selection.
In this unit, you would learn the practical operations involved in the actual acquisition of the
various types of documents for the library.
The task of building up a collection of documents is entrusted to the acquisition section of a
library, which functions on the basis of the aims and objectives of the library and is in tune with
the general scope of the activities and services of the library. Acquisition work consists of a
series of operations, involving a number of routine jobs which have to be systematically planned
and operated.
6.1 Meaning of Acquisition
Acquisition of documents is one of the basic functions associated with any library. A library
must acquire and provide all the relevant documents to its users within its budgetary limitations.
An acquisition subsystem performs four basic operations. They are selection, ordering, receiving
and accessioning of documents. Let us try and understand as to how these operations are
performed in a library.
Ever since the Acquisition feature was incorporated into library systems, it has contributed to
savings of time and cost as well as labour. Most acquisition transactions such as ordering and
payment can be done electronically. It not only helps to reduce the amount of paper needed for
purchase orders and invoices, it also helps to facilitate filing and organising of forms in electronic
format, another time saving feature.
Notes Most libraries now expect to have a fully integrated acquisition module, which
includes pre-order searching, ordering, claiming, and cancellation of orders, receipt
processing, payment, routing, fund accounting, vendor accounting, currency control and
statistics report compilation.
With the emergence of new storage and entertainment media such as CD-ROM, CD, VCD and
DVD, libraries need their acquisition features to accommodate these new formats as well as
printed publications. Managing fund accounts is the most crucial and sensitive function of an
acquisition. Most libraries are non-profit organisations and most of their funds come from
either the government or the private sector or the general public. So they must manage their
finances carefully. Because of this, security issues have to be imposed to the system but at the
same time enable authorised librarians to create, update and close an account at any time, add or
remove amounts to or from the allocation at any time and permit freezing of funds with override
capabilities. The system must also calculate the average annual cost for categories of materials
by type, fund and subject heading. There are numerous ways for libraries to acquire materials
necessitating many types of orders.
!
Caution It is not possible for the system to generate all order types, but it must at least
accommodate the followings: Firm order, prepayment, and gift, and exchange,
membership, on approval, blanket order, standing order and subscription based.

NotesWhen it comes to receiving materials, the system must be capable of accepting credits, refunds
and partial order payments and provide real time update of vendor and account records.
But what if items are not received? The system must be able to produce claim notices and send
the claims electronically to vendors, or to the librarian. The librarian should be able to cancel
and resubmit orders without re-inputting record data.
Acquisition reports are needed to document performance statistics and summaries of work
done during the acquisition process in a specified time frame. In the past, they were compiled
manually, a tedious job. Nowadays library systems come with a graphical report interface that
enables point and click selection of appropriate date elements, time periods, frequencies, output
devices etc.
Acquisition and ordering systems in libraries cover the selection, ordering and accessioning of
items into the library’s collection. Computers are used:
to send order slips and ‘chasers’ for unacknowledged or overdue orders to the booksellers.
to produce lists of books on order
to keep accounts of money spent
to produce accession lists of recently acquired books
The detailed input to an acquisition system covers
new orders
amendments to existing orders
bookseller’s reports
acknowledgement of receipt of items in the library
Selection of new books can be done from commercially available services which disseminate
information about forthcoming documents, or directly from MARC tapes or any local inputs.
Two files are maintained in a computer-based acquisition system. One is the main file containing
records of all current orders. The second is a file with the names and addresses of booksellers
used by the library. A code number for each bookseller links the two files, so that booksellers’
information is not repeated in the order file. The system prints out the orders addressing the
appropriate supplier printing of orders can also be done on special pre-printed stationery that
can be sent directly to the book-seller.
By checking with the date of entering the order record into the file; ‘chasers’ can be sent to the
booksellers, if no information regarding the order has been received within a predetermined
time. When the item is received in the library, the order record with the bibliographic details
becomes the basis of the catalogue record. The edited record is merely added to the catalogue
file in an integrated system.
Other processes that can be performed by a computerized acquisition system are:
listing items on order, by author, department or subject;
new accessions listing;
notifying individuals who have recommended a particular book, about the receipt of that
book;
control of accounts;
production of relevant statistics to help management decisions.

Library Automation
Notes The main objective of automated acquisition system is as follow.
To reduce lab our and paper incentive work involved in manual acquisition.
To maintain up to date information or record of all activities involved in acquisition.
To have effective and efficient control over ordering, claiming and cancellation functions.
To provide accurate and timely financial information.
To provide necessary management information reports, whenever they are required.
Through this module library staff can search the entire database of library holdings for the
purpose of duplicate checking etc. Using various combinations, number of reports could be
generated.
Self Assessment
1. Most acquisition transactions such as ordering and payment can be done electronically.
2. Four files are maintained in a computer-based acquisition system.
3. A code number for each bookseller links the three files, so that booksellers’ information
is repeated in the order file.
6.2 Acquisition Department
Automation of vendor files and integrated library systems are changing (a) the process of
collection development, (b) the role of the collection developer, (c) the relationship between
libraries and vendors, and even (d) the library’s organization. By combining files in the
bibliographer’s workstation, paraprofessional staff can select the core collection; professionals
will focus on expensive or fringe titles. Programmed or mechanical selection can replace staff
decisions in acquiring the core titles. Automation may increase successful cooperative collection
development and expand the responsibilities of collection developers. Professional roles will
change to include more policy, preservation, evaluation, and process assignments. Collection
development activities may be decentralized and combined with reference and cataloguing
subject groups or become part of acquisitions processing teams.
Libraries are organised into units/departments/sections based on the functions that they are
expected to perform. Acquisition Department is one among them and is concerned with various
activities relating to collection development. Its objective is to build up information resources
in conformity with the objectives of the parent institution on the one hand, and that which is
suitable to the differential information requirements of the different users on the other.
It involves the processes of selection, procurement and accessioning of documents.
Acquisition work comprises three distinct functions, viz., selection, procurement and
accessioning. The first two functions pose a number of problems in planning and organising the
work of the acquisition department. In the actual operation of these different functions, a number
of records, registers, and files have to be designed, created, maintained and handled. These are
all explained with reference to the functions they perform. All these routine functions can be
computerised.
The requirements of selection and acquisition are given below:
Selection: A Selection Policy (involving a statement about users and needs; subject, topic
or mission to be dealt with and type of information sources to be covered). Selection Aids

Notesand Tools which will help in selection and verification. Specification of a Selection Process
(involving decisions on who selects; procedures for judging intrinsic value of information
in sources and procedures for judging demand and user appropriateness).
Acquisition/Procurement: Procedures for procurement of necessary information sources.
In cases where no outright procurement is planned or possible procedures for access to
sources.
Example: Getting on loan, photocopying pertinent sections, getting permission to use
them in another information centre/system, etc., have to be set.
Accessioning: Specification of procedures for taking all the books and documents acquired
to be added to the stock of the library which involves the assignment of a serial number
called Accession Number and, if applicable, a Donation Number. Every item and its
bibliographic details thus, entered in the Accession Register.
Thus, these three successive stages of operations – selection; procurement and accessioning –
correspond to the three sections of the Acquisition Department.
The collection of a library can contain various types of documents. Some libraries may have a
special preference for specific types of documents. However, in most libraries books form the
major part of the collection. It is, therefore, usual to refer to the activities in AD as book selection,
book ordering and book accessioning respectively.
Notes It may be noted that acquisition of all types of documents comes within the scope
of AD.
However, there is one exception. Acquiring current issues of periodicals and newspapers is not
done by AD. Instead it is done by the Periodicals Department. AD has to deal with periodicals
and newspapers only when they are received as bound volumes. AD has a very crucial place in
the overall organisation of a library. Its importance lies in the fact that collection is the basic
factor in the usefulness of a library and that collection development is primarily the task of this
department. AD, therefore, must organise tile resources made available to it (men, materials
and money) in such a way as to facilitate the building lip of the collection in the most efficient
and economical way. The fulfilment of this task involves all the basic elements and sound
principles of scientific management.
Task State the six factors that govern the acquisition for documents in a library.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
4. …………………… roles will change to include more policy, preservation, evaluation, and
process assignments.
5. The collection of a library can contain various types of …………………….
6. …………………… has to deal with periodicals and newspapers only when they are received
as bound volumes.

Library Automation
Notes 6.3 Document Selection
Document selection is the first phase. There are two aspects in document selection, namely,
planning and procedure.
6.3.1 Planning
Planning here relates to the various preparations and arrangements you have to make to carry
out the procedure efficiently. Book selection is conditioned by three factors: demand, supply
and finance. Planning, therefore, must be mainly concerned with these factors. Demand and
supply must be known, and finance secured. Further; men and materials required for the work
need to be arranged. Echoing similar views, Ranganathan suggest that the distinctive work of
Document Selection is to be planned with reference’ to the following four factors: Sources,
Selection, Indent and Finance. We shall examine below these aspects of planning under four
heads, namely
Ascertaining demand
Finding resources
Allocating funds
Arranging personnel
Ascertaining Demand
Since demand is a basic factor in selection you have to develop a system for ascertaining the
demand- Demand includes both expressed wants and unexpressed wants and unexpressed needs
of readers. Similarly, needs of both actual and potential readers should be taken into account.
Perhaps, the following sources can be made use of in ascertaining demand:
statistics relating to books circulated from, and consulted in the library;
suggestions from library staff working in the service departments;
suggestions from readers;
indents from subject experts or departments;
findings of user need survey conducted;
syllabi and prospectuses of courses of studies; and
profiles of researchers.
Demands have to be assessed in terms of their volume, value and variety. The final rating of the
demand should COMIM with the selection policy of the library. Each library ought to have its
own broad selection policy. Some libraries even have a written statement of this policy. In
either case, the policy is the basic guideline in selection of documents.
Finding Resources
As said earlier, supply is another basic factor. Supply means availability of documents for
acquisition. Information regarding supply can be collected in the form of various selection
sources or tools. The library will be regularly receiving various source materials. If not, they
have to be acquired. A good source collection may contain the following:
Trade catalogues issued by individual publishers and booksellers

NotesBook trade journals
Previews and announcements issued by publishers
Book reviews appearing in newspapers and journals
Book reviewing journals
Book selection lists brought out by competent bodies
List of textbooks prescribed for various courses of studies
Published catalogues of book exhibitions
Published catalogues of important libraries
Subject bibliographies and subject guides to selection
National bibliographies
Comprehensive retrospective bibliographies like Books in Print
Catalogues of second-hand booksellers
The sources have to be sorted and stored for convenient use. Updating of the sources and
weeding out of old ones should be done on a regular basis.
Allocating Funds
Finance is the most important factor in document selection. Proper planning of finance is basic
to good acquisition work. Every library works according to its budget. The total budget of the
library will include a separate provision for books. This amount will have to be apportioned
among three heads, namely books, periodicals, and binding. This amount thus set apart for
books is the budget placed at the disposal of the Acquisition Department. This amount has to be
used for purchase of books and other types of documents except current periodicals. For the
balanced development of the collection, the books budget should be allocated among different
subjects and categories. This budget allocation is done by the library authority or its delegated
body like the Book Selection Committee. The librarian and the acquisition staff are also involved
in this process since they are the people to provide the information required for budget allocation
to the authorities. Such information may relate to an actual and the potential needs of the
clientele, the current and future programmes of the parent institutions, the strength and weakness
of the existing collection, the price range of publications in particular subjects, etc. These and
other types of information can also be used by the library to obtain enhanced budget provisions.
However, once the allocation is finalised, acquisition work has to conform to the financial
discipline dictated by it.
Arranging Personnel
Planning for document selection should also cover the personnel or human factor. The people
involved in the selection process are the librarian, the acquisition staff, the subject experts and
the library authority or selection committee. The ultimate responsibility for book selection
rests with the librarian. The acquisition staffs are there to help him. But, neither the librarian nor
his staffs are experts in all the different subjects. Therefore, it becomes necessary to take help
from subject specialists. The selection committee may or may not be composed of subject experts.
Nevertheless, committee level decisions have the advantage of being more democratic and
participatory. You must remember that document selection is not a one man job. It should be the
outcome of good team work. Therefore, you must be very prudent in choosing the members of
this team. This applies to both the acquisition staff and the subject experts. You need to maintain

Library Automation
Notes a panel of subject experts who will be willing to participate in the selection process by giving
objective opinions and advice.
6.3.2 Job Analysis
The work of Document Selection consists of the following items:
Sources
Sources for acquiring work
Sources for arranging work
Selection
Document Selection work
Document Selection carding work
Document Selection consultation work
Indents
Indents scrutinising work
Indents passing work
Finance
Allotment work
Allotment watching work
In turn, each of the items consists of jobs which may be hourly, daily, weekly, fortnightly,
monthly, etc. Details regarding each of the jobs are dealt with in Ranganathan’s magnum opus
Library Administration. It would be interesting to note that he has not only given a Table of
Correlation showing the jobs that bring the document selection section into contact with other
sections, but also has given an Illustrative Time Scheme for the different jobs.
6.3.3 Procedure
The actual process of document selection may be initiated in different ways. The acquisition staff
takes note of the desirable items and presents them to the subject experts for approval.
Alternatively the subject experts themselves or the subject departments may make indents for
items they recommend. In both instances, the acquisition staffs are responsible for the routine
jobs connected with selection. It is their duty to collect, complete and correct information on the
documents. So also it is their risk to allow all unnecessary and unintentional duplications.
Therefore, adequate care should be taken to ensure that the items selected are not already
available in the library. An acceptable selection procedure can be outlined as follows:
1. Scanning: All the currently received sources should be scanned regularly. Old sources
should be scanned only for specific needs. Items found desirable may be ticked off in the
sources: Your knowledge about the existing collection and about the items already selected
or ordered will help you in avoiding duplication at this stage. If necessary, the marked
items may be forwarded to the librarian and his concurrence obtained.

Notes2. Scrutiny: The purpose of scrutiny is to rule out the possibilities of unnecessary duplication.
This is done by checking the marked items with the following:
items selected earlier, by checking the “Books Selected” card tray;
items ordered already, by checking the “Books-on-Order” card tray;
items already received, by checking the “Books Received” card tray and the “Book-
in-Process” card tray;
items available in the library, by checking the catalogue.
Did u know? Only such items which are cleared after the above scrutiny are retained with
tick marks. Others are scored out. Now you have completed the provisional selection
stage.
3. Recording: The purpose of recording is to make complete data available on each of the
provisionally selected documents. The unit record can be a standardised selection card of
the size 5" x 3" with appropriate columns printed. The following are the essential data
elements to be covered by a selection card:
Broad subject name or class number.
Full names(s) of author(s).
Full title with sub-title, if any.
Edition number, if any.
Imprint (place, publisher & year).
Series name, if any.
Collation, like number of pages, type of binding, etc., and size.
ISBN, if any.
Price.
There are also some desirable elements, to be included, like
Reference to source/indent/suggestion
Name of the subject expert granting approval
Order number and date
Name of the vendor with whom ordered
Number of copies ordered
Date of supply
Bill number and date
Date of payment
Amount paid
Accession number
All the essential information may not be found initially. You will have to use appropriate
bibliographical tools and complete the columns in the selection card as far as possible.

Library Automation
Notes The desirable information listed above is provided for in the cards since they would explain the
workflow regarding each item.
1. Consulting: Consulting work can be done at prescribed intervals or as and when needed
for placing an urgent order. For this purpose, subject lists are typed out from the cards in
the “Books Selected” tray. Each list should be forwarded to the concerned subject expert
with the request that he should return the list after considering every item and making his
specific recommendation as to whether “approved”, “rejected” or “deferred”. Once the
list is received back from the expert, you must carry forward the recommendations to the
respective cards. Cards relating to the “rejected” items must first of all be removed and
disposed of Cards of the “approved” items must be duly noted and removed to another
tray labelled as “Books Approved”. Cards belonging to the “deferred” items may be
separately kept in another tray labelled as “Books Deferred”. These items can be presented
again to the experts whenever it becomes necessary.
2. Indents Passing: As and when indents are received from experts or departments they must
be subjected to the same process of scrutiny. Items found already available in the library
or on order should be scored out unless additional copies are recommended. Clarification
on this point can be sought from the indentor.
After scrutiny, the indent has to be costed. For this, the price of each item should be
ascertained from proper sources and the total value involved estimated. The indentor
should then be informed of the financial position through an Indent Noting Form. The
following details should be included in the Indent Noting Form:
Number of items recommended
Number of items already available or on order
Number of items recommended for additional copies
Estimated cost of items neither available nor on order
Estimated cost of items to be duplicated
Total estimated cost
Total allotment for the subject/department
Amount already appropriated
Balance amount available
Remarks, if any
!
Caution In the light of the above financial report, the indentor would be making suitable
adjustments in the items intended or reconfirm the indent. In either case, your next job is
recording the items and merging the cards in the “Books Approved” tray.
3. Sanction Obtaining: Book selection becomes final only when the formal sanction is
obtained from the librarian or any other sanctioning authority. For this purpose, separate
lists have to be typed out from subjects or categories of documents as per the classification
in the budget allocation. Necessary financial report also should be prepared to accompany
the lists, including the total estimated cost, total allotment in each case, amount already
appropriated, and balance budget available. Sanction is obtained for each list. If any
alteration or deletion is made in the list the same should be entered ‘in the respective cards
also.

NotesSelf Assessment
7. Book selection is conditioned by six factors.
8. Proper planning of finance is basic to good acquisition work.
9. Old sources should be scanned only for specific needs.
6.4 Non-Book Materials
The term “non-book materials” (NBM) includes four categories of information sources drawn
from the second edition of the Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (AACR), namely:
sound recordings;
video recordings, including interactive video discs;
graphic materials-photographs, illustrations, postcards and slides;
micro-computer software, including CD-ROM.
In addition, other forms covered by the term NBM are microforms-microfilms, microfiche, etc.,
models, wallcharts, etc. As a matter of fact, microform dates back to the year 1839 when John
Benjamin Dancer, an optician and professional photographer, produced the first micro-
photograph. These microforms, perhaps, offer an alternative to book storage and help in solving
the space problems encountered by libraries.
Commenting on the value of NBM, it was said by Leslie Gillert and Jan Wright as early as 1971
that “NBM have increased the range and means of obtaining and exploiting information for
teaching, learning and research purposes, but to separate books from NBM is to divide
information into false compartments. Hence, it is essential that books and non-books can be
jointly identified and located to meet particular needs”.
In spite of this recognition, NBM have not become popular in libraries due to the following
reasons:
A lack of understanding or only recent concern with the learning processes by university
academics.
The strong belief in the primacy of the printed word for research collections.
Little demand from users, who, perhaps, were dominated by the conventional information
resources and with little exposure or access to NBM.
Lack of motivation and funds to build up NBM collections, etc.
6.4.1 Acquisition of NBM
Once it is decided that NBM will form a part of the collection of the library, efforts should be
made by the librarian to make a planned selection of NBM that would satisfy the differential
requirements of all the clients. But, it is not an easy task due to some aspects that are peculiar to
NBM. Hence, the librarian should acquire the necessary expertise – i.e., knowledge and skill for
identifying various sources of supply and a familiarity with problems hampering acquisition of
NBM.

Library Automation
Notes While the general procedure for selection and procurement of books would be applicable to
non-book materials also, it must be remembered that since the physical attributes, production
and publishing of NBM are different, appropriate modifications should be effected in their
acquisition. Unlike books which can be procured through local vendors, NBM producers distribute
their own material and consequently there is no equivalent to the book shops in the NBM field.
Further, since NBM are fragile, the publishers insist on the library paying for any material
which is damaged during preview. In addition, NBM are not available on approval like books
due to:
their fragile nature; and
perhaps, more important, due to the dishonesty of some librarians who copy the material
and return the original.
Another problem in NBM acquisition is the lack of bibliographic control which makes it difficult
to the librarian to identify NBM available in the production and distribution agencies.
Bibliographic tools for NBM are, perhaps, conspicuous by their absence, or, if they are present,
they are very few in number. In other words, there does not seem to be any coherent bibliographic
system for NBM. These are merely hundreds of separate publishers’ catalogues and lists. Therefore,
it may be crucial for librarians wanting to build a NBM collection to establish contact with other
librarians, to attend exhibitions and visit suppliers. It may also be useful to read the case studies
of libraries in NBM published in the periodical Audio-Visual Librarian.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
10. Microform dates back to the year 1839 when John Benjamin Dancer, an optician and
professional photographer, produced the first …………………….
11. Since …………………… are fragile, the publishers insist on the library paying for any
material which is damaged during preview.
12. …………………… tools for NBM are conspicuous by their absence, or, if they are present,
they are very few in number.
6.5 Records and Registers
The Acquisition Department has to use appropriate records, registers, files, forms and other
stationery at the various stages of its operation and procedures. Necessary forms and stationery
have to be evolved from experience as need arises. This section however, will deal with some of
the basic records and registers.
They are:
Book Selection Card
Budget Allocation Register
Accession Register
Work Diary
Files
Some Observations

Notes6.5.1 Book Selection Card
The purpose of the selection card is to record data relating to the document under consideration.
The chief advantage of adopting the card form for this record is the flexibility in arrangement
and operation. In fact it is the same card which is written at the stage of initial recording of a
document that is passing through the different card files corresponding to successive stages of
operation, as shown below:
Books Selection
Books Approved
Books-on-Order
Books Received
Books-in-Process
It is usual for libraries to use printed selection cards. A suitable format for this card can be
designed by the library.
6.5.2 Budget Allocation Register
This is the basic financial guide for acquisition work and this must be consulted at the different
stages of document selection, ordering and passing of bills. If necessary, copies of the register
can be made for use in the Document Selection Section, Document Procurement Section and
Document Accessioning Section.
6.5.3 Accession Register
The standard size of an Accession Register is 16" × 13".
6.5.4 Work Diary
The Work Diary is a desirable record to be maintained in the Acquisition Department. The diary
can be written on a daily or weekly basis. Monthly and annual statistics can be taken from the
diary for reporting as well as for work evaluation. All quantifiable job items can be accounted
for through the diary, like the number of:
titles noted for selection
title intended
titles suggested
titles scrutinised
selection cards written
titles forwarded for approval
titles listed for order
titles checked for ordering
titles ordered
titles supplied

Library Automation
Notes titles accepted
titles passed for payment
titles forwarded for processing etc.
6.5.5 Files
A number of files relating to the various stages of operations have to be maintained in the
department. Some of them are listed below:
Budget
Exchanges
Enquiries
Quotations
Indents
Standing Order
Suggestions
Blanket Orders
Consultation
Routine Orders
Sanction
Pre-paid Orders
Gifts
Direct Orders
Institutional Membership
Miscellaneous
Deposits
6.5.6 Some Observations
The Acquisition work of a library is one of the house-keeping activities. The end re-work can be
integrated with the other major housekeeping operations such as cataloguing, serial control and
circulation. They may be computerised, even in small libraries, with a judicious selection of a
hardware configuration and use of an appropriate software package.
Self Assessment
13. The purpose of the selection card is to record data relating to the document under
consideration.
14. The standard size of an Accession Register is 12" × 14".
15. The Acquisition work of a library is one of the house-keeping activities.

Notes
Case Study Automation of Library at Kendriya Vidyalaya Pattom
Thiruvananthapuram
A
utomating a school library is the process which restructures its functions and
reinvents its services. By keeping a database as the basis, automation converge
new technologies of information storage and retrieval with traditional
housekeeping operations. An automated school library can serve the teaching and learning
community more effectively. A reduction in the time needed for routine operations can be
utilized to give customized services to the users. The process of library automation has a
short history in our country. It needs proper planning and active implementation. Kendriya
Vidyalaya Pattom initiated the automation of its library to cope with the ever changing
needs of the students and staff. The modernization of the library media centre helps the
students to become skilled information users and lifelong learners.
School Library Automation
School libraries started automation in the West in 1960’s. Many schools in the US and
European countries automated their library operations in a large scale in 1980s with the
advent of microcomputers. Nowadays they are integrated with modern information
networks which allow the students to access up-to-date information with ease.
Indian Scenario
In 1962 INSDOC experimented the preparation of a Union Catalogue of scientific serials.
The Documentation Research and Training Centre (DRTC) introduced Docfinder (a computer
used for finding documents) in 1968. The library automation in India was a slow process
and got momentum in 1980s. Research and technical institutions were the forerunners and
academic libraries followed them. New professional library management software
packages entered in to the Indian market and some Indian companies also tried to make it
with Indian flavour. Some libraries run by Public Schools became automated in late 1980s.
More schools entered in the foray in 1990s with more funds and infrastructure. The schools
in Govt. sector those had good libraries had been following the conventional library
concepts and never looked for automation due to lack of funds. New millennium witnessed
tremendous developments in Information and Communication Technologies (ICT), and
the concepts of school libraries changed from mere storehouses of books to well-organized
library media centres with variety of services (online and offline). Some educational
institutions were the torchbearers, but most of them are lagging miles behind.
Libraries in Kendriya Vidyalayas
CBSE published a handbook titled “Organising School libraries: Guidelines” in 1997.
Based on it, Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan has been giving periodical recommendations
for the development of its libraries. KVS charted out a Library Policy in 2007 detailing the
aim, functions and services of school libraries. In Govt. sector, KV libraries stay at the top
with enough infrastructure and professionally trained librarians. Awareness of the
importance of libraries in the academic achievement of the students make the administrators
think about restructuring the libraries with new technologies for information storage and
retrieval. Library automation is the foundation on which all other activities placed. It has
been considered as the starting point of a library’s first meeting with technology.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Library of Kendriya Vidyalaya Pattom
The Vidyalaya started functioning in the year 1964. Now it has 3400 students and 125 staff
members studying and working in two shifts. The library has a collection of 21,645 books
and more than 40 multimedia CDs as on 31/04/2008. It subscribes 65 periodicals and 06
newspapers. There is one librarian for each shift and the library functions from 07 a.m. to
06 p.m. Class libraries function for classes I to V, which cater 1500 students of primary
section. The main library is open to students from classes VI to XII. In total, the library
serves around 1900 students and 125 staff members of the Vidyalaya. The library provides
a host of services, which include reference, circulation, current awareness, reader’s club,
exhibitions and displays, competitions, information literacy programmes and online
resources (Internet and CD-ROM searching).
Automation of the Library at KV Pattom
Better service to the users has been the main priority. During library periods, the students
were not getting enough time to search issue or return of books. Since, the librarian is the
single staff of the library, he/she couldn’t help students timely in finding required
information and provide other services such as reference, current awareness, teaching of
information skills, online search etc. Collection management was also a problem. The
varied holdings in the library were to be properly classified, catalogued and shelved.
Then only the users could find them easily. The accessioning of the materials had been
taken a lot of time. Annual stock verification was a tiresome process since it needed
closing the library and literally ending its operations. Incorporating new technologies to
cope with the ever-changing needs of the users such as Online catalogues; automated
circulation, serials control, networking and resource sharing tended the library to opt
automation as the first step.
Automation of the library will help us to set new targets.
(i) Interlibrary Loan and Resource Sharing: Automation helps to know the availability
of a document in the library through its online catalogue. So, if more libraries
become automated the search for a document became easier. The required document
which is not present in one library can be loaned from other libraries controlled by
interlibrary loan policies. The resources such as documents, services and staff can be
shared in an automated environment more easily.
(ii) Network of Kendriya Vidyalaya Libraries (KVLNET): When the KV libraries of a
cluster or region become automated they can be networked using LAN or WAN.
(iii) Link with National or Regional Library Networks: National library networks such
as NISSAT, NICNET and regional networks such as DELNET, CALIBNET etc. can be
linked with KVLNET. Think.com can act as a technology and resource partner.
(iv) Web Interface: The activation of WebOPAC will facilitate the search of library OPAC
through Internet. The user can renew and reserve a book through online.
Library automation is the process which needs proper planning, timely implementation
and periodical evaluation. The librarian with the administrators has to set the priorities
after analysing the current status and future requirements. Selection of the suitable
integrated library management package according to the needs of the users and the
library is important. Retrospective conversion, OPAC, circulation and serials control,
etc. should be conducted with care. Staff training and user education are keys to the
success of the process. Library automation invites pragmatic approach. Here, those
institutions which freed their visions from the traditional shackles of financial insecurities
and fears of making proper decisions can only set the pace of journey to excellence.
Contd...

NotesAcademic achievement of a student is closely related to his/her ability to find, evaluate
and use the required information according to the curriculum needs. An automated school
library with a variety of resources and user oriented services can lead them to the goals.
Questions
Source: http://librarykvpattom.files.wordpress.com/2008/07/library-automation.pdf
6.6 Summary
Acquisition of documents is one of the basic functions associated with any library.
An acquisition subsystem performs four basic operations – selection, ordering, receiving
and accessioning of documents.
Acquisition reports are needed to document performance statistics and summaries of
work done during the acquisition process in a specified time frame.
Automation may increase successful cooperative collection development and expand the
responsibilities of collection developers.
Acquisition Department is one among them and is concerned with various activities
relating to collection development.
AD has a very crucial place in the overall organisation of a library.
Document selection is the first phase.
Proper planning of finance is basic to good acquisition work.
The Acquisition Department has to use appropriate records, registers, files, forms and
other stationery at the various stages of its operation and procedures.
The Work Diary is a desirable record to be maintained in the Acquisition Department.
The Acquisition work of a library is one of its house-keeping activities.
6.7 Keywords
Book Markets: Places where there are many retail and wholesale bookshops and publishing
houses or their local offices in and around.
Clue Page: A secret page chosen and uniformly used in all documents belonging to a library for
writing the Accession Number. This will be unnoticed by readers but could be used in identifying
the document in case of theft, etc., even if the title page has been removed.
Document: A generic name for all types of reading materials acquired in a library and includes
graphic, printed and processed items.
ISBN: The abbreviation standing for the International Standard Book Number. This is a system
of assigning unique numbers to individual publications for purposes of document identification
and delivery.
Out-of-Print Books: Books that are completely sold out and not available in the market.
Profile: An organised list of specific topics or information heads compiled out of surveying the
needs of a set of information users. The profile explains who is interested in what information,
and vice versa.

Library Automation
Notes Subscription Books: Books published periodically or at irregular intervals and distributed against
advance subscription rather than by sale of individual items.
User Need Survey: A survey conducted for a systematic study of the information needs of a
specific group of people.
1. Enumerate the favours that govern the planning of the routine jobs of document selection
work
2. List the major categories of sources of book selection, both for current and retrospective
books.
3. Name the person (s), group(s), committee(s) that the involved in the process of selection of
documents for a library.
4. List the bibliographical data that go into a Book Selection Card”.
5. State the various routines of document selection procedure in 6/8 lines.
6. State the information to be supplied to the indentor with regard to the book recommended.
7. Name the records, registers and files that are maintained in the acquisition department of
a library.
8. State the four categories of non-book materials.
1. True 2. False
3. False 4. Professional
5. Documents 6. AD
7. False 8. True
9. True 10. Micro-Photograph
11. NBM 12. Bibliographic
13. True 14. False
15. True
Publication.
Unlimited.

NotesLancaster, F. Wilfrid (2008). “Problems and Failures in Library Automation - Volume
Online links http://article.sapub.org/pdf/10.5923.j.library.20120104.04.pdf
http://crl.du.ac.in/ical09/papers/index_files/ical-45_53_153_2_RV.pdf
http://www.ala.org/alcts/mgrps/ig/ats-dgautoacq
http://www.inflibnet.ac.in/downloads/brochure/SOUL.pdf
http://www.slideshare.net/Nilaranjan/library-automation-problems-and-
prospect-12697946
https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/7606/library
trendsv37i3c_opt.pdf

Library Automation
Notes Unit 7: Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
7.1 Meaning of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
7.2 History of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
7.2.1 Early Online Catalogues
7.2.2 Stagnation and Dissatisfaction
7.2.3 Next-generation Catalogues
7.3 Online Catalogues and Card Catalogues
7.3.1 Developments and Directions of Online Catalogues
7.4 Online Catalogues: How They Differ from Manual Catalogues?
7.4.1 Creation and Manipulation of Bibliographic Records
7.4.2 Construction and Maintenance of the Catalogue
7.4.3 Searching, Retrieval and Display of Bibliographic Records
7.5 Summary
7.6 Keywords
Objectives
Understand the meaning of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
Discuss the history of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
Describe Online Catalogues and Card Catalogues
Understand the Online Catalogues and how they differ from manual catalogues
Introduction
The Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) is an information retrieval system characterized by
short bibliographic records, mainly of books, journals, and audio-visual materials available in
a particular library. This, coupled with a Boolean search interface and a heterogeneous user
population with diverse needs, presents special problems for subject searching by end users. To
perform effective subject searching in the OPAC system requires a wide range of knowledge
and skills. The trend toward Web-based OPAC interfaces and the developments in Internet and
digital library technologies present fresh opportunities for enhancing the effectiveness of the
OPAC system for subject searching. Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) terminals are
available on every floor of the Library. Through the OPAC you may search for titles held in the

Unit 7: Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
NotesLibrary, place reservations for items on loan, browse or cancel the reservations you have made,
renew items you have borrowed, and view status/record of your library account, etc.
7.1 Meaning of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
An Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) is a computerized online catalogue of the materials
held in a library, or a library system. OPACs are often part of an integrated library management
system or software. The library staff and the public can usually access it in computers within the
library, or from home via the Internet. Since the mid-1980s, it has replaced the card catalogue in
most libraries. Since the mid-1990s, character-based OPAC interfaces are being replaced by
Web-based interfaces. Today more complex OPACs offer a variety of search capabilities on
several indexes, integrate rich content (book covers, video clips, etc.), and offer interactive
request and renewal functionality.
Most integrated library systems offer a browser-based OPAC module as a standard capability or
optional feature. OPAC modules rely on pull down menus, popup windows, dialog boxes,
mouse operations, and other graphical user interface components to simplify the entry of search
commands and formatting of retrieved information. Many libraries have their catalogues
accessible via Internet; some of them can be queried using a simple browser, other using a
special version of browser (with JavaScript and CSS features), and some others using Z39.50
clients. If one has few elements to identify a document, then he/she can use a meta-searcher
where he/she can fill the query form once and spread his/her query over many library catalogues.
The OPAC has many advantages over card catalogues. It can store entries; it can add new entries,
withdraw entries and print out updated version of a catalogue in book, card or shelf form. It can
also be used to search and produce catalogue in CD, DVD, etc. It itself can be used as a catalogue
cabinet with enhance features i.e. information can be stored within the computer and kind of
entries required can be easily got as and when required. It has also the facility to input the data
from the point of origin and output data can be transmitted directly to the place where it is
needed by using teleprocessing.
An OPAC database records are usually derived from the MARC format. The records are brief
bibliographic descriptions enriched with a small number of controlled subject descriptors (often
taken from the Library of Congress Subject Headings) and a classification number (usually a
Library of Congress or a Dewey decimal class number). The database records, thus, contain
minimal information for searching – little more than the author, title, publication year, subject
description, and a class number. The subject descriptors are selected to reflect the subject content
of the item as a whole rather than to provide in-depth indexing of the information contained in
the item.
Example: If a book contains many articles, subject descriptors are not assigned for each
article but only to the overall topic of the book.
For periodical publications, only the periodical as a whole is described. Individual journal
articles are usually not recorded in the database. This is in contrast to indexing and abstracting
databases that provide keyword searching in the abstract and even the full text of articles, and
provide exhaustive indexing of the content of journal articles. However, the distinction between
OPACs and other kinds of information retrieval systems is blurring. Increasingly, OPACs are
also providing links to full-text document, electronic books, and Internet resources.
Did u know? Most of the online catalogues in use today are what Hildreth termed
second-generation OPACs.

Library Automation
Notes Most OPACs are Boolean retrieval systems that perform exact matching and require the search
query to be specified as a Boolean expression. Typical search features include the choice of
keyword searching (i.e., searching for individual words in the title and subject fields) or field
searching with automatic truncation (e.g., searching for a whole title or author name), the use of
Boolean operators to combine two or more terms, the use of a truncation symbol, and limiting
a search to specific fields. The onus is on the user to translate the user’s information need into the
subject headings and indexing terms used in the OPAC database and to refine the search based
on the initial search result. Because most OPAC systems now offer Web access, OPAC interfaces
are increasingly Web interfaces in the form of web pages containing HTML forms. Such interfaces
are mainly form-filling interfaces. The user selects the type of search and the fields for searching
either by entering the query in the appropriate input box or by toggling the appropriate checkbox
or radio button. For keyword searching, the search expression can include Boolean operators as
well as indications of which field(s) to search.
OPAC users are heterogeneous, varying widely in background, age, subject interests, and
computer and information literacy. So the OPAC has to be designed to cater to a wide range of
users, ranging from users who have little knowledge of what a catalogue contains and have
little experience with computer terminals to librarians who are experienced in online database
searching and who require the system to have powerful search capabilities.
OPAC is more useful than the traditional card formats because:
(i) The online catalogue does not need to be sorted statically. Here the user can choose the
author, title, keyword, or systematic order dynamically.
(ii) Most online catalogue offer search facility for any word of the title. The goal of the
grammatical word order which is to provide an entry on the word that most users would
look for is reached even better.
(iii) Many online catalogues allow links between several variants of an author’s name. So,
authors can be found both under the original and the standardized name (if entered
properly by the cataloguer).
Online cataloguing has greatly enhanced the usability of catalogues and its origin from the
effort of Machine Readable Cataloguing (MARC) standards in the 1960s. The rules governing
the creation of catalogue MARC records include not only formal cataloguing rules like AACR2
but also the special rules specific to MARC, available from the Library of Congress and also
OCLC.
Example: Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) in Erwin Library
You wish to find materials on the topic “evidence-based” using a “word or phrase”
(keyword) search of the OPAC:
1. Access the Erwin Library homepage at http://www.waynecc.edu/library/

Notes
2. From the WCC Single Search options click the OPAC tab to access the OPAC (Online
Public Access Catalogue) search area.
3. To refine your search, use the drop-down menu to the right of the Search box to set
your basic search parameter, using words or phrase for a keyword search, author, if
you know the exact name of the book’s author, or title for a book or video title if you
know it.
4. Use the drop-down menu beside the Search button if you wish to change the default
search parameter from “Wayne Community College” (i.e. search only holdings in
the Erwin Library), to “All NC Community Colleges”, if you want to find the item
at any of the over fifty community colleges in the Community College Libraries in
North Carolina (CCLINC) consortium
5. Into the Search Books & Videos box under the OPAC tab enter your search term (In
this example we are using words or phrase for a keyword search, with the search
term “evidence based.”
A keyword search will search for your chosen search term within the full catalogue
record for each item in the library’s collection, including title, author, subject and
table of contents).
6. Click the Search button.
7. In the Search Results list illustrated below, item #5 shows “evidence-based” in the
title of the book, so most of the book will probably cover your chosen topic.

Library Automation
Notes
8. To verify if other items in the Search Results list that don’t have “evidence-based” in
their titles will be useful to you, click the blue title link of an entry see where the
search term “evidence based” was found in the Catalogue Record for the item.

Notes9. Click the blue Catalogue Record link to access the entire catalogue record containing
all available information about the item.
10. As this example illustrates, “evidence-based” only occurs in the Contents section of
the catalogue record, meaning that only a small portion of the book deals with that
topic. This could make the book less useful to your research. A subject search may be
more useful in this case.
11. Conduct a subject search to find items that have more than a small part of their
contents dedicated to your topic by choosing New Search from the top menu bar.

Library Automation
Notes 12. Choose “subject” from the right hand drop-down menu. Note that subjects are
established by the Library of Congress, and you may have to do a few keyword
searches of your topic to find a sample catalogue record with the Subject term (in
blue) which most closely matches the topic you are searching.
13. Enter “evidence-based” into the left hand search box.
14. Click the Search button.
15. Since the subject search is more focused, your Search Results list will be shorter; in
this example only 7 titles instead of the 20 titles found with the keyword search, but
each item will have a subject that is probably much more pertinent to your topic.
16. To establish the correct Library of Congress Subject Heading (LCSH) for any future
subject searches on the topic, click on the blue title link for the entry, then the blue
Catalogue Record link, beside one or two titles in the Search Results list and scroll
down to find the LC Subject terms in blue text.
17. As the catalogue record in the example shows, the official LCSH is “Evidence-Based
Medicine.” Note that a search of other catalogue records in the sample search’s
Search Results list will offer another LCSH of “Evidence-based nursing” as an
alternative subject heading to use in future searches of the OPAC, or any other type
of online database such as those in WCC Single Search. Most research databases use
the LCSH standard.
Source: http://www.waynecc.edu/library/uploads/search-opac.pdf

1. Since the mid-1990s, Web-based interfaces are being replaced by character-based OPAC
interfaces.
2. The OPAC has many advantages over card catalogues.
3. Most OPACs are Boolean retrieval systems that perform exact matching and require the
search query to be specified as a Boolean expression.
4. OPAC users are homogenous.
7.2 History of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
In this section we will discuss the history of Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC).
7.2.1 Early Online Catalogues
Although a handful of experimental systems existed as early as the 1960s, the first large-scale
online catalogues were developed at Ohio State University in 1975 and the Dallas Public Library
in 1978.
These and other early online catalogue systems tended to closely reflect the card catalogues that
they were intended to replace. Using a dedicated terminal or telnet client, users could search a
handful of pre-coordinate indexes and browse the resulting display in much the same way they
had previously navigated the card catalogue.
Throughout the 1980s, the number and sophistication of online catalogues grew. The first
commercial systems appeared, and would by the end of the decade largely replace systems built
by libraries themselves. Library catalogues began providing improved search mechanisms,
including Boolean and keyword searching, as well as ancillary functions, such as the ability to
place holds on items that had been checked-out.
At the same time, libraries began to develop applications to automate the purchase, cataloguing,
and circulation of books and other library materials. These applications, collectively known as
an integrated library system (ILS) or library management system, included an online catalogue
as the public interface to the system’s inventory. Most library catalogues are closely tied to their
underlying ILS system.
7.2.2 Stagnation and Dissatisfaction
The 1990s saw a relative stagnation in the development of online catalogues. Although the
earlier character-based interfaces were replaced with ones for the Web, both the design and the
underlying search technology of most systems did not advance much beyond that developed in
the late 1980s.
At the same time, organizations outside of libraries began developing more sophisticated
information retrieval systems. Web search engines like Google and popular e-commerce websites
such as Amazon.com provided simpler to use (yet more powerful) systems that could provide
relevancy ranked search results using probabilistic and vector-based queries.
Prior to the widespread use of the Internet, the online catalogue was often the first information
retrieval system library users ever encountered. Now accustomed to web search engines, newer
generations of library users have grown increasingly dissatisfied with the complex (and often
arcane) search mechanisms of older online catalogue systems.

Library Automation
Notes This has, in turn, led to vocal criticisms of these systems within the library community itself, and
in recent years to the development of newer (often termed ‘next-generation’) catalogues.
7.2.3 Next-generation Catalogues
The newest generation of library catalogue systems are distinguished from earlier OPACs by
their use of more sophisticated search technologies, including relevancy ranking and faceted
search, as well as features aimed at greater user interaction and participation with the system,
including tagging and reviews.
These newer systems are almost always independent of the library’s integrated library system
(ILS), instead providing drivers that allow for the synchronization of data between the two
systems. While older online catalogue systems were almost exclusively built by ILS vendors,
libraries are increasingly turning to next generation catalogue systems built by enterprise
search companies and open source projects, often led by libraries themselves. The costs associated
with these new systems, however, have slowed their adoption, particularly at smaller institutions.
Example: An example of a next generation OPAC system is included in the Libramatic
software package.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
5. The 1990s saw a relative stagnation in the development of …………………….
6. Web search engines provided simpler to use systems that could provide relevancy ranked
search results using probabilistic and …………………… based queries.
7. The first large-scale online catalogues were developed at …………………… University in
1975 and the Dallas Public Library in 1978.
8. Prior to the widespread use of the Internet, the online catalogue was often the first
…………………… system library users ever encountered.
7.3 Online Catalogues and Card Catalogues
Online catalogues are a norm today; they are not static; they have developed rapidly and will
continue to evolve further. By utilising the various capabilities of computers and
telecommunications, online catalogues are adding new features that make them totally different
from traditional catalogues. Online catalogues are now gateways to larger information systems
or, as Hopkins (1993: 127) says, they are the ‘one-stop information store’.
The online environment is an environment encompassing a wide range of information tools,
both bibliographic (such as library catalogues, abstracting and indexing services and book trade
databases) and non-bibliographic (such as numeric databases, directory databases, and full text
databases). Library catalogues are now a small but very important component of the evolving
online environment and are accessible through different tools in the networked environment,
the public access computer system (PACS). The global network is the Internet including various
PACS components such as Gopher, WAIS (Wide Area Information Servers), Netscape and Mosaic
and other access modes such as Archie and FTP (File Transfer Protocol) tools. The Webpages
created by libraries and other information providers are becoming very pervasive and are often
used both by librarians and end users as linking sources for library information. The same
workstation serves as a means of navigating the whole world of the Internet. In the online

Notesenvironment not only are the information tools different from the traditional tools but also the
whole concept of access to bibliographic information has changed.
!
Caution Time and location are irrelevant in searching the online environment.
7.3.1 Developments and Directions of Online Catalogues
As a result of a significant growth in scientific and technological information after the Second
World War and a resulting expansion in library collections, manual systems could no longer
respond effectively to the ever-growing information needs of society. In terms of fast and
effective retrieval of bibliographic information, the card catalogue had many disadvantages. Its
large size, complexity and high costs of maintenance made it more and more difficult for
libraries to maintain as an up to date searching tool (Freedman, 1979a; Guilford, 1979; Matthews,
1985; Reynolds, 1985). It became obvious that a more flexible tool was needed to cope with the
new conditions of libraries. It was thus necessary to think of alternative ways of constructing
library catalogues that could be cost-effective, manageable and easy to use. Following on the
application of computers in other fields, librarians became assured that the computer’s theoretical
capability to control library operations constituted adequate grounds for embracing a mechanised
approach (Hazen, 1981: 30). As Weihs and Howarth (1988: 41) point out, “It was necessary to
investigate the computer as a relatively cost-effective tool to provide library catalogues.”
Computer applications, however, first occurred in library activities other than the provision of
public access to the catalogue. Computers were used in libraries mainly for housekeeping types
of activities such as circulation control, acquisitions and serial control. This did not directly
affect patrons’ access to the library catalogue (Matthews, 1985: 3). Library automation began in
the early 1960s with the rationale that “If a job could be done by computer, then the number of
staff required to work at a defined level of expertise could be reduced” (Montague, 1978: 313).
Although some evidence of automation of library operations other than cataloguing is reported
from the 1950s and 1960s (Reynolds, 1985), it is the MARC (Machine-Readable Cataloguing)
project that has been considered as one of the most important factors in the development of
automated catalogues (Weihs and Howarth, 1988: 41). With the beginning of the MARC
Distribution Service in 1969, large libraries began to utilise MARC magnetic tapes mainly for
automated cataloguing in the standard form provided by the Library of Congress. The usefulness
of MARC services in cataloguing, along with the increasing availability of computer technology
in the late 1960s, led to more developments in automated catalogues.
In response to the needs of small and medium-sized libraries without access to a mainframe
computer, centralised cataloguing services gave way to the establishment of bibliographic
utilities in the early 1970s. The Online Computer Library Center (OCLC, formerly the Ohio
College Library Center), established in 1971, has been considered to be a significant factor in the
development of automated catalogues. With the standard cataloguing services of such
bibliographic utilities, libraries were able to utilise the power of computer technology in a cost-
effective way. The proliferation of MARC-based cataloguing led to the realisation of the
importance of uniform, standardised bibliographic description as the nucleus of bibliographic
services at national and international levels. The growth of bibliographic utilities in the early
1980s as well as developments in telecommunication technology accelerated the move toward
centralised MARC-based cataloguing and the need for standardised descriptive cataloguing.
A significant factor further affecting the development of online catalogues was that some libraries
began to use MARC bibliographic information for their circulation systems in an online mode.
Using short bibliographic records rather than full MARC records for circulation operations, a

Library Automation
Notes number of libraries tried to help their patrons in checking whether an item was on loan, on
order, or at binding. This was a form of public enquiry module, which later developed into the
online public access catalogue (OPAC). However, as Seal (1984b: 9) pointed out “The public
enquiry module will often replicate the structure of a card or COM [Computer Output Microform]
catalogue.”
Another major factor leading to the rapid development of online public access catalogues was
the contribution, by some library system vendors, of designing and developing public access
modules as an important part of their turnkey systems. These vendors tried to incorporate a
more sophisticated structure for the public enquiry module with more searching facilities. It
should be noted that the early public enquiry systems were not integrated with other library
modules, such as acquisitions and serials control.
Due to both the relative success and acceptability of online public enquiry modules, and pressures
from patrons and librarians, libraries began to consider developing online public access
catalogues (OPACs) with more bibliographic information, i.e., full MARC records and more
searching capabilities, such as keyword access and Boolean searching (Seal, 1984b: 9). The
possibility of utilising MARC records as the foundation of bibliographic databases led to the
development of the concept of the Integrated Online Library Systems (IOLS) in which “The
information that was input at the acquisitions stage would form a basis for the catalogue record
which, in turn, would support all library functions. Thus, a number of integrated systems, such
as GEAC, ULISYS, ATLAS, DOBIS, NOTIS and VTLS, were established incorporating this modular
design.
The overall factors relating to the growing interest in online catalogues have been numerous. It
is generally agreed that the most important factors that led to the rapid proliferation and
development of online catalogues in the early 1980s were those related to their search, retrieval
and display capabilities. Moreover, the opportunity of feedback from librarians and library
patrons has provided a continuing momentum for upgrading the structure, contents and
capabilities of online catalogues.
Tracing the historical development of online public access catalogues, Hildreth (1984, 1989) and
Matthews (1991) identify three generations of OPACs. This categorisation is based on the features
and capabilities of online catalogues in the processes of input, storage and output of bibliographic
information. Matthews (1991: 7) claims that most of the existing online catalogues are still in the
first or second generations and only a few systems have moved beyond first-generation. Added
to the three generations identified by Hildreth and Matthews, recent advances in OPACs using
graphical user interfaces (GUIs) have introduced a fourth generation to online catalogues.
First-generation Online Catalogues
Derived from circulation or cataloguing systems, first-generation online catalogues were in fact
computerised card catalogues with almost the same traditional features. In contrast to the patrons’
expectations from their use of computerised database systems, these new library catalogues
provided limited author, title and controlled vocabulary subject heading access points. For this
reason, first-generation online catalogues have been criticised as having no advantages over the
card catalogue (Hildreth, 1984: 39; 1987: 650).
Searching in first-generation online catalogues was essentially based upon pre-coordinated
information retrieval principles and was possible only through inputting the exact form of
words or phrases. In contrast to searching in card catalogues, the patron had great difficulties as
he/she had to input something into the system so that it could respond to his/her query. As this
was possible only through inputting the exact form of words or phrases, which was difficult to
remember, searching, was not as successful as the searcher expected. Keyword access was not
available and refining a search by further limiting it to elements such as date of publication,
language or country of publication was not possible.

NotesThe interfaces, which were usually menu-driven, replicated traditional catalogues in their form
of access by providing mainly phrase access to separate subject headings, title, and author
indexes (Mitev, 1989: 144).
Notes Output and display of search results generally had a single format.
Second-generation Online Catalogues
With further developments in information technology, it was possible to provide a more
sophisticated system for input, storage and output of bibliographic information. Second-
generation online catalogues are a departure from traditional card catalogues and incorporate
many new features for the provision of effective access. In contrast to the limited input, storage
and output capabilities of first-generation online catalogues, second-generation online catalogues
are characterised as being powerful tools for the searching of bibliographic information.
Keyword search, Boolean keyword search, cross index search and increasing or reducing of
search results are among the features of second-generation online catalogues (Matthews, 1991:
11). Hildreth (1987: 650-651) writes:
Today’s second-generation online catalogues represent a marriage of the library catalogue and
conventional online information retrieval (IR) systems familiar to librarians who search online
abstracting and indexing databases via DIALOG, BRS, ORBIT, MEDLINE, etc. Improved card
catalogue-like searching and browsing (via headings and cross references) capabilities have
been joined with the conventional IR keyword and Boolean searching approaches. Many online
catalogues support the ability to restrict searches to specified record fields, to perform character
masking and/or right-hand truncation, and to limit the results by date, language, place of
publication, etc. Also, bibliographic records may be viewed and printed in a number of different
display formats.
However, it should be noted that there are a number of major differences between online
catalogues and these IR systems that make second-generation online catalogues easier searching
tools (Ibid: 651). With a combination of different search methods, the user is offered possibilities
that were not available in first generation online catalogues.
Due to improvements in the design of database management software, the structure and content
of bibliographic records in second-generation online catalogues may be enhanced by
incorporating full records augmented by information such as tables of contents, summaries,
content notes, abstracts and links to full electronic texts. Considerable increase in the length of
fields was another improvement in second-generation systems.
Interfaces are usually in two modes, menu-driven and command-driven; this makes the
interaction between the user and the catalogue more flexible. In terms of user assistance, these
catalogues provide more options including, for example, help screens, error messages and
suggestive prompts. Ease of use and user-friendliness are two major features of today’s second-
generation online catalogues.
Third-generation Online Catalogues
As mentioned earlier, only a few systems have moved beyond second-generation online
catalogues into third-generation online catalogues with enhanced or more sophisticated features.
Due to the growing sophistication and availability of technology, new capabilities are being
added to online catalogues making them more adaptive to the needs of library patrons. Free text
search, enriched database search and simultaneous journal citation searching are among the
retrieval capabilities in third generation online catalogues.

Library Automation
Notes
Notes The mode of interaction has been developed to the point of conversational, adaptive
dialogue and the bibliographic format can be tailored according to user preference.
Operational assistance such as automatic, context-based correction is also available.
Fourth-generation Online Catalogues
Beginning from the late 1980s, a most recent development in online public access catalogues has
been achieved in providing easy access to bibliographic information by using graphical user
interfaces (GUIs) such as Windows. These systems, which can be considered as fourth-generation
catalogues, have moved away from the traditional menu-type interfaces and are more associated
with client server and graphical user interface. They use WIMP (windows, icons, mouse and
pointers) interfaces to speed and simplify searching. With the Windows-style user interface
available through PCs (personal computers, i.e., intelligent, and not dumb terminals), there is
much more functionality. In these systems the user has the flexibility to click on various buttons,
each of which carries a special function. Nevertheless, these systems do not eliminate but augment
the keystroke access. There is also the possibility of using function keys for different purposes
when keyboards are involved. In general, access is via mouse or keyboard or a combination of
both.
Searching capabilities in the Windows version of OPACs are greater than those found in other
generations of online catalogues. Pointer capabilities allow the searcher to select exactly the
term he/she is looking for, while pull-down menus provide additional options to make searching
even more useful. By using scroll bars and pull-down menus, browsing in different indexes is
very simple. With the capability of post-Boolean searching, the search software also attempts to
interpret users’ search requests in order to present matches of greater or lesser interest to the
user. This is called relevance ranking of the search terms, similar to second and third generation
online catalogues, these systems search for terms through using an implicit Boolean ‘AND’.
Other Boolean operators such as ‘OR’ and ‘NOT’ can also be used to narrow down search results
or such search strings can be constructed using the mouse alone. In addition, access has been
enhanced by text retrieval qualifiers such as ‘language’, ‘date’ and ‘form’ of the text. With this
feature, it is possible to include new data elements that help in the better identification of the
sought item. Integral or add-on text retrieval modules to provide range searching, related term
searching, wild card features, adjacency and proximity are supplied by some systems.
One of the recent additional advanced features of fourth-generation OPACs is the ‘hypertext’
function. Through this function, any word that the user selects or highlights can be used to
search all the fields and subfields in all the records in the database for any occurrence of that
word. This dynamic feature helps the searcher to navigate the database to find more relevant
sources of information.
Self Assessment
9. The global network is the Internet including various PACS components.
10. Derived from circulation or cataloguing systems, second-generation online catalogues
were in fact computerised card catalogues with almost the same traditional features.
11. First-generation online catalogues are a departure from traditional card catalogues and
incorporate many new features for the provision of effective access.
12. Interfaces are usually in three modes.

Notes7.4 Online Catalogues: How They Differ from Manual Catalogues?
There have been some general attempts in the literature of the past decade to briefly compare
different types of library catalogues. However, these comparisons have not been concerned
with the concepts that underlie the nature and structure of the catalogue. In the following
sections, the two types of catalogue will be compared in terms of the creation, manipulation and
search/retrieval/display of bibliographic records.
7.4.1 Creation and Manipulation of Bibliographic Records
Structure and Content of Bibliographic Records
By ‘structure of the record’ is meant the bibliographic description consisting of data elements
arranged and presented in a given order, such as card catalogue formats and MARC formats. It
is generally understood that the medium, via which bibliographic records are created,
manipulated and made accessible to the searcher, influences their structure and content.
The computer has made possible the enriching of the structure and contents of bibliographic
records. While the space limitations of 3" x 5" cards generally restrict the level of data elements
to be entered in a record, the content of a bibliographic record in an online catalogue makes it
possible and desirable to include more data elements such as those fixed-length data elements
indexed in field 008 in the USMARC bibliographic format and even data such as summaries,
tables of content, and full texts. This issue has been of major interest to librarians and system
designers during the past decade and there have been some proposals in this regard. User
studies of the early 1980s showed that most users of online catalogues would like to have access
to tables of contents, back-of-the-book indexes and summaries (Matthews, Lawrence, and
Ferguson, 1983: 134). Other suggestions have included the titles of essays in collected works or
festschriften, book introductions, book jacket material, and the assignment of more subject
headings.
Did u know? With the advent and further development of online catalogues it has become
possible to assign a larger number of access points to bibliographic records. In comparison
to the conventional main and added entries in the card catalogue, any data element in a
bibliographic record may be designated as an access point.
MARC Format and Categorisation of Data Elements
As a set of standards for the identifying, storing and communicating of cataloguing information,
MARC has significantly contributed to the growth of library automation and to the development
of online catalogues. Although the MARC record was conceived as an automated version of the
catalogue card, the structure is flexible enough to store bibliographic information in more
detailed fields and subfields due to the requirements of automated systems for separate
identification of data elements. While the medium for the card catalogue is the 3" x 5 “ card with
a fixed, less flexible format, most online catalogues use MARC as a communication format for
the exchange of bibliographic information. In this regard, MARC communicates bibliographic
information with more flexibility than the card catalogue. With the machine-readable format,
in which the bibliographic information on a record has been broken down into fields and
subfields, it is possible to separately identify each data element. This approach also allows for
inclusion or exclusion of data elements for output as desired.
Based on the MARC format, bibliographic records can be created and tailored according to the
specific needs of the library without either discarding standardisation or diminishing the quality

Library Automation
Notes of cataloguing. In the card environment, cataloguing depends on a longer process of manual
checking against other catalogues (such as NUC, the National Union Catalogue), the ordering of
card sets and receiving and interfiling them in the catalogue. This process in online catalogues
is done more comprehensively and easily by subscribing to bibliographic utilities or by
purchasing MARC products and downloading the needed records into the library’s automated
system.
MARC records permit a fuller level of description; more data elements to be included in the
description and many more data elements to be assigned as access points for retrieval. A MARC
record also includes other data, including non-bibliographic data that are used for catalogue
maintenance. There is now a trend toward preserving detailed bibliographic records in machine-
readable form. According to Reynolds (1985: 285):
“The amount and type of information that constitute a ‘full bibliographic record’ is certainly
open to debate, but since the late 1960s the accepted standard has been the MARC format. The
data that can be contained in a MARC record include the entire spectrum of information normally
presented on catalogue cards plus a great deal of other potentially valuable categorizing
information that can be encoded in fixed elements and elsewhere on record.”
However, MARC format has been criticised for being an electronic version of the catalogue card
and for its limited accommodation of hierarchically structured information (Gaynor, 1996: p. C).
Systems may differ from one another in the indexing of fields and it is often difficult to find out
what fields are indexed by a given system.
!
Caution The results in retrieval and display problems, leading to user confusion.
Bibliographic Standardisation
In comparison to manual systems, the online environment gives much more emphasis to the
concept of standardisation. Although the idea of standardised bibliographic description seems
to have first appeared with derived cataloguing and the sale of Library of Congress cards in 1898
and later with the introduction of the National Union Catalogue (NUC), it was not until the
1970s that the application of computers to library operations and the advent of online catalogues
gave to standardisation a much more significant role. With regard to the description, choice and
form of data elements to be included in a bibliographic record, conformity to standards, e.g.,
cataloguing codes, ISBDs and MARC formats, are vital to online catalogues. Unlike libraries of
two decades ago with their independent card catalogues, libraries of today often create their
own catalogue records according to national and/or international standards for the purposes of
easy communication of and access to bibliographic information. Now, it is common for libraries
of any size to participate in networks. One result of this, as Wajenberg (1992: 105) points out, is
an ever-increasing pressure to conform to national and international standards.
Uniformity and consistency are basic requirements for effective bibliographical control. The
rapid growth of shared cataloguing systems, developments in bibliographic utilities and the
need for bibliographic exchange between databases in the last decade has led to a stronger
reaffirmation of the value of standardisation in bibliographic records. Standardisation helps
bibliographic records to be uniformly created, manipulated, exchanged and retrieved. According
to Weihs and Howarth (1988: 78–79):
“As the cataloguing community moves closer to making the ideal of universal bibliographic
control a reality through local, regional, provincial, national, continental and international
networks, all libraries assume the responsibility of maintaining standards requisite to

Notesmaintaining the network. Integration and standardization are the keywords in the increasing
movements towards, and promotion of, interconnected telecommunicating automated systems”.
Despite this emphasis on the significance of standardisation in the online catalogue, this concept
has been considered only in the inputting of data elements in bibliographic description and not
in the output and display, whereas in the card catalogue both input and output are standardised.
For example, both the card catalogue and the online catalogue conform to the ISBD standard for
the input format, i.e., the order of areas, punctuation and levels of description. However, in
online catalogues the output format is not fixed as in card catalogues and may be flexible.
As Gorman and associates (1990: 32) state, the standardisation and formalisation of description
and access points is crucial to the online environment and to the effective exchange of bibliographic
records. As an important concept that has developed over the last hundred years to meet the
changing forms of the catalogue and the needs of the profession, standardisation will continue
in the future and as Wajenberg (1990: 497) points out, at an accelerated pace.
Input Inconsistencies and Level of Tolerance
A major difference between a manual and an automated catalogue lies in the fact that the
creation of bibliographic records for online catalogues demands more precision and logic in
terms of typography, spelling, punctuation, spacing, coding of fields and subfields. This is a
critical requirement for computerised systems, since such errors can result in a serious separation
or an improper sequencing of entries and therefore can lead to the irretrievability of records. In
other words, any errors, even if very small, for instance a faulty keystrokes, will be magnified
in the online catalogue (Knutson, 1990: 24). However, in a manual system, when filing catalogue
cards or when retrieving information, the human brain can often ignore such minor errors and
treat them as if they are correct and file them in the right place.
Errors and inconsistencies can be corrected in the process of filing cards, whereas in the automated
catalogue there is a lower level of tolerance towards such errors as variations in format, filing
and indexing, and literal and logical inconsistencies within the catalogue. In general, the online
catalogue is far less forgiving of cataloguing and typographical errors than is the card catalogue.
7.4.2 Construction and Maintenance of the Catalogue
Structure and Content of the Catalogue
By ‘structure of the catalogue’ is meant how the catalogue is built up, the kinds and content of
files and indexes constituting it and the relationships of these files and indexes to one another.
Example: A card catalogue, whether in dictionary or divided form, may include different
files such as authors (personal and corporate); references; titles (including other title information
and series titles); subject headings (including references) and shelf lists.
The advent of the online catalogue has given new dimensions to the catalogue’s structure. It is
generally maintained that the online catalogue can support a more complex yet more dynamic
structure than that of the card catalogue. The online file may be independent and self-contained,
it may be related to files of similar scope and structure or it may be integrated with other files
such as holdings, circulations, acquisitions and authority files. The online catalogue provides
services that were not part of the traditional library catalogue. Access to circulation information,
status information, holding information, indexing of special collections, serials and so on have
become possible through the development of the contents and structure of the catalogue (Potter,
1991: 77).

Library Automation
Notes Integration of the Catalogue
Integration has been considered as an important feature of the recent online catalogue in the
sense that different parts of the library automated system are integrated through the use and
manipulation of the same record as the basis for different library operations. In such integration,
a single master bibliographic record is tagged and can be manipulated for different library
operations, such as acquisitions, cataloguing and circulation. A consequence of integration of
the online catalogue, as pointed out by Buckland (1992: 34), is that bibliographic information in
different parts of a library system, as well as other useful information, can be accessible to users
and to other libraries. Such a concept indicates the importance of uniformity and standardisation
of bibliographic records in the online environment.
Another interpretation of integration in the online environment is related to various methods
of access to bibliographic information (Hagler, 1989: 205). In such integration, different files and
databases can be accessible via the same terminal. This concept has opened up a new era in
bibliographic services and is considered as a significant factor in the enhancement of the catalogue.
There are increasing attempts to build information systems with integrated access to different
types of information services. The trend toward the integration of book trade bibliographic
databases and A&I services with the online public access catalogue is an approach which makes
the library catalogue a window to the whole bibliographic apparatus, a concept not feasible in
the manual catalogue.
AuthorityControl
Authority control ensures the consistent use of names, series and subjects. No bibliographic
record can be entered into the system until all assigned headings under which it can be searched
are verifiable against the approved authority file (Hagler, 1985: 15). In a manual system, it is a
time-consuming and costly operation and requires the services of skilled staff. There are many
advantages to authority control in an online catalogue: in terms of maintaining cataloguing
operations, it is particularly advantageous when major revisions to name and subject headings
have to be done. In terms of searching, the actual search that the user does is via an authority
control file. What the user inputs to the system is automatically switched through the index
(authority file) to the correct form. In the online environment, the authority records are usually
linked with bibliographic records.
There are a number of reasons for the resurgent interest in authority control in the online
environment. The various difficulties that users have had with searching names and, as Potter
(1986: 128) points out, the inconsistencies and errors in the records used to build the databases
for online catalogues have led to new attention being given to the concept of authority control.
For example, the ability to search personal names in either direct order or through initials has
led to the enhancement of the scope and structure of authority files. Another major difference in
the process of authority control between a manual system and an automated system is that
correction or change of any heading in the card catalogue is a time consuming operation,
whereas this task in some automated systems is to a great extent facilitated through a ‘global
change’ which automatically generates a correction or change in all relevant records.
Filing Rules and Problems
In any library catalogue, access points are usually filed according to alphanumeric order, which
is a conventional arrangement applicable to most information systems accessed by human
beings (Hagler, 1991: 263). However, filing is different in the manual catalogue and the automated
catalogue.
The arrangement of access points has always been of particular interest to librarians and there
have been a number of specific filing rules published to date. The ALA Filing Rules, The Library

Notesof Congress Filing Rules developed by John Rather, and the rules developed by the British
Library Filing Committee are among the most important. Although developments in filing
rules have been strongly in the direction of common sense and are oriented toward the intelligent
user (Rather, 1972), users actually have major problems in identifying the exact location of a
heading in the sequential order of a large card catalogue.
In a manual system, filing is flexible and can be executed according to the order which seems
desirable to the catalogue user, whereas, in a computer catalogue, it must follow the logic of the
computer. Filing in a manual system follows the principle of file as if: that is, the form and order
in which access points are arranged is according to the interpretation of the librarian with the
supposition that the arrangement would be the most desirable to the user. For instance, the
number 3 can be filed as if it were the word three. The use of the computer has influenced filing
practices and it is generally agreed that the principle of file as is, which is necessitated by the
introduction of computer filing, has more validity in the computer environment (Byrum and
Hinton, 1979: 180; Gorman, 1979: 135; Malinconico, 1980: 33). This principle states that characters
or words should be filed as they are and not as if they were something else; for example, the
number ‘3’ as 3, and ‘three’ as three.
This realisation of the logical as well as the practical differences between filing in a manual
catalogue and a computer catalogue came with the earliest attempts in the application of computers
to bibliographical work. Current filing rules, which were developed for manual systems, proved
not to be effective in a computer environment.
Users of online catalogues can encounter many problems when searching for bibliographic
information. Due to different software specifications, computer-based filing has not been entirely
standardised and the burden of thinking, for example, about the exact form of access points and
the way punctuation and non-alphabetic symbols are treated is left to the user. In manual filing
it is possible, by a simple convention, to ignore stop words such as ‘the’, ‘and’, ‘of’, ‘a’, ‘an’, etc.
at the beginning of titles whereas, in the computer catalogue, this issue demands special
programming and in some cases they are difficult to handle (for example, if the stop word is a
necessary part of the title and is not to be ignored).
7.4.3 Searching, Retrieval and Display of Bibliographic Records
User Interfaces
A significant difference between the online catalogue and the card catalogue comes at the stage
in which the user interacts with the catalogue, i.e., bibliographic records can be searched, retrieved
and displayed. Online catalogues are here considered to be a great departure from card catalogues
and it seems that there will be more developments in this regard in the near future.
While the card catalogue is a self-evident medium with a clear physical existence, the online
catalogue is not revealed to the users and is not easy to grasp in their first interactions with it. In
an online environment, the user cannot immediately understand the catalogue or its structure,
coverage and searching mechanisms unless he/she interacts with the system and tries different
options for searching and displaying of bibliographic information. Despite these limitations of
the online catalogue, users show a high degree of satisfaction with the variety of features and
capabilities it has at the output stage.
Searching and Retrieval Capabilities
With regard to searching capabilities, the online catalogue is a significant departure from
traditional library catalogues. One of its most interesting features and a major advantage over
the card catalogue is the ability of the user to search for the needed item in a variety of ways that

Library Automation
Notes are not available in the manual catalogue. Online catalogues are able to generate both a greater
number of access points as well as new searching capabilities that enable the user to search the
catalogue with little information to hand. In addition to controlled-vocabulary searches by
author, title and subject headings, for which relevant indexes have been created and maintained
in the online catalogue, it is possible to search bibliographic records through access points such
as other title information, series, standard numbers and any other significant data through
keyword searching. In general, although there are still shortcomings in the searching capabilities
of online catalogues, particularly in subject searching (Markey, 1984; Crawford, 1987a; Klugman,
1989; Lancaster, 1991; Larson, 1991), the findings of various studies indicate that users show
much enthusiasm in online catalogues’ searching capabilities.
Output and Display
Display of bibliographic information is another major aspect in which the online catalogue
departs greatly from the card catalogue. Surveying OPACs in a number of Canadian academic
libraries, Cherry et al. (1994) report that screen display is the best developed area in online
catalogues. The last step at the catalogue, viewing a search result through the display of the
bibliographic record(s), is what the user actually gains from the system. The quality of such a
display affects the overall usefulness of the catalogue (Crawford, 1987: 192). While the form and
content of bibliographic records in the input/output format in the card catalogue (even when
computer-produced) are fixed, the online catalogue permits a flexible format, with the possibility
of displaying bibliographic information in a variety of ways and at different levels. The ways in
which bibliographic information is presented in the online catalogue in response to searches
vary from system to system. Each system has its own techniques for manipulation of a search
result. This is impossible in the card technology where space limitations and the fixed form of
bibliographic description do not permit any flexibility or manipulation of search results.
The level of bibliographic description is usually flexible and can be designed according to the
user’s needs. On the other hand and from a system perspective, as Boll (1990: 20) points out, there
is a range of display formats suitable for a computer screen or a page printout rather than a three
by five inch card. Online display formats usually include: (1) ‘brief-listing display’ which shows,
on one or more screens, the overall results of a search through ‘author’, ‘title’ and ‘date’ of
publication, (2) ‘medium-level display’ containing the standard bibliographic description, access
points and status and location information, and (3) ‘full bibliographic display’ which shows full
description with all access points, including added entries, and may contain summary and/or
table of contents of the item.
Another major difference between the online catalogue and the card catalogue is the way in
which data elements in a record make up and represent a bibliographic record. Reynolds (1985:
501) points out three functions in this regard: the labelling of data elements, the sequence in
which data elements appear and the spacing between them. The online catalogue can include
identifying labels before data elements for distinguishing the bibliographic text in a record.
Labels may be highlighted, or displayed in uppercase characters or in a different colour. In
relation to the sequence of data elements appearing in a bibliographic record, there is a fairly
high degree of uniformity among online catalogues (Reynolds, 1985: 501). As in the card catalogue,
the arrangement usually follows the numerical sequence of MARC tags or the ISBD order. Some
online catalogues do not incorporate ISBD punctuation on the basis that users do not comprehend
such ‘secret punctuation’ (Crawford, 1987: 196).
However, it should be noted that a number of problems may arise from the differences in the
input and output formats in the online catalogue. A problem which would be difficult for the
user to understand is that the relationships of headings (i.e., access points) to bibliographic data
may not be clear to him/her. For example, the role (i.e., the responsibility) of persons associated

Noteswith the work or manifestations of a work may not be distinguished in the way these names are
displayed on the screen in conjunction with the title of the work. Therefore, the user may miss
what he/she is seeking.
Access and Availability
Unlike in a manual system, the user of the online catalogue has access to bibliographic, circulation,
acquisition, holdings and location information at the same terminal, whether within the library
or in other libraries through remote access. Again, this capability may be an indication of the
need for uniformity and standardisation of data elements and also the importance of integrity in
the structure of different files in the system.
In contrast to the possibilities for online consultation, card technology is a strictly localised
medium with many physical restrictions to its use. Almost all libraries have a single set of
catalogue cards for a document. To some extent a book catalogue or a COM catalogue might
help in making the library catalogue available in different locations but these catalogues are
costly to update at regular intervals, particularly when the collection is very large.
Unlike the card catalogue, the online catalogue is accessible through terminals located in different
places in the library and outside the library via local area networks (LANs) and wide area
networks (WANs). In the online environment it is possible for different users, whether inside
the library building or outside it, to use the catalogue online and to even search the same record
simultaneously. In terms of access to library catalogues, distance has now become irrelevant.
Technology has enabled us to have decentralised access to bibliographic information.
Interconnectivity is one of the most important goals of libraries today and can take different
forms. Many library catalogues are now accessible through the different tools in the Internet
such as Netscape, Gopher, Mosaic and Telnet. This is a great advantage over the manual system
and will continue to expand with further developments in telecommunication allied to a decrease
in telecommunication costs. There is also more flexibility with interconnectivity for the searcher
to go from one catalogue to another. This is done through the same catalogue or other catalogues
which have a WWW forms-based interface.
Task Critically examine the Web-based online public access catalogues of IIT libraries
in India.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
13. The …………………… has made possible the enriching of the structure and contents of
bibliographic records.
14. …………………… has significantly contributed to the growth of library automation and
to the development of online catalogues.
15. Uniformity and consistency are basic requirements for effective …………………… control.
16. …………………… has been considered as an important feature of the recent online catalogue
in the sense that different parts of the library automated system are integrated through the
use and manipulation of the same record as the basis for different library operations.

Library Automation
Notes
Caselet Use of Online Public Access Catalogue at Annamalai
University Library
T
he first library online public access catalogue was introduced in the early 1980s and
researchers have been conducting usability studies of these catalogues ever since.
In designing our usability study, we incorporated what we felt to be some of the
best, most useful methods from previous research. However, our research is unique in
that it compares four different library OPACs (both academic and public) from a specific
geographic location, Seattle. In 1999, Chisman, Diller, and Walbridge conducted a usability
study of the Washington State University Library OPAC. The library was preparing to
implement a new version of the OPAC, and before it did so, wanted to test how usable the
new catalogue was, test whether or not people understood its features, and incorporate
participants’ feedback into the design of the new OPAC. Chisman, Diller, and Walbridge
found that most of the OPACs problems were related to subject indexes and article databases;
participants could not find and did not understand how to use these features.
In 2002, Halcoussis et al. conducted a usability study of California Institute of the Arts
Library OPAC to identify “causative factors determining catalogue user success in finding
information, user attitudes to catalogue organization, and user ability to navigate the
catalogue (p. 148).” These researchers had participants conduct four different kinds of
searches, took observation notes, and then had participants answer evaluative questions
about the catalogue. Halcoussis et al. discovered that subject-searchers are more likely to
run into difficulty while using the library catalogue and are therefore more likely to view
the catalogue in a negative way. Also, users who spend a lot of time on a search and
retrieve a large number of search results are also more likely to report having difficulty
using the OPAC.
In 2004, Novotny conducted a protocol analysis study to determine the usability of the
Pennsylvania State University Library OPAC. Participants were to complete five structured
tasks using the catalogue and were to tell observers exactly what they were thinking
while they completed each task. Researchers found that the use of internet search engines
has had a profound effect on the way that library patrons try to use and the expectations
that they have for library OPACs. Because library OPACs are not necessarily designed to
work in the same way as internet search engines, this created some problems for participants
and highlighted areas of the catalogue that could be modified to help users search more
effectively.
The interface of the OPAC of the Annamalai University was not optimal for serving user
needs, with apparent limitations in its design, a lack of screens for assistance, a deficient
system of searching by subject heading, and very limited search options. Users have many
kinds of problems performing subject searches in OPAC systems. Typical users do not
have the range of knowledge and skills needed for effective subject searching. With
developments in Internet and Web browser technologies, many of the proposed
improvements can be instituted without major changes to the OPAC back end system.
Changes can easily be made in the design of the web pages used as an interface to the
OPAC. OPAC interfaces are playing increasingly expanded roles. They now provide access
not just to records of books and journals held by a library but also to multiple library
systems, to full-text documents and journal articles, and to databases and other resources
on the Internet.
Contd...

NotesFollowing recommendations have been made for optimum utilisation of OPAC facility in
the University library:
The study observed that the OPAC does not offer various essential features such as
spell check software, quick search, online reservation, online renewal, new arrivals
and book cover display facilities. Moreover these features, there is no provision for
links to electronic sources. Therefore, it is strongly recommended that the said
features must be incorporated in OPAC.
OPAC should have more user-friendly online help that may provide direction to
users to start a search and to show next steps during a search.
To facilitate the users, the University library should organise user education
programmes on the use of different techniques and strategies in retrieving
information about the documents. The instruction programmes may enhance user
knowledge and basic skills for searching OPAC.
It is evident from the study that the users were not having basic skills of searching
OPAC. Therefore, they needed the assistance of library staff near OPAC terminals
for optimum utilisation of this service.
Source: http://article.sapub.org/pdf/10.5923.j.ijis.20120206.01.pdf
7.5 Summary
With regard to all the differences between the card catalogue (as a representative of the
manual system) and the online catalogue (as a representative of the online environment),
it can be concluded that the interactive online catalogue has many advantages in terms of
content, structure and search/retrieval/display capabilities.
Today’s online catalogues provide more effective access to bibliographic information
through capabilities that were not possible in the manual catalogue.
These capabilities have affected the ways in which users use the library catalogue and it
seems that, with further developments in information technology, there will be more
opportunities for enhancing, extending and expanding the online catalogue.
Similarly, access to remote library catalogues and other bibliographical tools has been
significantly improved through the demonstrated superior performance and effectiveness
of computers and telecommunication technology.
The online catalogue is now evolving into one of several components of a larger, integrated
information system.
Thus, remote access places OPACs in a potentially key position in relation to information
systems generally.
In the 90s, the computer is now an integral part of modern society and has caused
fundamental changes in many aspects of our life, most basically in the ways we organise
information for fast and effective retrieval.
However, unlike in the manual environment, cataloguers do not have control over the
whole processes of record creation and catalogue construction as manipulation and output
of bibliographic data are less controlled by cataloguing codes.
From a comparison of the online catalogue and the card catalogue it can also be concluded
that the cataloguing standards which are based on the concept of the traditional catalogue
need to be reassessed and redesigned in terms of their relevance to the new electronic
environment.

Library Automation
Notes A critical question here is whether cataloguing principles and rules need to be reconstructed
and developed on a basis parallel to the development of the environment in which they
are used.
7.6 Keywords
Browser: Browser, short for web browser, is a software application used to enable computers
users to locate and access web pages.
Card Catalogue: A card catalogue is an alphabetical file of subjects, authors and titles for material
that is acquired by a university library.
Database: A database is a collection of information organized to provide efficient retrieval.
Integrated Library System (ILS): An integrated library system (ILS), also known as a library
management system (LMS), is an enterprise resource planning system for a library, used to track
items owned, orders made, bills paid, and patrons who have borrowed.
Online Catalogues: Internet-based presentation of a set of items available for purchase, including
description, price, and ordering information.
Online Computer Library Centre: The Online Computer Library Centre (OCLC, formerly the
Ohio College Library Centre), established in 1971, has been considered to be a significant factor
in the development of automated catalogues.
Online Public Access Catalogue: An online public access catalogue (often abbreviated as OPAC
or simply library catalogue) is an online database of materials held by a library or group of
libraries.
Stagnation: Stage in an economic cycle in which little (1 per cent or less) or no growth or decline
occurs.
Standards: Universally or widely accepted, agreed upon, or established means of determining
what something should be.
Truncation: Truncation is a searching technique used in databases in which a word ending is
replaced by a symbol.
Webpages: A web page (or webpage) is a web document that is suitable for the World Wide Web
and the web browser.
1. What do you understand by Online Public Access Catalogue?
2. Why OPAC is considered as more useful than the traditional card formats?
3. Describe the history of Online Public Access Catalogue.
4. Discuss the developments and directions of online catalogues.
5. Explain the factors relating to the growing interest in online catalogues.
6. Elucidate the second-generation online catalogues.
7. Do you think that searching capabilities in the Windows version of OPACs are greater
than those found in other generations of online catalogues? If yes, give reasons.
8. Discuss the creation and manipulation of bibliographic records.
9. Write brief note on the construction and maintenance of the catalogue.
10. Describe searching, retrieval, and display of bibliographic records.

NotesAnswers: Self Assessment
1. False 2. True
3. True 4. False
5. Online Catalogues 6. Vector
7. Ohio State 8. Information Retrieval
9. True 10. False
11. False 12. False
13. Computer 14. MARC
15. Bibliographical 16. Integration
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links 252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D2241%2526context%253Dlib
philprac%26ei%3D8A4LUrHlNYfDkAWT04GgAw%26usg%3DAFQj
CNEGxPxe_H1TqWXX2cRfkw7K1HlMNQ%26bvm%3Dbv.50723672
%2Cd.dGI#search=%22Online%20public%20access%20catalogue%22
http://archive.ifla.org/VII/s13/guide/opacguide03.pdf
http://article.sapub.org/pdf/10.5923.j.ijis.20120206.01.pdf
http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2241&context=
libphilprac&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2
Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3DOnline%2520public%2520access%
2520catalogue%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D13%26cad%3Drja%26ved%3
D0CE4QFjACOAo%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fdigitalcommons.unl.edu
%252Fcgi%
http://www.degruyter.com/view/product/37586
http://www.mklj.si/eng/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=
4&Itemid=68
http://www.waynecc.edu/library/uploads/search-opac.pdf

Library Automation
Notes Unit 8: Library Automation in Technical Processing
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
8.1 Electronic Resources
8.1.1 Online Catalogues
8.1.2 Machine-Readable Cataloguing
8.1.3 Shared Cataloguing
8.1.4 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
8.1.5 Web-based Catalogues
8.2 Library Technical Services
8.2.1 Library Transition Processes Suitable for Automation
8.3 Process Automation
8.3.1 Process Automation Technologies
8.3.2 Technology for Transporting Library Material for Processing
8.3.3 Technology for Sorting and Shelving
8.4 Electronic Resource Management
8.4.1 Planning
8.4.2 Policies
8.4.3 Workflow
8.5 Summary
8.6 Keywords
Objectives
State the information regarding electronic resources
Explain about the library technical services
Describe about process automation
Elaborate the electronic resource management
Introduction
In the last decade, library automation has undergone a transformation that reflects changing
definitions of library service in general and access to resources in particular. The introduction of

Unit 8: Library Automation in Technical Processing
Notesglobal networking such as internet, cheap availability of technology and new media technologies
made information more accessible. Today’s integrated library systems must not only provide
modules which automate traditional library functions but also capable of connecting through
the local systems into systems of other information or knowledge suppliers, databases and
internet.
8.1 Electronic Resources
The library profession recognized the potential of computers to make library resources more
accessible early in the development of computer technology. Librarians were often enthusiastic
and sometimes early adopters of technology. The use of electronic resources in libraries began
with the development of the machine-readable cataloguing (MARC) format in the mid-1960, a
full 30 years before the introduction of the World Wide Web and its subsequent ubiquity.
Bibliographic databases became available at approximately the same time. Libraries provided
access to data sets such as census and survey data as early as the 1970’s. During the microcomputer
revolution of the 1980’s, libraries acquired software and data on diskettes and offered databases
on CD-ROM. Databases on CD-ROM began to contain full text. Search interfaces became more
straightforward and simpler to use. Online catalogues became more common, and libraries
began to offer them through the pre-World Wide Web Internet. Tim Berners-Lee created the
World Wide Web in 1990. The subsequent development of the Mosaic browser in 1992 led to
widespread use of the Web beginning in 1993.
Notes The graphical interface and the later development of Web search engines such as
Yahoo! made resources on the Internet more accessible to average patrons.
Web-based electronic resources were widely available beginning in the mid-1990’s. Libraries
offered Web-based catalogues, bibliographic and full-text databases, electronic journals, and
eventually electronic books through the Web. Patrons no longer had to go to the library to do a
significant amount of their research. The pursuit of electronic resources by libraries was driven
by the core values of library science. It is possible to recognize in Ranganathan’s five laws of
library science the motivation that drove libraries to incorporate electronic resources into services
and collections. Paraphrased to better suit electronic resources, the laws read: resources are for
use, every person his or her resource, every resource its user, save the time of the user, and the
library is a growing organism. Each technological development in library electronic resources
during the 20th century was intended to make access to resources more direct, convenient, and
timely for the user. The implementation of electronic resources made the library a growing
organism as libraries adapted processes and reorganized staff repeatedly to accommodate the
changes inherent in the use of constantly changing technology.
8.1.1 Online Catalogues
Electronic resources began to dramatically change the way patrons accessed library resources in
the mid-1960s. The card catalogue, a standard fixture in libraries for a century, faced its demise.
One of the major developments during the 1960’s was machine-readable cataloguing (MARC).
The MARC format dramatically changed the way library resources were processed and accessed.
The library professionals who created MARC recognized the need for automation and a
supporting data standard at a critical juncture in the development of technology, and took the
necessary steps and risks to develop one. The flexible and expandable MARC format
demonstrated the foresight and vision of those who developed it over 40 years ago.

Library Automation
Notes 8.1.2 Machine-Readable Cataloguing
In 1964, the Council on Library Resources commissioned a study about capturing cataloguing
data in machine-readable form. A report called “The Recording of Library of Congress
Bibliographic Data” in Machine Form resulted from the study, and was used as the basis for the
first Conference on Machine-Readable Catalogue Copy in 1965. Participants at the conference
determined the requirements for a machine-readable record and discussed how it might be used
in libraries.
Did u know? The Library of Congress’ Information Systems Office developed and
distributed a report based on this meeting titled “A Proposed Format for a Standardized
Machine-Readable Catalogue Record” (Avram, 1968).
During a second conference held at the Library of Congress, the MARC Pilot Project was
conceived. Planning for the project began in February 1966. The MARC I format was created,
codes for place of publication, language, and publisher were developed, computer software was
designed, and procedures were developed and documented. In November 1966, the Information
Systems Office of the Library of Congress began to distribute magnetic tapes of MARC records
to 16 libraries that agreed to participate in the pilot project. The tapes contained English language
Library of Congress catalogue records that were formatted in MARC I. During the pilot project,
the Library of Congress converted 35,000 records. Some of the libraries that participated in the
pilot project were able to use MARC records to automate some aspects of their library operations.
Some of the pilot libraries, however, struggled with a lack of computer programming knowledge
as well as a lack of experience with complex bibliographic data (Torkington, 1974).
The pilot project officially ended June 30, 1967, but distribution of records continued into 1968
(Avram, 1968). The Library of Congress decided that the pilot project was an overall success and
began to work on the MARC II format in March 1967, while the pilot project was still being
carried out. The MARC II format was developed based on feedback from libraries that participated
in the pilot project. The Information Sciences and Automation Division of the American Library
Association formed a Machine-Readable Cataloguing Format Committee to review the MARC
II format (Avram, 1968). MARC II was designed to serve as a communication or exchange
medium. The Library of Congress began general distribution of MARC II records in March 1969.
Responsibility for creating MARC records was transferred from the Library of Congress’
Information Systems Office to a newly created department called the MARC Editorial Office. At
first, coverage was limited to American imprints, but this was later expanded to include current
English language imprints. By the end of 1972, the MARC database contained more than 300,000
records, and projects to develop MARC systems began in several other countries including
Great Britain, France, Italy, West Germany, the Netherlands, and Japan. The development of the
MARC format laid the foundation for libraries to share bibliographic data. Databases and services
were subsequently created to support that sharing.
8.1.3 Shared Cataloguing
The Ohio College Association hired Frederick G. Kilgour in 1967 to establish the Ohio College
Library Centre (OCLC), which was the world’s first computerized library network. In 1971
OCLC introduced a shared cataloguing database, now called WorldCat, to support 54 academic
libraries in Ohio. This online cataloguing system allowed libraries to achieve dramatic cost
savings by sharing bibliographic records. One library could create an online bibliographic
record and other libraries could use that same record to create cards with local information for
their print catalogues. The Alden Library at Ohio University increased the number of books it
catalogued by a third and simultaneously reduced its staff by 17 positions in the first year of use.

NotesWord of this increase in efficiency spread, and the network quickly expanded to include libraries
from all 50 states and around the world.
8.1.4 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
In 1975, Ohio State University Libraries installed computer terminals in its main lobby so that
patrons could directly search its library control system without help from a librarian
intermediary. The library control system became one of the early online catalogues. The catalogue
was searchable by author, title, author and title, call number, and Library of Congress subject
headings. There was also a computerized shelf list that patrons could browse. Most of the library
systems that were available in the 1970s performed a single function, such as circulation, and
this information was also made available to library patrons.
Computer-output-microform (COM) catalogues were another alternative to the card catalogue
that developed as a result of shared online cataloguing. Libraries that used these catalogues
generally had large collections (over 25,000 volumes, with a growth rate of at least 1,000 titles
per year), needed the catalogue in at least 20 locations, and were having difficulty managing the
logistics of maintaining a card catalogue because of the large volume (Boss & Marcum, 1980).
COM catalogues enjoyed only a brief period of popularity due to patrons’ clear preference for
online catalogues over microform. Online catalogues began to replace existing library card
catalogues in significant numbers during the 1980’s. A study of users’ reactions to four of these
systems indicated that the users preferred online catalogues to card catalogues (Moore, 1981).
This clear preference led to further development of the online catalogue. Online catalogues
provided more advantages to patrons than simply improved searching capabilities. These systems
were integrated with acquisitions and circulation processing so that added information about
on-order, in-process, and up-to-date circulation status information was available to patrons for
the first time.
By 1989, 50% of all library systems purchased had a patron access catalogue that was implemented
(Boss, 1989). Many card catalogue cabinets were discarded or sold. To ease the transition between
card catalogues and online catalogues, online catalogues were designed to mimic the functionality
of the card catalogue. Text-based catalogues were available remotely using the TELNET protocol,
but only relatively sophisticated computer-using library patrons accessed library catalogues
this way. That changed significantly with the advent of the World Wide Web.
8.1.5 Web-based Catalogues
Vendors developed Web-based versions of online public access catalogues to satisfy the demand
of librarians, but these catalogues replicated text-based catalogues, which were in turn based on
the card catalogue. Web-based catalogues, although presented through a graphical interface,
relied on Boolean searching, which was “still a retrieval technique designed for trained and
experienced users” (Antelman, Lynema and Pace, 2006, p. 128). Many libraries added catalogue
records for Web pages, but it quickly became clear that it would be impossible for librarians to
catalogue the Web in the way they had traditionally described print resources.
Did u know? Before librarians could fully respond to this new technology, the first Web
search engines such as Aliweb, WebCrawler, and Lycos and Web directories such as Yahoo!
were created.
Libraries became more selective about adding catalogue records with links to Web resources
and focused more on electronic resources for which the library paid. Some libraries created
catalogue records for individual titles in Web-based databases, only to find that database vendors’

Library Automation
Notes title lists changed frequently, causing significant cataloguing backlogs and inaccurate links that
were frustrating to users. Other libraries created html lists of electronic journals and databases
rather than catalogue records. As databases and electronic journals proliferated, this task became
a time-consuming chore. In response to both the need for catalogue records and what were often
referred to as A-Z lists, vendors emerged that provided services that tracked the individual
electronic journals from databases and supplied MARC records for libraries to load into their
databases.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
1. Web-based electronic resources were widely available beginning in the mid
…………………….
2. One of the major developments during the 1960’s was …………………….
3. During the pilot project, the Library of Congress converted …………………… records.
4. …………………… was designed to serve as a communication or exchange medium.
5. Vendors developed Web-based versions of …………………… to satisfy the demand of
librarians, but these catalogues replicated text-based catalogues, which were in turn based
on the card catalogue.
8.2 Library Technical Services
Library Technical Services is responsible for acquiring and providing intellectual access to
collections in all formats and in dozens of languages for the libraries. Library technical services
are the processing and maintenance activities of a library’s collection. These include:
Identification: locating potentially worthwhile items to add to the collection.
Selection: deciding which of the identified items to add to the collection.
Acquisitions: securing the items for the collection.
Organization: indexing and cataloguing the items acquired in a manner that will aid the
end-user in locating materials in the collection.
Preparation: labelling, binding, repairing, conservation, and otherwise making items
ready for (and maintained during) storage in a manner that allows for easy retrieval and
maintenance of what is in a collection.
Technical services may also include: maintenance of online catalogues, creation and maintenance
of MARC records in the catalogue, labelling, covering, security processing, and/or distribution
of materials, maintaining a library’s technology resources, such as servers, OPACs, circulation,
scanners, and other devices.
8.2.1 Library Transition Processes Suitable for Automation
Moving from the non-automated system into the computerized system will require both planning
and long work hours from administration and staff. Ideally, community volunteers might be
recruited to assist the process in moving quickly and efficiently, particularly in relation to data
conversion. However, patron registration, installing software, staff training and system testing
are probably best left to internal sources.

NotesThe goal of the transition process is to have the library’s patrons and staff uses the automated
system in the expected way. The transition process from a non-automated system (including
non-barcoded books, due-date slips and complicated patron record-keeping procedures) to a
fully automated system (all previous tasks are now computer-managed) is not a simple internal
matter.
!
Caution For the public’s benefit, attention must be given to the timeliness and veracity of
the transition process.
There are three central elements to a successful transition: books, patrons and procedure.
Hopefully, the books have been entered into the database, have a MARC record, and are barcoded,
as covered earlier in Retrospective Conversion. The next step is to either convert patron files or
10 create patron files. Finally, the public and staff must be acquainted with the new system so
that the system will indeed work in the expected way.
Once an approach has been chosen, movement towards the goal can be broken into three major
steps:
lnstall Everything
Physically prepare the site.
Adapt the automated systems to the library’s policies.
Load the library’s records into the system.
Prepare systems and do preliminary testing. Evaluate actual performance. More formally,
“benchmark” or do performance testing.
Train Staff and Adapt Work Procedures
Identify people to be trained.
Identify the activities in the new system that will require special training.
Establish the required methods of training.
Prepare any training programs that are to be run internally.
Arrange a schedule for the training programs.
Conduct the training programs.
Review the results of the training programs.
Deal with any unforeseen consequences of automation on library staff procedures.
Release Information to the Public and Establish New System
Establish and publicly release a new system transition completion date.
Acquaint public with new system, through one-on-one assistance, hand outs, press releases
and/or class demonstrations.
Load patron information and or register new patrons.

Library Automation
Notes Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
6. Library technical services are the processing and maintenance activities of a
…………………….
7. There are three central elements to a successful transition: ……………………,
…………………… and procedure.
8.3 Process Automation
Process automation refers to the application of technology to previously manual activities
performed by library staff. Process automation involves using computer technology and software
engineering to help power plants and factories in industries as diverse as paper, mining and
cement operate more efficiently and safely. In the absence of process automation, plant operators
have to physically monitor performance values and the quality of outputs to determine the best
settings on which to run the production equipment. Maintenance is carried out at set intervals.
This generally results in operational inefficiency and unsafe operating conditions.
Process automation simplifies this with the help of sensors at thousands of spots around the
plant that collect data on temperatures, pressures, flows and so on. The information is stored and
analysed on a computer and the entire plant and each piece of production equipment can be
monitored on a large screen in a control room.
Did u know? The most important tool you have when you are developing an automated
library system is your MARC load table. Know it, love it, and it will take care of you.
Today’s automated library systems look easier to use than their predecessors, but they
still use MARC records (or should!) as the building blocks to create your bibliographic
records.
The MARC load table controls the placement of information taken from MARC records as they
enter your library system. If you purchase MARC records from a vendor, or have an output file
of your MARC records from a previous system, you will need to load the records into your new
library system. To load the records properly, you have to configure the library software product’s
MARC load table. Make sure your library software vendor explains the MARC load table in the
new product so that you understand what it is and how to change it. If the vendor does not allow
you to change it, make sure you have a contact person on the vendor’s staff that can make
changes for you. Different vendors set up the MARC load table differently, so make certain your
vendor explains how your data are loaded and how to change the information if the current set-
up does not suit your library’s needs.
Be aware of localized information that you need to discuss with your library automation software
vendor, such as branch library locations, satellite locations and sub locations within the main
library collection, as well as call number prefixes or suffixes. These types of information are
handled differently from one library automation system to the next.
Ask your vendor to tell you what you need to know about the process of setting up your
automated library system in general, and your MARC load table in particular. Do not wait for
them to bring the subject to the table. Their “out-of-the-box” MARC load table might be sufficient
for loading your data, but you will find it much less painful to set the table up properly before
the load than to attempt to fix problems after records have been loaded. Asking vendors to
speak directly to each other on your library’s behalf is frequently effective, if you feel that you

Noteshave not been able to convey pieces of information to and from your vendors. MARC records
and MARC load tables are powerful tools, best used by those in the know.
8.3.1 Process Automation Technologies
Plant operating settings are then automatically adjusted to achieve the optimum production.
Plant operators can manually override the process automation systems when necessary. In the
past, mention of the term library automation almost universally triggered a discussion of
library computer systems and software management packages. More recently, library managers
have turned their attention to the issues involved with manual activities in the library and how
these might be better performed by the deployment of specialised technology. Thus process
automation in the library context usually refers to a strategy designed to remove the repetitive
materials handling burden from human beings and to pass this burden to automated systems of
various sorts.
8.3.2 Technology for Transporting Library Material for Processing
This area is mostly dominated by custom materials handling technology. Essentially, library
items are transported from the location where they are dropped by the borrowers to a location
– returns room or library workroom – where they will be processed. Sometimes smart return
chutes and staff workrooms simply cannot be collocated. Often this equipment is installed
between a dedicated returns machine and a sorting machine and consists of sections of conveyor
belts and sometimes machines designed to move items vertically between floors.
Notes That some libraries have used this technology simply as a means of transporting
library materials from point A to point B, with a manual process at either end. While
existing library buildings can be retrofitted with transport technology, the process is
considerably easier when planned as part of a new building or renovation. Most vendors
of returns automation technology for libraries generally focus on developing the borrower
returns interface and the sorting components and then partner with an external third party
if transport technology is required.
8.3.3 Technology for Sorting and Shelving
While there are systems in existence for automated remote storage and retrieval of library
materials, we can assume that the re-shelving of items in a traditional library with browsing
facility will be accomplished for the foreseeable future by library staff. While domestic aid style
bipedal robots might conceivably be able to perform this task in the future, that possibility is
sufficiently remote that we can set it aside for the moment. However, for the sorting of library
materials, there are many options available. These options range from simple two way sorts to
complex sorters placing material directly onto shelving trolleys. In an attempt to put each
category of equipment into perspective, we will consider them separately.
It is worth making the observation that, even with the addition of sorting, we still have the final
manual step for the staff to complete before the items arrive back on the shelves. Also worth
noting is that to automate the returns process while using equipment available today would
require a capital expenditure somewhere in the order of two to five times that required to
automate the loans process for a given library size.

Library Automation
Notes
Task Distinguish between sorting and shelving.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
8. …………………… refers to the application of technology to previously manual activities
performed by library staff.
9. Process automation in the library context usually refers to a strategy designed to remove
the …………………… handling burden from human beings and to pass this burden to
automated systems of various sorts.
10. It is worth making the observation that, even with the addition of sorting, we still have
the final …………………… step for the staff to complete before the items arrive back on
the shelves.
11. Library items are transported from the location where they are dropped by the borrowers
to a …………………… – where they will be processed.
12. …………………… present a number of challenges to the traditional library operations
and workflow that must be addressed in order to provide smooth management.
8.4 Electronic Resource Management
In this section we will addresses electronic resource management from the perspectives of
planning, policy, and workflow issues experienced by libraries. Many libraries attempt to transfer
and incorporate the print workflow onto electronic resource management. The result is a feeling
of chaos and lack of control. Electronic resource management (ERM) is the practices and software
systems used by libraries to keep track of important information about electronic information
resources, especially internet-based resources such as electronic journals, databases, and electronic
books. The development of ERM became necessary in the early 2000s as it became clear that
traditional library catalogues and integrated library systems were not designed to handle
metadata for resources as mutable as many online products are.
An overarching theme with electronic resource management is the rapid growth of electronic
resources. Because of this growth libraries are experiencing issues related to time management,
staffing, and the time-honoured task of deliberating the set-up of logical workflow systems for
such resources. Unlike the traditional library workflow of ordering and paying for print resources,
cataloguing those items, and processing them for the shelves – a workflow in which the different
library units know their roles and responsibilities – most libraries consolidate all things electronic
such as A-Z title lists, federated search engines, e-journals, abstract-and-indexing databases,
dark archives and electronic resource management tools, and allow an electronic resources
librarian to handle most, if not all, responsibilities from pre-order activities to access set-up and
maintenance.
Electronic resource management may be defined in various ways. The definition may be as
narrow as an A-to-Z list of serial titles, a focus on an approach to budget in various ways. The
definition may be as narrow as an A-to-Z list of serial titles, a focus on an approach to budget
management, or a broader concept like a content management system to create Web pages,
provide administrative functions, and track license agreements.

NotesWhile there is a great deal of literature devoted to various types of electronic resources,
particularly to electronic journals, very little has been written about electronic resource
management in a more holistic sense, with the exception of two books on the topic, or a broader
concept like a content management system to create Web pages, provide administrative functions,
and track license agreements.
8.4.1 Planning
Planning for electronic resources is perhaps the most important and least practiced activity in
libraries. Electronic resources present a number of challenges to the traditional library operations
and workflow that must be addressed in order to provide smooth management. The challenges
faced by many libraries include operational issues such as the number of staff assigned to
electronic resource management duties, staying in-step with technological and vendor changes
in electronic resources, budgeting limited resources for the acquisition of resources, and
communication with vendors and amongst librarians and administrators. Other challenges
relate to access issues such as management tools like openURL knowledge bases, federated
searching, catalogue records, and authentication. Staffing for electronic resources is perhaps the
biggest challenge most libraries face.
The majority of libraries, regardless of total staff size, typically have only one or two professional
librarians involved in electronic resource management. Paraprofessional involvement varied
widely with one-third having no paraprofessional involvement, a tenth having more than five,
and the rest having one to three paraprofessionals involved in the workflow. Some libraries
address the challenge of limited staffing by distributing work among existing staff, prioritizing
projects according to staff availability, and emphasizing the need to invest more staff time in the
electronic resource environment. Others have developed a team structure to meet the staffing
need, delegating specific tasks to paraprofessionals. Another common technique is to create a
committee of individuals to examine choices for a particular resource, narrow the choices and
present a limited set of options from which the library may choose. However, once a resource is
chosen, the investigation often continues as libraries research alternatives and new technological
developments for a given resource.
8.4.2 Policies
The development and use of policies is critical in electronic resource management and for
communicating a library’s goals. Policies set guidelines of practice that aid in electronic resource
management (H. White, 2005). Aside from collection development policies, libraries need policies
that address issues such as types of resources to support, licensing issues, and user access. Other
policy topics include how and which resources should be catalogued, placed in a content
management system or subject guide, or added to an ERMS. Staffing and time are one of the
challenges that libraries face with policy development.
!
Caution Libraries indicated that the lack of sufficient staff requires all of their time for
managing electronic resources and does not allow any time for the consideration and
development of policies.
Change was also cited as a problem for policy development because vendors, products, and staff
opinions are inconsistent and change too often. Decisions are often made when there is not an
ideal solution, which causes the need to remake a decision after seeing how things work out or
when the technology evolves to meet a library’s needs. Communication is another barrier to

Library Automation
Notes policy development, particularly because of the time required to educate other librarians on the
issues. Respondents addressed policy challenges in differing ways. Less than half of the
respondents have developed any particular policy, and most policies relate to electronic resource
trials, inclusion of resources in the A-to-Z list, and the addition of resources with access restrictions.
Some libraries create task forces to deal with policy development issues.
Others send emails with justifications for decisions, or simply deal with issues as they arise
rather than creating and following a specific policy. The perceived impact of a lack of policies on
electronic resource management was also varied. Some respondents see policy writing as
cumbersome and time-consuming. Others felt that policies may be too restrictive or may make
some management tasks more difficult. Still others feel that there is no way to create a universal
policy or that their management practice is non-standard and therefore their policies would not
be valid. Another impact of the lack of policy development responses was the pressure to keep
up with peer institutions, which a policy might prohibit or even become meaningless if the
administration does not buy into the policies.
While at times painful and time consuming, policy and procedure development are essential for
electronic resource management. The time invested in the creation and writing of documentation
will provide benefits now and in the future. A library that has a policy concerning the
requirements of specific types of electronic resources can use that policy to eliminate investigation
or consideration of vendor products that do not meet desired standards.
Example: If your policy states that only those resources that are openURL compliant
will be added to your collection, then time can be saved by not adding non-openURL resources.
8.4.3 Workflow
Related to planning and policy development, workflow and the documentation of the workflow
is a crucial aspect of electronic resources management. Some of the librarians indicated that they
documented part or all of their electronic resource management workflow in order to determine
what is not getting done. Others did so to create consistency, particularly in terms of requests
from other librarians. Others found the documentation to be comforting to other employees,
even if the workflow changed and made the documentation outdated. Some found documentation
necessary to ensure each step is completed in a particular process, to better prepare for staff
changes and leaves, or to begin a database trail. Still others believed documenting the workflow
led to a better understanding of what is going on and improved communication of workflow
tasks to others in the library.
While the reasons for documenting the workflow are numerous, several libraries perceived
compelling reasons to not take on this task. Some believed the workflow is too cumbersome to
document. Others work in libraries in which most electronic resource management is done on
a case-by-case basis because there are too few common issues to make workflow documentation
relevant. Some cited lack of time and personnel, while others indicated that the organizational
culture precludes the documentation process (e.g., no one documents anything; cannot use the
documentation in benchmarking; turf issues). Some also stated that the workflow is still
undetermined and therefore cannot be documented.
Self Assessment
13. Many libraries attempt to transfer and incorporate the print workflow onto electronic
resource management.

Notes14. The majority of libraries, regardless of total staff size, typically have so many professional
librarians involved in electronic resource management.
15. Some libraries create task forces to deal with policy development issues.
Case Study Identification of Problems Faced by University
Libraries in the Process of Automation (Sri Lanka)
History of Library Automation in Sri Lanka
The Natural Resources, Energy and Science Authority of Sri Lanka (NARESA), currently
known as the National Science Foundation (NSF) obtained a computer in 1983 for the use
of the Sri Lanka Scientific and Technical Information Centre (SLSTIC). This can be considered
as a historical event because this was the first computer set up in a library in Sri Lanka.
NSF had to undergo a long process and meet problems to procure this computer due to the
attitudes of decision makers, computer scientists and librarians towards the use of
computers for library purposes (Yapa, 1998). Although the situation in Sri Lanka was such,
during the 1980s, most Western countries automated their libraries rapidly. UNESCO
developed CDS/ISIS by combining its own Computerized Documentation System with
the Integrated Set of Information Systems of the International Labour Organization and
there had been a rapid progress of library computerization activities in Sri Lanka after the
introduction of CDS/ISIS in 1987 (Yapa, 1995). This software was, and is, distributed to
libraries free of cost.
Automation of University Libraries in Sri Lanka
It was in the year 1986 that the first meeting of university librarians, Vice Chancellors and
the then Chairman of University Grants Commission (UGC) was held to discuss any
possibilities of automating university libraries (IUCL, 1987). The Inter University
Committee on Librarians (IUCL) emphasized the importance of automating university
libraries in order to be on par with the technology development taking place worldwide
and brought out issues such as inadequate funds to purchase computers, software and
insufficient trained staff etc. In 1991, UGC provided one microcomputer to each of the
eight university libraries namely: Peradeniya, Colombo, Moratuwa, Sri Jayawardenapura,
Kelaniya, Jaffna, Ruhuna and Open University (Dissanayake, 1995). UNESCO’s freely
available database software, “CDS/ISIS” was used by all the above libraries to enter
cataloguing data. In Sri Lanka, as in many countries, CDS/ISIS has been used widely as
money has not been available to acquire other software. Since then many library software
packages (CDS/ISIS, Purna, LibSys, Lib Suite, Alice and ISURU) have been used by university
librarians to automate the functions of the library.
Software Issues
Software and matters related to software play an important role in the process of automation
of library functions. Information received on the software packages used for library
automation shows that the UML was using LibSys software and the UCL was using Alice
for Windows software. LIBSYS is a fully integrated multi-user library system incorporating
the latest in information technology. LIBSYS, though a powerful system, is easy to operate.
The library staff can begin to use it without prior programming or computer skills. It
ensures high productivity because of minimal data entry requirements, maximum possible
integration of functions and sophisticated search facilities. Built around its own centralized
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes bibliographic database, based on MARC formats, LIBSYS supports all activities relating to
acquisition, cataloguing, circulation and serials. Additionally, it provides for analytical
indexing of journals, and an advanced user-friendly OPAC interface to access all library
materials through a Web browser (LibSys Corporation, Undated). Alice for Windows is a
complete, integrated library and information management system which provides
powerful automatic document and resource control. This can be configured to give the
most cost-effective method of document and resource management available and can be
used to manage a wide variety of materials like journals, books, slides, audio and video
cassettes, paper clippings, magazines, charts, maps, equipment, electronic documents, and
World Wide Web sites. Alice performs all the tasks needed to manage a library. These can
be divided into three broad activities:
Recording of items
Finding items
Controlling the use of items
Modules in Alice are grouped into three sets: Standard modules, Advanced modules and
Special modules (Softlink Asia Pvt. Ltd., Undated).
Problems in UML
Librarian of the UML replied that they get few problems after installing updated versions
of the software. At the same time, the Head of the Reader Services Department said that
they have difficulty to customize the software to suit the needs of their department. Head
of the Periodicals Department was of the opinion that they have some problems in sending
reminders to periodical vendors through the system. Head of the Technical Services
Department mentioned that they face difficulties in printing catalogue cards, spine labels
and barcode labels through the system since the software supports well only for Windows
98 operating system in printing above mentioned cards and labels. Head of the Acquisition
Department replied that they have no other software problems.
Problems in UCL
Head of the Acquisition Department mentioned that they have problems in entering
currency figures and they do not get warning messages when there is a duplication of
records. According to the Head of Reader Services Department, report generation and
retrieval were slow and it was a difficulty for them. Other respondents of the UCL said
that they do not face any other problems in the software.
Questions
1. Discuss the automation of university libraries in Sri Lanka.
2. Provide solution for the problems in UCL
Source: http://www.cmb.ac.lk/academic/institutes/nilis.bak231210/reports/Dilroshan.pdf
8.5 Summary
The use of electronic resources in libraries began with the development of the machine-
readable cataloguing (MARC) format in the mid-1960, a full 30 years before the introduction
of the World Wide Web and its subsequent ubiquity. Bibliographic databases became
available at approximately the same time.
Web-based electronic resources were widely available beginning in the mid-1990s.
Libraries offered Web-based catalogues, bibliographic and full-text databases, electronic
journals, and eventually electronic books through the Web.

NotesElectronic resources began to dramatically change the way patrons accessed library
resources in the mid-1960s. The card catalogue, a standard fixture in libraries for a century,
faced its demise. One of the major developments during the 1960’s was machine-readable
cataloguing (MARC).
Library Technical Services is responsible for acquiring and providing intellectual access
to collections in all formats and in dozens of languages for the libraries. Library technical
services are the processing and maintenance activities of a library’s collection.
Process automation refers to the application of technology to previously manual activities
performed by library staff. Process automation involves using computer technology and
software engineering to help power plants and factories in industries as diverse as paper,
mining and cement operate more efficiently and safely.
Many libraries attempt to transfer and incorporate the print workflow onto electronic
resource management. The result is a feeling of chaos and lack of control.
Planning for electronic resources is perhaps the most important and least practiced activity
in libraries. Electronic resources present a number of challenges to the traditional library
operations and workflow that must be addressed in order to provide smooth management.
Some of the librarians indicated that they documented part or all of their electronic resource
management workflow in order to determine what is not getting done.
Some believed the workflow is too cumbersome to document. Others work in libraries in
which most electronic resource management is done on a case-by-case basis because there
are too few common issues to make workflow documentation relevant.
8.6 Keywords
Catalogue: A list or itemized display, as of titles, course offerings, or articles for exhibition or
sale, usually including descriptive information or illustrations.
CD-ROM: A CD-ROM a pre-pressed compact disc which contains data. The name is an acronym
which stands for “Compact Disc Read-only Memory”.
Electronic Journals: Electronic journals, also known as ejournals, e-journals, and electronic serials,
are scholarly journals or intellectual magazines that can be accessed via electronic transmission.
Electronic Resource Management (ERM): ERM is the practices and software systems used by
libraries to keep track of important information about electronic information resources.
Machine-Readable Cataloguing (MARC): MARC, which stands for Machine Readable
Cataloguing, is the data format for library catalogue records, or bibliographic records.
Online Public Access Catalogue: An online public access catalogue (often abbreviated as OPAC
or simply library catalogue) is an online database of materials held by a library or group of
libraries.
Process Automation: Process automation refers to the application of technology to previously
manual activities performed by library staff.
Sorting: Sorting is any process of arranging items in some sequence and/or in different sets.
1. What are electronic resources?

Library Automation
Notes 2. “Web-based electronic resources were widely available beginning in the mid-1990”.
Discuss.
3. Write short note on online catalogues.
4. Discuss about machine-readable cataloguing.
5. What is Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)?
6. Discuss about the computer-output-microform (COM) catalogues.
7. What technical services did library is providing?
8. Explain the library transition processes suitable for automation.
9. What is process automation?
10. Discuss the process automation technologies.
11. Explain the technology for transporting library material for processing.
12. State the technology for sorting and shelving.
13. Give a brief description of electronic resource management.
14. Explain the electronic resource management from the perspectives of planning, policy,
and workflow issues experienced by libraries.
1. 1990’s 2. Machine-readable cataloguing (MARC)
3. 35,000 4. MARC II
5. Online public access catalogues 6. Library’s collection
7. Books, patrons 8. Process automation
9. Repetitive materials 10. Manual
11. Location – returns room or library workroom
12. Electronic resources 13. True
14. False 15. True
Publication.
Unlimited.

Notes
Online links hr.caltech.edu/policies/AUP.html
www.ifla.org/files/assets/acquisition.../Electronic-resource-guide.pdf
www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/14649055

Library Automation
Notes Unit 9: Library Automation in Circulation Section
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
9.1 Circulation Work
9.1.1 Goals of Circulation Work
9.1.2 Scope of Circulation Work
9.2 Circulation Systems
9.2.1 Historical Development
9.3 Circulation Functions
9.3.1 User Registration
9.3.2 Charging and Discharging Functions
9.3.3 Controlling Processes
9.4 Basic Functions of Computerised Circulation Subsystem
9.5 Framework of Computerised Circulation Subsystem
9.6 Computerised Circulation Operations
9.6.1 Membership Management
9.6.2 Transaction Management
9.6.3 Reminder Generation
9.6.4 Maintenance
9.7 Summary
9.8 Keywords
Objectives
Define circulation work
Identify circulation systems
List circulation functions
Explain the basic functions of computerised circulation subsystem
Recognize the framework of computerised circulation subsystem
Interpret computerised circulation operations

Unit 9: Library Automation in Circulation Section
NotesIntroduction
Lending documents for home reading is a normal, regular and on-going activity of most modern
service libraries. When hundreds and thousands of documents are on circulation among readers,
it is necessary to design a system to operate and control the movements of documents in a
library. The work of circulation has, therefore, to be planned and managed with efficiency.
Circulation work of a library involves a group of operations that are specific, repetitive and
systematic. As a result automated circulation systems have been fairly successful from the early
days of library automation. Such systems require minimum set of essential data for carrying out
circulation activities and data may be captured in a variety of ways. Generally, circulation
modules of Library Management Software (LMS) include the facilities meant for inter library
loan (ILL), group library circulation (in case of branch libraries and common borrowing card for
a group of libraries) and also provide options for the maintenance of library resources.
The primary responsibility of libraries to circulate books is to permits readers to borrow them
for home reading. Circulation involves keeping records of books that are borrowed, to whom
they have been lent, for how long, etc., in addition to a system of issue and return of books at the
circulation counter. There are also provisions in a circulation system to get a bock renewed or to
reserve a book for obtaining it on loan.
Policy decisions are also determined to define the borrowing privileges of different categories
of members, i.e., what types of documents (textbooks, monographs, loose issues of journals can
be borrowed by registered borrowers (students, faculty, researchers, management in University
libraries) and the length of time for which the user may keep the borrowed material.
There are two popular and widely practised systems of issue and return of documents in libraries,
known as Browne and Newark Charging Systems. These systems have evolved and developed
over a period of time. After giving a quick historical background of charging systems, we will
give you a detailed description of these two charging systems with their relative advantages
and disadvantages. We also explain the types of records and files that need to be maintained for
operating charging systems as well as statistical records to analyse the use of books.
All this work is usually handled by a separate division of the library. We will give you a
description of the planning and management of the circulation divisions of a library. Certain
miscellaneous jobs like maintaining controlling and gate register and property counter, fall
under the supervision of this division.
You will see as you go through this unit that circulation work is routine and practical in nature.
Therefore, the observation of the various jobs in real contexts in libraries, will give you a better
and clearer picture of circulation work. This self-instructional unit provides useful background
information to develop a more practical knowledge of all the routines involved in circulation
work.
9.1 Circulation Work
Circulation work is the primary task of most modem service libraries. A collection of documents,
thoughtfully and painstakingly built up as a library, is meant to be used and hence should not be
allowed to idle on the shelves. In effect, every reader should find a book in the library useful to
him/her and every book should have a user. Libraries, therefore, have introduced a service, by
which books can be borrowed by users for reading at their own convenient time at their homes
or at any place outside the library, or even within the library in research cubicles or in the
general reading room. Such a situation however arises in university libraries or in libraries
attached to archives or museums. There are certain categories of publications which, for security

Library Automation
Notes or other consideration, are not allowed to be taken out of the library. In other words, books are
allowed to circulate among readers.
Notes All jobs related to a method of borrowing books and returning them after use,
creation and maintenance of relevant records and files, and so on are referred to, as
circulation work.
We shall discuss the goals and scope of circulation work in the next two subsections.
9.1.1 Goals of Circulation Work
Circulation aims to maximise the availability of all library material to users and thereby optimise
their use. The major concern of any circulation service is to perform this task with economy and
efficiency. This means, adopting effective charging and discharging systems, and procedures of
lending for all types of users with reference to the different types of documents. It also implies
the formulation of policies that will serve to make library material optimally available to users
while ensuring effective control of their movements.
Did u know? Archiving these goals through the circulation division of a library is a
management objective.
9.1.2 Scope of Circulation Work
Circulation work includes:
Registration of members,
Lending, i.e., charging and discharging,
Renewals, i.e., persons who seek extension of time for borrowed books,
Recall, i.e., requesting a borrower to return a book,
Holds, i.e., books that are reserved for a member that are already on issue,
Notification, i.e., communicating with members on all the above, as needs arise.
The other activities of the circulation division may include additional lending services such as
interlibrary loan and reserve book collections. As circulation counters are usually located close
to the entrance/exit gates of libraries, the circulation division of a library may also control the
gate register and the property counter.
Notes The exact range of circulation work, however, varies from library to library.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
1. There are two popular and widely practised systems of issue and return of documents in
libraries, known as …………………… and …………………… Systems.

Notes2. Circulation work includes……………………, i.e., charging and discharging.
3. As circulation counters are usually located close to the …………………… gates of libraries,
the circulation division of a library may also control the gate register and the property
counter.
9.2 Circulation Systems
A circulation system helps a library user in the use of books and other library material that have
been sent by the technical processing division of the library to the maintenance division most
effectively.
The components of circulation systems will normally include:
a file of registered borrowers,
a record of all loan transactions,
a system of charging and discharging,
a renewal mechanism for extending due dates for return of books, and reservation of
books already on loan for members who need them.
In addition to these, the circulation division may be required to take responsibility for the
shelving of materials, recording and maintenance of circulation statistics and protecting the
collection to ensure its fullest long-term use. It also helps to remove any obstacles between the
individual user and the library material.
9.2.1 Historical Development
The charging system which presently exists in Indian libraries has evolved over a period of
time. From a simple register system of recording loan transactions, circulation systems have
now evolved into sophisticated computer-based systems. A number of factors have contributed
to this evolution and development. Firstly the concept of librarianship has shifted from excessive
conservation and preservation of books to increased concern for public use of books. Secondly
public library systems are fast developing. There has been a phenomenal increase in book
collections which are accessed by a large user population. In fact, the development of charging
systems is closely linked with the growth of public libraries. Therefore, it became necessary to
develop more liberal set of rules and simplified procedures for the circulation of books.
Several types of systems were developed. We shall attempt a quick review of these systems, in
four broad groups as given below:
Register systems
Card systems
Semi-mechanical systems
Automated systems
Register Systems
The earliest method of charging books for home use was a relatively simple one of writing the
author, title and borrower’s name in a ‘Day book’. A ‘Day book’ was a register that recorded all
daily transactions sequentially in a register. Later, this method was superseded by the `Ledger
system’ with separate pages for each registered borrower. Each borrower’s transactions were
recorded in his/her respective page. This avoided the tedium of searching through the `Day
book’ for a single entry.

Library Automation
Notes
Did u know? The ‘ledger system’ remained in use until the middle of the nineteenth century.
The disadvantage of both the ‘Day Book’ and ‘Ledger’ systems was the absence of a mechanism
to locate the whereabouts of the books. A solution to this shortcoming was found in the ‘Dummy
System’. In this system a block of wood or cardboard about the size of an ordinary book was
covered with sheet of ruled paper on the back of which was entered the number of the borrower,
call number, title of the book and date of issue. The wooden dummy was filed on the shelf in
place of the book that was withdrawn. This method eliminated the need for going through lists
of names and titles to find a specific book. This method made possible, for the first time, to
identify of both the borrower and the book charged out.
The next step forward was the development of the ‘Temporary Slip System’. In this system, a slip
is prepared at the time of issue of a book, with the particulars of the book such as the call
number, author title, and the particulars of the borrower, i.e., name registration number, address,
etc., and the date of issue. These slips are arranged at the counter either date wise, or by
alphabetically in the name of the borrowers or the registration numbers of borrowers. These
slips are either destroyed or given back to the reader as a receipt upon the return of the books.
The main advantage of this system over the ‘Dummy system’ was that it kept the circulation
record together at the circulation counter instead of scattering throughout the shelves. These
temporary slips were later replaced by a permanent slip or a card for each book.
Card Systems
With the increase in the number of readers using libraries, it became necessary to devise some
method of identifying both the book and the borrower. Thus the two card system, one card for
the book and one for the borrower came into existence. First, identification cards were used,
which were later substituted by borrower’s card on which all book transactions were entered.
Notes Of the two card systems, two systems, namely the Browne and the Newark are
popular and widely used even today in libraries, particularly in India.
We will discuss briefly these two systems.
(i) Browne System: Towards the end of the 19th century, Nina E. Browne devised a charging
system which used pockets or envelopes for each borrower instead of cards. When a book
was to be charged, the book-card was removed and placed in the borrower’s pocket which
bore the borrower’s name, address and registration number. These borrower’s pockets,
each containing one book card were then filed under the date either by call number,
author or title of the book under circulation. This system involved only a single operation
to make books available. Although considered to be notable advance over the temporary
and permanent slip system, it had one shortcoming there was no permanent record of the
loan.
(ii) Newark System: Around the turn of the century (about 1900) a new system came into use,
which utilised the borrower’s card and book card to the best advantage. This new system
was adapted by the Newark (New Jersey) Public Library, and soon became popular. The
simplicity and flexibility of this system made it adaptable to both small and large public
libraries. Its positive attributes include accurate files, conveniently located at the circulation
desk by patron’s name, due date and call number. It can also generate accurate statistical
reports and accommodate different loan periods. The main disadvantages are the labour

Notesintensive nature of the operations. It set the stage for associating patron information to
items through the loan transaction and the eventual use of transaction numbers.
Semi-mechanical Systems
The next stage saw the replacement of human labour by machines when mechanical charging
systems were developed, essentially most subsequent systems, involved the use of cards with
pre-punched holes around the edges, one of which could be cut to indicate the date on which an
item is due. The cards are arranged by call number in a single sequence. The insertion of a
knitting needle through a given hole will allow all the books overdue for a given date to fall
free of the bunch of punched cards. This system is characterised by inventory and date access but
placed a greater burden on the borrower. A borrower had to write the borrower’s name and
address and the call number, author and title of a book borrowed.
The next system to be developed was the photocharge system. In this system microphotos were
taken of the borrower’s card, the book card and a sequentially numbered date of issue or date
due slip. This due date slip contained all the necessary information about the book as well as the
borrower. Nevertheless this also had many drawbacks as the availability entire information on
loan transactions was limited to a roll microfilm which introduced major operations difficulties.
Automated Circulation System
For several decades now, ingenious librarians and library equipment manufacturers in western
countries have designed circulation systems using the latest technology. The advent of the
computer in the 1960s and microcomputers in the 70s and 80s radically altered ground rules.
Now all sequences of encoded elements are possible and information on any management data
can be derived. Important statistical data pertaining to collection use and library users can be
obtained by manipulating the data accumulated in the circulation process. However library
automation extends beyond circulation functions into the more integrated systems of cataloguing,
acquisitions, decision support systems and virtually all other library operations.
Advantages of speed, the ability to manage large amounts of data, and the long term trends of
increasing computer power and decreasing cost have attracted libraries to automated circulation.
In the developed countries of the world, it is now possible for all but the smallest libraries to
have access to and control their material through the current range of computers. The situation
in India may not be as promising; however a slow process of change is taking place in at least the
special libraries towards computerisation. The computers were expected to enter other types of
libraries too by the next decade or so. An increasing number of university and college libraries
already are to be moving towards automated circulation systems. The situation now seems to be
quite encouraging.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
4. A …………………… helps a library user in the use of books and other library material that
have been sent by the technical processing division of the library to the maintenance
division most effectively.
5. From a simple register system of recording loan transactions, circulation systems have
now evolved into sophisticated …………………….
6. A……………… was a register that recorded all daily transactions sequentially in a register.
7. The disadvantage of both the ‘Day Book’ and ‘Ledger’ systems was the absence of a
mechanism to locate the …………………… of the books.

Library Automation
Notes 9.3 Circulation Functions
Circulation functions include:
User registration,
Charging and discharging,
Control processes like renewals, recalls, holds, over dues and notifications,
Library Additional lending operations like inter-library loan,
Maintenance of records and statistics,
Clearance,
Miscellaneous functions like gate register, property counter, vigilance at entrance and exit
gates, etc.
9.3.1 User Registration
An obvious first step in any circulation system is to register the users or borrowers. This is a
time consuming and somewhat expensive procedure but mandatory for several reasons. This
procedure establishes the potential borrower as a legitimate member of the library. Registration
identifies the borrower as a member of the community in the case of public libraries or as an
enrolled student or faculty staff member in a typical academic environment. This identification
is necessary for the accomplishment of the controlling processes like holds, recalls, fines, etc.
Apart from this, it also serves as a useful point for informing the clientele of the library policy
and procedures. It is one of the initial contact points with the user community. Another important
purpose of registration, particularly in the case of public libraries, is that it provides an accurate
statistical description of the user population.
Registration Procedure
The registration procedure is fairly well standardised. The borrower to be is given an application
form to fill. The application form may preferably be in a card form, so that the same is
alphabetically filed to serve as an alphabetical registration record. The information usually
requested is the name, address, telephone number, occupation, business address and telephone
number. If it is a public library, the occupation, name, address and telephone number of a
referee or a guarantor is sought. The signature of the applicant and the guarantor is also insisted
upon.
College and university libraries grant borrowing privileges to all faculty, staff and registered
students. The method of student identification differs among institutions. The student may be
asked to show his/her identification card issued at the time of entry into the current academic
session. Another alternative is to require the borrower to show his/her admission receipt. The
third alternative requires the student to get the head of his institution or Department to countersign
his application and in case of faculty or, administrative staff a copy of the appointment letter. It
is important to establish the bonafides of the student or faculty. Registration enables the user to
make use of the privileges of the library. The form of registration is directly influenced by the
type of circulation system. The borrowing privileges of members are also indicated in the
borrowers’ register. Borrowing privileges refer to the types of documents that can be borrowed,
the length of retention, recall right of the library, etc.

Notes9.3.2 Charging and Discharging Functions
Circulation is an activity whereby library materials are lent to borrowers and records of such
loan transactions are kept in an orderly way.
Notes This is an important basic activity of a service-library. It is this service that brings
users into direct contact with the operating system of the library.
Librarians have, therefore, spared no efforts in designing and developing efficient and economical
charging systems to give borrowers excellent service. Not only it is necessary to provide efficient
service to borrowers, but it is also crucial to maintain a reliable record of loan transactions to
know where a book is at any given point of time. This is essential in all types of libraries but
more so in academic libraries where certain titles are in constant demand.
An ideal charging system should therefore have the following capabilities – it should be able to:
identify the books that are charged, i.e., be able to ascertain whether a book is in the
library or out;
identify the borrower of a particular book;
identify when a book is due back in the library;
measure the extent of use of books, i.e., provide a permanent record of the number of
times a certain book has been circulated;
indicate the extent to which a reader is making use of the library’s borrowing facility, i.e.,
indicate the number and type of book a user has borrowed, etc.; and Indicate the number
of books circulated per day and also other subject wise circulation statistics.
Did u know? There are three categories of records on which circulation control is based.
These include: items of documents that are on loan; borrower’s list with all details including
books borrowed; time record linking the above two records.
The quality of operational competence is evaluated with reference to: speed, i.e., the issuing and
returning of books should be earned out with speed without sacrificing efficiency; economy,
i.e., the system should economise on staff, time, money, materials, plant and stationery; it’s
being foolproof, i.e., versatile in terms of identifying the whereabouts of a book; the smooth
flow of traffic, i.e., no congestion at the counter at any time, a minimum backlog, i.e., all the
filing should be done on the same day; and a minimum need for preparatory work.
A minimal circulation model is a set of procedures of record keeping with respect to only their
category, i.e., records of the materials held by a borrower. A total or complete system is one that
provides for all three categories of records. The earliest system, the ‘day book’ met the minimal
circulation requirements of recording the transactions. The ‘ledger’ system was an improvement
in that was a more orderly control of charges as opposed to the former. However this also did
not provide for identifying the books borrowed. It was the ‘dummy’ system which provided for
complete inventory control. Most of the later systems like Browne, Newark have incorporated
features which meet most of the requirements directly but the rest only indirectly. It is only the
computer based system that can meet all requirements.

Library Automation
Notes 9.3.3 Controlling Processes
The controlling processes further regulate the circulation of library materials. These functions
include:
(a) Renewals: Renewals represent an extension of the loan period by recharging the same
item to the same borrower. Some books are required by readers for a longer period for
various reasons. Books may be renewed if there is no demand for the same book, as
indicated by the reserves record. Books may be renewed by presenting the book in person
or by telephone depending on the library policy. However renewal is allowed on condition
that the book will be returned immediately if recalled.
(b) Reserves: The reserve procedure is also known as hold procedure. In this library materials
already on loan are identified and held or reserved upon request for other patrons. A
record is then made at the circulation desk that serves to identify the user making the
request and the book in question. The next step occurs upon the return of the book. When
the book in question is returned the charge record indicates that the book is now ‘on hold’
for another user. Such ‘On hold’ books are separated and a notification to the requesting
patron is sent to the user who made the request.
In academic libraries, textbooks and other related materials are in great demand by the
students. Due to paucity of funds or non-availability of the item, college and university
libraries are not in a position to acquire multiple copies to satisfy the demand for the same
books by several students. With fixed book funds, a balance has to be struck between
multiple copies and ensuring equitable access to certain titles for all users for home use.
Information regarding ‘holds’ for specific titles can also be used as an effective selection
tool for `multiple copies’.
(c) Recalls: Another important controlling activity concerns circulation is recalls. As libraries
often allow patrons to renew books on the condition that the item will be promptly
returned if another patron later needs it. The activity of calling books back into the library
so that they can be lent to the other person is known as recall. Thus, a request for a hold or
reserve initiates a recall of a book on first loan or already renewed.
(d) Reminders: Sending regular reminders for overdue books is one of the most important
jobs of counter staff Readers may not return books in time either for selfish reasons or due
to forgetfulness. The library’s inability to locate the book promptly and ensure availability
may also prompt the readers to retain the books with them for a long time.
!
Caution To avoid such monopoly of books by a few persons and to give every reader a
fair chance to use these books, reminders should be sent at regular intervals.
A record of the overdue books, the concerned readers’ name and address must be made
regularly. Printed reminder forms may also be used. In college and university libraries
help of faculty is also sought in making reminders more effective.
(e) Fines/Overdue Charges: It is a general practice in libraries to collect overdue charges/fines
for books returned after the due date. The policy of fines/overdues is primarily a measure
of control for the proper use of books. The policy, of overdues is mainly to dissuade the
practice of cornering certain books in demand. This also results helps to enforce discipline.
The fines activity is also closely related to the: charge and discharge activities. The amount
of fine and the ways of cumulating fines varies and depends on the library’s policy. The
two most common are straight line (accumulation of a fixed amount per day), and sliding
scale (accumulation of decreasing or increasing daily amounts. Fines are normally
cumulative up to a certain amount per book and then stay at that maximum amount.

NotesThe procedure of collecting overdue charges is either by issuing regular receipts or by
keeping a conscience box for this purpose. The procedure depends on the library policy.
Considering the cost and time involved in issuing receipts some libraries prefer the
conscience box method. A conscience box is a method by which the defaulter puts the
amount of overdue charge in a locked box with a slit on top. The total collection for the
day is taken out and entered in the cash book of the library.
All these control activities of recall, fines, etc., can be more complicated if multiple copies,
multiple branches, multiple patrons, varied loan periods for different patron types, media
types are involved. All these activities are dependent upon the library’s ability to send
notices to users. The proper functioning of the notification process largely depends on
accurately maintained user registration files, clearly defined policies of loan periods and
fines and finally the response of the user to the notice itself.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
8. The main advantage of this system over the …………………… was that it kept the
circulation record together at the circulation counter instead of scattering throughout the
shelves.
9. First, identification cards were used, which were later substituted by …………………… on
which all book transactions were entered.
10. The application form may preferably be in a card form, so that the same is ……………………
filed to serve as an alphabetical registration record.
9.4 Basic Functions of Computerised Circulation Subsystem
Computerised circulation subsystems generally perform a group of functions utilising three
basic categories of information as a base. Apart from the issue and return provision, circulation
module performs the following functions:
To locate circulating:
Items on loan
Items reserved by user
Item at binding
Items being reprocessed
To identify items on loan to a:
particular borrower
specific/category class of borrowers
To record ‘personal reserves’ for items on loan but desired by another borrower and to
issue alerting notice to the library staff on return of the reserved item by a borrower;
To print recall notices for:
returning overdue items
renewing of items
To arrange renewal of loan
To notify to the library staff of overdue items and printing of overdue notices

Library Automation
Notes To calculate fines or overdue charges for generating:
Printout of fine notices
Receipts of fine records
Printout of fine receipts
To calculate and print statistical reports
To extend provision for handling special categories of borrowers and special types of
materials
To generate and print gate pass and due date slips
To act as decision support system for better circulation management
To support various data capturing devices e.g. barcode readers, smart card and RFID
equipment, and
To extend facilities for ILL and maintenance activities
In summary we can specify a total of nine functional groups of activities performed by a circulation
module and these are:
Circulation control function to perform all charging and discharging activities at a
workstation in real time;
Hold processing function to enable placement of reservation on any title or item in the
database;
Loan period calculation function to determine automatically the loan period for each item
at the time it is charged;
Overdue processing function to automatically produce the appropriate notice when the
selected criterion is reached;
Cash management function to allow users to be billed automatically for recovering overdue
charges and value of lost materials;
Fiscal report generation function to record daily financial transactions including fines and
fees levied, fines and fees waived and fines and fees collected;
Transaction control function to block users who exceed overdue threshold (e.g. too many
overdue items) set by library;
User registration function to assign track and maintain borrower profiles; and
Report generation function to produce lists, reports and statistics in relation with various
facets of circulation management.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
11. …………………… refer to the types of documents that can be borrowed, the length of
retention, recall right of the library, etc.
12. A …………………… model is a set of procedures of record keeping with respect to only
their category, i.e., records of the materials held by a borrower.
13. …………………… represent an extension of the loan period by recharging the same item
to the same borrower.

Notes14. …………………… subsystems generally perform a group of functions utilising three basic
categories of information as a base.
9.5 Framework of Computerised Circulation Subsystem
Library materials should be made available to users readily or as soon after the demand arises
as feasible. Circulation systems are designed to support this primary activity of a library i.e.
document availability. A circulation system records loan transactions to specify:
What material is in the library stock or readily accessible on ILL;
Which material is on loan, and from whom or where it can be retrieved; and
When materials on loan will next be available in library for other users.
A computer based circulation system supports all these primary activities of circulation section
and is quite simple in its basic concept. The transaction or loan database is the core of circulation
system. This database comprises a series of records, one for each transaction. Each record includes
a brief dataset that specifies details of the document (through document number), details of the
user (through membership code) and transaction details.
Example: Date of issue and date of return are extracted from the system date and due
date is calculated automatically.
In an integrated setup, the bibliographical details (e.g. author, title, edition, place and year of
publication) of documents on loan are extracted from the catalogue database and the membership
database is utilised for collecting user information. Accession numbers of documents are used as
the key data elements in first case, whereas membership codes act as pointer to the member
database in the second instance. Therefore, accession numbers and member codes must be
assigned in such a way that they identify the documents and the borrowers uniquely. Error free
capturing of these two important data elements is another essential requirement in computer
based circulation subsystem.
Data-capture is generally based on barcodes, which are used to encode both accession numbers
and member codes. These bar-coded data elements can be read through a portable light-scanning
device (e.g. barcode reader).
Did u know? Some automation packages have also started utilising modern data capturing
equipment’s like RFID (Radio Frequency Identification), smart card etc.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
15. The transaction or loan database is the …………………… system.
16. …………………… is generally based on barcodes, which are used to encode both accession
numbers and member codes.
9.6 Computerised Circulation Operations
Automated circulation management has been very successful since the beginning of library
automation. There are obvious reasons for this:
The operations to be performed are repetitive;

Library Automation
Notes The procedures to be followed can be described systematically;
Circulation can be separated from other library operations;
The bibliographic information used in such systems need not be extensive; and
Information may be captured in a variety of ways.
The broad groups of activities necessary to manage automated circulation are discussed in the
following sections.
9.6.1 Membership Management
This sub-module is basically meant to create and update membership records in a library. The
work of this sub-module starts with the creation of master database, which contains details
about member categories, institutes, departments, courses/designations and so on. Member
enrolment and generation of outputs follow this step.
Master Database Creation and Maintenance Facility
It includes the creation of various master files necessary for membership management in particular
and circulation management in general. The tasks of this subgroup are:
Category and Privileges Determination: This will enable to assign category code, duration,
membership charges if any, and to determine various privileges associated with the
respective membership categories. The privileges include types of borrowing items, their
issue and reserve periods along with overdue charges.
Institute File Creation: It enables to create a master file of institutions by entering institute
code, name of the institute and address.
Departments/Divisions File Creation: It allows adding a department under institute by
entering department code and its name, address etc. Some packages also allow creating
course/designation master file under each department. This option is particularly helpful
for academic libraries.
Calendar: It is meant for developing library calendar by entering list of holidays as per
the calendar of events of the parent institute. It helps to automatically shift the date of
return on a working day, if it falls on a closed holiday. This will also take care of calculating
overdue charges accordingly.
Member Enrolment Facility: This facility is meant to create and update membership records
in a library. It includes:
New Membership Record Creation: It is to enrol members to the library by entering
members personal information viz. last name, first name and middle name, type of
membership (selected from master database), membership status, category of
member, name of department/division, institute and course (if applicable) and
contact number, address etc. Membership code may be generated automatically or
entered manually into the database. Member ID will be used at various places like
identity card, reminder and document transactions.
Modification of Membership Record: It is required for editing or updating a member’s
record using members ID or code.
Deletion of Membership: This facility will enable the library staff to delete membership
either group wise or single at the end of membership period. This step requires the
clearance of all dues for each individual member of the group.

NotesRenewal of Membership: This provision is required for renewing the date, when the
validity of membership expires.
Output Generation Facility
This facility allows:
searching of membership details against name or member ID;
generation of ‘No-Dues’ certificate group-wise or single at the time of membership
termination; and
generation of membership ID card and printing before distribution. It includes the
production of barcoded member ID required for barcode based circulation works.
9.6.2 Transaction Management
Transaction sub-module includes all the day-to-day activities of circulation section of a library
viz. issue, return, renewal, reservation, reminders for overdue books, searching document
availability and listing of items issued to a member. The details are as follows:
Issue/Check-in: To issue a document, accession number of that document is to be entered
either manually or by using a data capture device. It will display bibliographical
information of the document along with its status (whether available for issue or reserved).
The next step is to enter member code of the borrower. It will show details of the member
along with category, number of documents issued against the member and overdue charges
etc. The library staff can then issue the document by selecting appropriate option. The
system after checking various parameters settled by the library will generate appropriate
message along with date of issue and due date of return. This sub-module generally
supports extension of due date, if required.
Return/Check-out: This facility is meant for receiving back the documents lent out to
users. The work starts with entering accession numbers of returned document. It will
display the status of the document and the details of member who borrowed that particular
book. The libraries staff may then mark return the document by clicking necessary option.
If the book has been returned within due date a successful return message will be displayed.
In case of late return (after due date) the system will be asking for fine collection by
generating a fine receipt form.
Renewal: This is meant for issuing a document to the same member again by renewing the
transaction record. Due date gets changed automatically in the process. The renewal process
will be successful, if someone has not reserved the document.
Reservation: It supports booking of already issued document for a member. Reservation
facility is programmed to generate message after returning a reserved document. The
reservation process also allows change of reservation priority and cancellation of
reservation, if required.
Recall: This facility is useful if the document issued needs to be recalled and a reminder is
to be sent to the member. It allows printing of recall letters and storing of letters for
record.
List of Document Borrowed: This facility helps to display details of documents borrowed
by a member and information about overdue charges etc.
Document Availability: Circulation staff has to search sometimes details of the document
for checking of bibliographical information or document availability. This facility provides
a link to the OPAC module from the transaction sub-module in an integrated architecture.

Library Automation
Notes 9.6.3 Reminder Generation
This facility is meant for generating reminders for overdue documents:
To a group of members;
To individual members;
For a particular due date; and
To all.
9.6.4 Maintenance
This sub-module is generally attached with circulation module for recording information about
lost documents, documents sent for binding, damaged documents, missing documents and
documents withdrawn from library.
Task Find out the resources of library reference desk.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
17. A systematic organisation of activities related to this sub-module will give us
…………………… subgroups of facilities.
18. …………………… includes all the day-to-day activities of circulation section of a library
viz. issue, return, renewal, reservation, reminders for overdue books, searching document
availability and listing of items issued to a member.
Case Study The Status of Library Automation in Pakistan
B
ecause of its outstanding efficiency, performance and ability to handle large volumes
of documents, the computer is gaining popularity in the field of librarianship and
information services. Many library and information routines are being performed
proficiently by computers. The computer has proved its success in the fields of library
acquisition, cataloguing, classification, circulation, serials control, and information storage
and retrieval activities. Many new services like SDI and current contents service have been
initiated with the help of the computer. Library automation has become a burning issue,
with pros and cons, among librarians throughout the world. We cannot mention present
library literature or any conference without a reference to library automation. The history
of library automation is not a long one. It dates back to the 1950s and 1960s in America and
Europe. In Pakistan, library automation was introduced in the 1980s and a number of
libraries were computerized during or after 1987. The library literature in Pakistan does
not provide much information about the current status of library automation in the country,
although a few articles have been published. In this regard, our alumni Mumtaz Ali
Anwar, Sajjad-ur-Rehman and Abdus Sattar have presented an introduction and basic
guidelines for librarians wishing to automate their libraries, with special reference to
Contd...

NotesPakistan. Bushra Riaz, in her article, has discussed the problems faced by library automation
in the country. In addition, other librarians have narrated their personal experiences in
their individual libraries in different issues of the PULSAA and PLA newsletters. Library
automation has multifarious aspects to be discussed but this study is limited to the status
of library software and library automation training in Pakistan.
Library Software
What is software? Basically, software is the program that runs the computer to produce the
required results. It is, in fact, the most important component of the automation process.
Someone said, “A computer without software is similar to a man without his brain, or a
library with neither books nor librarians”. Therefore, on principle, the selection of software
comes before hardware. When we talk about library software, we mean the software
needed for library housekeeping routines and information retrieval services. Hundreds
of library packages have been developed and run successfully in advanced countries and
there are many directories and other tools available that help librarians to select suitable
software for their libraries. But the situation in Pakistan is disappointing. Very few attempts
have been made in the country. The question is, what are the hurdles and obstacles to a
progressive situation and how can these hurdles be removed? It is an accepted fact that we
are an under-developed nation without necessary resources. With meagre budgets, our
libraries cannot afford the cost of library automation as a whole. With only 26 per cent
literacy, there is a lack of institutions for research and, because of our poor education
system, students and teachers do not consider the library a necessity.
Our librarians are not trained in library automation as library schools in our country do
not prepare their students for this challenge. Some schools have included the subject of
library automation in their syllabi but there is no facility for practical knowledge of
computerization. Because of computer illiteracy, librarians hesitate to automate their
libraries and, if they have to do so, they cannot play an active role in the automation
process. People do not appreciate the requisites of library automation like system analysis,
consultancy, staff training and equipment maintenance. Another problem is the growing
trend of software piracy in the country. No software developed abroad is suitable for our
libraries. Libraries that have been automated in the country have worked individually
without having the benefit of the others’ experiences. As standard library software is
non-existent in Pakistan, library co-operation, which is one of the remarkable achievements
of automation, is becoming extinct with the passage of time. Pakistani libraries mostly
use microcomputers. So, it will be useful to introduce briefly some database management
systems for microcomputers being used in the country.
dBase
A number of libraries in Pakistan have developed their in-house library databases using
dBase, dBase III+ (introduced in 1985) and dBase IV (released in 1989) are mostly being
used. It provides an opportunity for relational databases, utilizes less free memory, offers
keyboard macros and password protection and can be run on local area network.
Foxpro
Following dBase, Foxpro is making inroads in Pakistani libraries. It is an application
development dBase-compatible relational database package. It offers more facilities than
dBase and is characterized by quick performance.
INMAGIC
INMAGIC is used successfully in Lahore University of Management Sciences (LUMS),
NWFP Agricultural University, Peshawar and some other agricultural libraries in the
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes country. The software was originally developed for minicomputers in 1980. Since 1983 it
has been available for use with IBM PC and compatible machines. The package is powerful,
flexible and relatively easy to use. Data are stored in variable length fields and each field
may be repeated, which fulfils requirements for multiple authors, subjects, etc. in a
bibliographic database. Fields may be indexed by keywords, term or both for quicker and
easier retrieval. Boolean operators (and, or, not) may be used to broaden or narrow the
search. Comparison operators (greater than, lesser than, equal to) may be used in term
searches. Searches may be stored and later recalled or modified. INMAGIC offers output
of search results on screen, to the printer or to an ASCII file on disk. Field-wise sorting and
sub sorting are available.
CDS/ISIS
A number of libraries in Pakistan are working on CDS/ISIS. The range of ISIS users
includes all types of libraries. ISIS was developed by UNESCO and is being distributed
free of charge. More than 5,000 libraries are licensed users worldwide. It is a non-numeric
database specially designed for bibliographic records, and is multilingual. A database can
hold 16 million records. It provides variable length fields, repeatable fields, and sub-fields.
It has powerful indexing and searching techniques. It provides a stop word file. Advanced
programming can be done in the PASCAL language. Data can be exchanged according to
international standard ISO 2709. It can be run on local area networks. Well elaborated
documentation is available. Its latest version 3.07 was released in December 1993. Although
CDS/ISIS cannot perform all housekeeping operations easily, its use is rapidly increasing
in the country. Various journals publish regular columns on the development in CDS/
ISIS. Five Pakistan Library Association computer training centres offer regular courses on
CDS/ISIS and hundreds of librarians have become trained users.
Library Automation Training in Pakistan
The most important people in making library computerization successful are librarians.
They know their job well and should be most qualified to decide which function should or
should not be computerized. It must be realized that librarians will not be able to make
any use of computer equipment until they are provided with the know-how required to
use it. So, before providing the equipment, it is necessary to make training arrangements
for the professional development of librarians. In the first two or three years of library
automation in Pakistan, a few librarians have been able to develop an acquaintance with
the computer either through training abroad or by working with foreign consultants.
Self-education was another method used by a small minority.
Library Schools
There are six library schools in Pakistan which offer postgraduate courses on library and
information science on a regular basis. It is their duty to keep their syllabi up to date with
changing concepts in the profession. With regard to library automation training, the
condition of library schools in the country is disappointing. The University Grants
Commission (UGC) presented a revised curriculum in 1991 but unfortunately no library
school implemented it. Another problem is that there are not adequate hardware facilities
for training the students. The school at Karachi was first to have a computer, followed by
the school at Peshawar. Punjab University succeeded in having the maximum number of
four computers. NLDP also donated one computer to each library school last year, but the
existing facility is still insufficient.
Professional Associations
With the emergence of library automation in the country, professional library associations
showed an immediate response and took it as a challenge. After its revival, PULSAA
Contd...

Notesarranged the first short course on the use of microcomputers in libraries in August 1989.
The participants evaluated the course as excellent. PULSAA also arranged two other courses
in 1990 and 1993 in which training on CDS/ISIS was emphasized. The PLA (Headquarters)
arranged a ten-day workshop on “Computer introduction, application and data
management in libraries” in October 1991 at Lahore. Librarians at Multan have also
conducted a course with the sponsorship of NLDP. Fifteen librarians were trained in DOS
and Word-perfect.
PLA Computer Training Centres
With the help of NLDP, the Pakistan Library Association has established five permanent
computer training centres at Islamabad, Lahore, Karachi, Peshawar and Quetta. The cases
for Hyderabad and Bahawalpur are under consideration. The first PLA centre started
functioning in November 1992 at Lahore. By the end of June 1994, PLA centres in the
country had trained 500 librarians and other people in library automation. The courses
include “Fundamentals of computers”, “Disk operating system (DOS)”, “Word-processing
using MS Word and Word-perfect”, “Spreadsheet using Lotus and Quatro Pro”, “Database
management using dBase”, and “Library automation using CDS/ISIS and LAMP”. A special
one-month course was also designed with the help of USIS at all the centres. The course
was conducted by Dr Nelson, a library automation expert from the USA. At Lahore, to
make students well-versed in a working automated environment, visits to automated
libraries in the city have also been made an integral part of the courses.
Questions
1. What efforts have been made in the field of library software?
2. Why very few people have been trained well in library computerization?
3. What role does PLA computer play in the selection and development of suitable
library software?
Source: http://www.academia.edu/1187803/The_status_of_library_automation_in_Pakistan
9.7 Summary
Circulation work of a library involves a group of operations that are specific, repetitive
and systematic. As a result automated circulation systems have been fairly successful from
the early days of library automation.
Circulation work is the primary task of most modem service libraries. A collection of
documents, thoughtfully and painstakingly built up as a library, is meant to be used and
hence should not be allowed to idle on the shelves.
Circulation aims to maximise the availability of all library material to users and thereby
optimise their use. The major concern of any circulation service is to perform this task
with economy and efficiency.
A circulation system helps a library user in the use of books and other library material
that have been sent by the technical processing division of the library to the maintenance
division most effectively.
The charging system which presently exists in Indian libraries has evolved over a period
of time. From a simple register system of recording loan transactions, circulation systems
have now evolved into sophisticated computer-based systems.
The earliest method of charging books for home use was a relatively simple one of
writing the author, title and borrower’s name in a ‘Day book’.

Library Automation
Notes The disadvantage of both the ‘Day Book’ and ‘Ledger’ systems was the absence of a
mechanism to locate the whereabouts of the books. A solution to this shortcoming was
found in the ‘Dummy System’.
The registration procedure is fairly well standardised. The borrower to be is given an
application form to fill. The application form may preferably be in a card form, so that the
same is alphabetically filed to serve as an alphabetical registration record.
Circulation is an activity whereby library materials are lent to borrowers and records of
such loan transactions are kept in an orderly way.
A minimal circulation model is a set of procedures of record keeping with respect to only
their category, i.e., records of the materials held by a borrower. A total or complete
system is one that provides for all three categories of records.
Computerised circulation subsystems generally perform a group of functions utilising
three basic categories of information as a base.
Library materials should be made available to users readily or as soon after the demand
arises as feasible. Circulation systems are designed to support this primary activity of a
library i.e. document availability.
Automated circulation management has been very successful since the beginning of library
automation.
9.8 Keywords
Barcode: A barcode is an optical machine-readable representation of data relating to the object
to which it is attached.
Circulation: Circulation is an activity whereby library materials are lent to borrowers and
records of such loan transactions are kept in an orderly way.
‘Day book’: A ‘Day book’ was a register that recorded all daily transactions sequentially in a
register.
Interlibrary Loan (ILL): Interlibrary loan (abbreviated ILL, and sometimes called interloan,
interlending, document delivery, or document supply) is a service whereby a user of one library
can borrow books or receive photocopies of documents that are owned by another library.
Library Management System: Library Management System is software used to manage the
catalogue of a library. This helps to keep the records of whole transactions of the books available
in the library.
Renewals: Renewals represent an extension of the loan period by recharging the same item to
the same borrower.
Reserves: The reserve procedure is also known as hold procedure. In this library materials
already on loan are identified and held or reserved upon request for other patrons.
Temporary Slip System: In this system, a slip is prepared at the time of issue of a book, with the
particulars of the book such as the call number, author title, and the particulars of the borrower
and the date of issue.
Transaction Sub-module: Transaction sub-module includes all the day-to-day activities of
circulation section of a library viz. issue, return, renewal, reservation, reminders for overdue
books, searching document availability and listing of items issued to a member.

1. What is circulation work? Also discuss the goals of circulation work.
2. Explain the scope of circulation work.
3. Write down the meaning of circulation system.
4. What is the disadvantage of ‘Day Book’ and ‘Ledger’ systems?
5. Briefly explain the two card systems.
6. “Controlling processes further regulate the circulation of library materials”. Elaborate.
7. What are the primary functions of a computerised circulation subsystem?
8. Write down the functions related to overdue management.
9. Describe the file system of circulation module.
10. Explain the barcoded circulation system.
1. Browne, Newark Charging 2. Lending
3. Entrance/exit 4. Circulation system
5. Computer-based systems 6. Day book
7. Whereabouts 8. Dummy system
9. Borrower’s card 10. Alphabetically
11. Borrowing privileges 12. Minimal circulation
13. Renewals 14. Computerised circulation
15. Core of circulation 16. Data-capture
17. Three 18. Transaction sub-module
Publication.
Unlimited.

Library Automation
Notes
Online links journal.unaab.edu.ng/index.php/theses/thesis/view/2682
www.sljol.info/index.php/JULA/article/download/311/354
www.webpages.uidaho.edu/~mbolin/adegbore.htm

Unit 10: Library Automation in Periodicals Section
NotesUnit 10: Library Automation in Periodicals Section
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
10.1 Meaning of Periodical
10.1.1 Periodical: Journal, Magazine, Newspapers
10.1.2 Periodical Collection
10.1.3 Locating and Borrowing Periodicals
10.2 Types of Periodicals
10.3 Periodical Index
10.3.1 Parts of an Index
10.3.2 Parts of a Citation
10.3.3 Sample Citations
10.3.4 Special Features of Some Online Indexes
10.3.5 Special Tip for Using Print Indexes
10.3.6 Steps in Finding a Periodical Article
10.4 Periodical Literature
10.4.1 Definitions
10.4.2 Finding Journals, Magazines & Newspapers
10.4.3 Finding Articles with Periodical Indexes
10.4.4 Step by Step: Researching with Periodicals
10.4.5 Evaluating Articles
10.5 Summary
10.6 Keywords
Objectives
Summarize the meaning of periodical
Identify the types of periodicals
Discuss about the periodical index
Recall the periodical literature

Library Automation
Notes Introduction
Periodical is a term used for publications which come out “periodically,” on a predictable basis.
Generally they are purchased on a subscription basis and they include newspapers, magazines
and journals. Periodicals are materials that are published continuously on a regular basis, whether
daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, or otherwise. Newspapers, magazines and journals are
periodicals. Most periodicals are in print form, and may have an Internet version with some or
all of the articles available online. An increasing number of legitimate publications are being
published as electronic journals, with no print counterpart.
10.1 Meaning of Periodical
Periodical is a publication that appears on a continuous and predictable schedule. Examples
include newspapers (daily or weekly), magazines, and journals. A periodical is an on-going
publication with a distinctive title, which comes out in issues at regular intervals e.g. daily,
weekly, fortnightly, monthly etc. Each issue of a periodical contains articles, which are written
by different authors. The information is generally more up-to-date than in a book. Included
within the definition of periodicals are journals, magazines, serials and newspapers. Journals
are refereed, which means that articles submitted for publication go before a panel of experts i.e.
peer-reviewed, before being accepted for publication. They are academic in content and reflect
current thinking and research. Magazines are not refereed, are less academic in content.
10.1.1 Periodical: Journal, Magazine, Newspapers
Periodicals (Librarians call them “serials”) come in a variety of styles and are published for a
variety of audiences. They offer news, opinion, commentary, scholarly analysis, literary criticism,
and reports of research. All periodicals are published at more or less regular intervals, from
daily newspapers to semi-annual journals. You must make active choices about the types of
periodicals needed for a given research project. Magazines and newspapers may be appropriate
for some purposes, journals of opinion for others, but usually the most important sources for
research papers are academic journals. Many of the different kinds of periodical require different
citation styles.
Journals, also called academic journals or scholarly journals, differ from other periodicals
in several respects. Journals provide a means of communication among scholars and other
experts. Scholars use these publications to report research methods and findings to their
peers. Most are published by learned societies and professional organizations, and many
do not accept advertising. Scholarly journals typically have a thorough review process in
which other experts read and comment on the research being reported in order to ensure
a high standard. This type of review is seldom used for magazines and newspapers.
Magazines are written for general readers. They are published once a month or once a
week, more frequently than scholarly journals. Magazines such as Time or Newsweek appeal
to a general audience and offer news and opinion, while others such as Car and Driver focus
on a particular interest or hobby. Because the purpose of most magazines is news or
entertainment, the articles are not researched or documented to the same degree as scholarly
journals. They are good sources of current news and opinion, as well as information on a
specialized subject.
Newspapers are also intended for general readers. Major newspapers are published daily,
creating a very good record of events as they unfold. However, the frequency of publication
often means that articles lack the research and documentation found in scholarly journals
and some magazines. Their regional emphasis can make them ideal sources of information
for events or topics of local interest, such as salmon fisheries in the Pacific Northwest.

NotesThe New York Times, a well-respected newspaper, serves as the de facto national newspaper
and is a good source of information on topics of national and international importance.
Types & Examples Audience & Use Watch for Method of Access
Newspapers:
New York Times
Times (London)
Times Picayune
Wall Street Journal
Mobile Press Register
Current information;
journalists & freelance
News stories, features
Editorials, Sound-off,
Letters to the Editor
Texts of speeches, etc.
Local or Geographic
area focus
Month and Date –
Sept. 30, 2008
Section and page
numbers – pB25
Editorials, Letters,
Sound-off Syndicated
Columnists
LexisNexis
Ebsco's Newspaper
Source
Proquest's Ethnic
NewsWatch
Proquest's
Newspapers
Mobile Register
Some newspapers are
on the public web
Magazines:
Southern Living
Working Woman
Modern Maturity
Personal Computing
Minimal reading level;
staff and freelance
writers
Focused toward
specific consumer
groups
Feature stories,
Recipes, tips, how to...
Lots of advertising,
Personal stories,
How-To, Cover
Stories, Reviews
Weekly or Monthly
Date, Page numbers
Sometimes Volume
and Issue
Lots & lots of ads
Brief articles, photos
Local Public Library
Ebsco's MasterFile
Premier
InfoTrac's OneFile
InfoTrac's General
Reference Center Gold
News Magazines:
Time
Newsweek
Maclean's (Canada)
Non-technical
language
Current events,
Feature stories, public
opinion polls
Photographs, graphs,
book & movie reviews
Politics and
contemporary issues
Weekly or Monthly
Date, Page numbers
Sometimes Volume
and Issue Lots of
advertising
InfoTrac's Expanded
Academic ASAP
InfoTrac's Business
Index
Ebsco's Academic
Search Premier
Popular Magazines of
Opinion:
New Republic
National Review
Christian Century
Christianity Today
Generally Educated
Audience
Particular viewpoint
or agenda
Commentary,
Editorials, Letters
Book, movie reviews,
interviews
News articles with a
slant
Weekly or Monthly
Date, Page numbers
Look like news
magazines, but have a
particular political,
religious, or other
ideological bias
Columnists
InfoTrac's Expanded
Academic ASAP
InfoTrac's OneFile
InfoTrac's Reference
Center Gold
Ebsco's Academic
Search Premier
Ebsco's Masterfile
Premier
Professional Trade
Journals: Adweek
Progressive Grocer
Modern Plastics
Hardware Age
Aviation Week
Written for
practitioners
Practical articles; how-
to, vocational info
Current trends and
practices
Product information
and ads
Meetings, job ads,
personalities
Weekly or Monthly
Date, Page numbers
Sometimes Volume
and Issue #
The title usually
indicates a profession
photos, ads
Ebsco's Business
Source Premier
Ebsco's Vocational
Search
Ebsco's MasterFILE
Premier
LexisNexis
Contd...
Table 10.1: Examples of Periodicals

Library Automation
Notes Academic Journals:
Psychobiology
Journal of Popular
Culture
Nursing Management
Studies in Short
Fiction
Journal of Marriage
and the Family
"Peer-reviewed" or
"refereed"
Technical language of
the field
Often non-profit,
Reports of original
research or thought
Literary criticism,
Case Studies,
Literature reviews,
methods, results,
discussions
Charts, graphs, tech.
drawings,
Always year, volume
and issue #
Sometimes season
Usually 4–6 times a
year
Long articles and
bibliographies
Difficult language,
No advertising, few
pictures
InfoTrac's Expanded
Academic ASAP (click
on "to refereed
publications")
Ebsco's Academic
Search Premier (click
on "peer reviewed")
Other specific
disciplinary indexes
like PsycInfo, Science
Direct, ACM Digital
Library. (see complete
alphabetical list under
"Articles, Indexes,
Databases")
10.1.2 Periodical Collection
The Library subscribes to a comprehensive range of periodicals. Some of these are in print
format, while an increasing number of periodicals are available electronically and are known as
electronic journals. The electronic journals are accessible from the Electronic Journals page.
These are shelved in alphabetical order by title of the periodical within four collections:
Arts
Science and Engineering
Social Science
Theology
Where a print title is also available electronically, this is indicated by the letter E against the title
tag.
Notes Please note that only some back issues are available electronically.
10.1.3 Locating and Borrowing Periodicals
The library catalogue lists all print and some electronic journals held by the Library. It is
accessible from all PCs in the Library and any PC with internet access. In order to find articles
about a specific topic, you will usually search Library databases or abstracting and indexing
services by topic.
While a number of electronic journals are not listed on the library catalogue they are accessible
from the Electronic Journals page. The listing allows you to access an article by following links
from the title to the full-text of the article.
Did u know? A guide to electronic journals is available online.
To locate a specific article, you should know:
periodical title
volume number and issue number in that volume

Notesauthor and title of article
date the article was published
page number(s) of the article
!
Caution Remember to use the Library Catalogue and the Electronic Journals List to
ascertain whether or not the periodical you want is in the Library’s physical or electronic
collections.
If the library does not subscribe to the periodical you need, you may request a copy of the article
that you need through Document Delivery Services.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
1. A …………………… is an on-going publication with a distinctive title, which comes out in
issues at regular intervals e.g. daily, weekly, fortnightly, monthly etc.
2. All periodicals are published at more or less regular intervals, from daily newspapers to
…………………… journals.
3. The …………………… are accessible from the Electronic Journals page.
4. While a number of electronic journals are not listed on the library catalogue they are
accessible from the …………………….
10.2 Types of Periodicals
There are five types of periodicals:
1. Scholarly and Research Journals
2. Professional Magazines and Journals
3. Magazines and Journals of Commentary and Opinion
4. Popular Magazines and News Magazines
5. Newspapers
Let’s examine each.
1. Scholarly and Research Journals: Specialized publications intended for scholars and
students of a particular discipline or subject. Usually published monthly or quarterly,
these publications often have words such as these in their title:
Studies in
Review
Annals
Quarterly
Journal
Advances

Library Automation
Notes
Example: Here are some examples of scholarly journal titles:
Studies in European History
American Historical Review
Annals of Internal Medicine
Quarterly Review of Film Studies
Journal of the American Medical Association
Advances in Biochemistry
!
Caution A periodical that has the word “journal” in its title is not necessarily a scholarly
journal. For example, Ladies Home Journal is not a scholarly journal, even though the
term appears in its title.
Source: http://www.smccd.net/accounts/wolbers/lsci100/lesson6_2.htm
Articles in scholarly journals are written by highly educated people (often holding Master’s
or PhD degrees) who are often experts, practitioners and teachers in specialized academic
fields. They write articles as a way to communicate with other scholars and add to the
knowledge base of their discipline, always carefully citing their sources in footnotes and/
or bibliographies. Often, they are reporting the results of original research or
experimentation.
Many scholarly journals will not publish an article until it has been reviewed by an
editorial board to insure that it meets certain standards of scholarly quality. A publication
Figure 10.1: Journal of Health Policy, Politics, and Law – A Scholarly Journal

Notesthat requires this formal review is known as a refereed journal, and sometimes teachers
will require you to find articles from such journals. (Another term for refereed journal is
peer-reviewed journal). “Peer-reviewed” implies that one’s scholarly peers review your
work. Both terms mean the same thing.
Articles in scholarly publications can be challenging to read because they’re not usually
intended for the general public or those unfamiliar with the subject.
2. Professional Magazines and Journals: Publications that report on news and developments
in a particular profession, academic field, trade, or industry. Unlike scholarly journals,
they do not publish original research. Instead, they concentrate on news and trends in a
particular profession or industry.
Examples:
American Psychologist (covers the psychology profession)
American Music Teacher (covers the music teaching profession)
Legal Assistant Today (covers the legal assistant profession)
California Apparel News (covers the clothing industry)
Automotive News (covers the automotive industry)
PC Week (covers the computing industry)
Paper Trade Journal (covers a specific trade)
3. Magazines and Journals of Commentary and Opinion: Offer analysis, commentary, and
investigative reporting on social and political issues. These publications typically view
the world from either a politically liberal, moderate, or conservative stance. They
sometimes serve as the official “voice” of an activist organization.
Figure 10.2: The American Journalism Review – A Professional Journal

Library Automation
Notes
Examples:
Liberal Moderate Conservative
Monthly Review
Mother Jones
World Marxist Review
The Progressive
New Republic
Maclean’s
Economist
CATO Journal
American Rifleman
National Review
National Right to Life News
4. Popular Magazines and News Magazines: Commercial publications intended for the general
reader. Popular magazines focus on popular culture, i.e. entertainment, cultural trends,
sports, hobbies, etc. News magazines report on national and international current events,
social and political trends, public opinion, and popular culture. They often offer valuable
explanations and interpretations of events both at home and abroad.
Figure 10.3: National Review – A Magazine of Commentary and Opinion
Figure 10.4: Vibe – A Popular Magazine

Notes
5. Newspapers: Daily publications that provide local, national, and international news,
editorials, entertainment, advertising and other sorts of practical information.
Source: http://s3.amazonaws.com/stitcher.assets/customfeedimages/480x270_5447.jpg
Given below is a table summarizing the main features of the five types of periodicals:
Types of
Periodicals
Scholarly &
Research
Journals
Professional,
Trade &
Industry
Journals
Journals of
Commentary &
Opinion
Newspapers Popular
Magazines
Examples American
Historical
Review
RN
Library Journal
Science Teacher
Mother Jones
National Review
Atlantic
New York
Times
Washington
Time
Newsweek
Sports
Figure 10.5: Newsweek – A News Magazine
Figure 10.6: The Wall Street Journal – A Daily Newspaper
Table 10.2: Types of Periodicals
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Bioscience
New England
Journal of
Medicine
Social
Psychology
Quarterly
Restaurants and
Institutions
New Republic Post
Christian
Science
Monitor
Wall Street
Journal
Illustrated
Reader's
Digest
Values &
Uses
Reports of
original
research;
In depth
analysis of
issues related to
the discipline;
Lengthy
articles.
Academic level
book reviews;
Refereed or
peer-reviewed
Current trends,
news &
products in a
field; Company,
organization, &
biographical
information;
Statistics,
forecasts;
Employment &
career
information;
Book and
product
reviews
Commentaries
on social &
political issues;
Some in-depth
analysis;
Political
viewpoints,
liberal,
conservative &
other;
Sometimes acts
as voice of
activist
organization;
Speeches &
interviews; Book
reviews
Current
information;
News stories;
Local and
regional
focus;
Classified
ads;
Editorials;
Speeches;
some book
reviews;
Primary
source for
information
on events
Current
events; Hot
topics;
Primary
source for
analysis of
popular
culture;
Short
articles;
Generally
not much
depth;
Interviews;
some book
reviews
Language Academic; Can
be very
technical; Uses
the language of
the discipline
Written for
practitioners;
Can use jargon
extensively
Written for a
general
educated
audience
Written for a
general
educated
audience
Non-
technical,
often simple
language
Authors Researchers,
academics,
scholars, etc.
Practitioners in
the field or
journalists with
subject
expertise
Extremely
variable; Can be
academics,
journalists,
representatives
of various
“groups”
Journalists Generally,
journalists
and freelance
writers
Sources Footnotes and
bibliographies,
Often very
extensive
documentation
Occasional brief
bibliographies;
Sources
sometimes cited
in text
Occasionally
cite sources in
text or provide
short
bibliographies
Rarely cite
any sources
in full
Rarely cite
any sources
Publisher Universities,
scholarly
presses or
academic and
research or
professional
organizations
Commercial
publishers or
professional
and trade
associations
Commercial
publishers or
non-profit
organizations
Commercial
publishers
Commercial
publishers
Graphics Graphs, charts,
formulas,
depending on
the discipline;
Do not contain
glossy ads
Photographs,
charts, tables,
illustrations of
all sorts; ads
related to the
profession
Varies a lot;
Some very plain,
some have
graphics,
colours and ads
Pictures,
charts, ads of
all sorts
Glitzy, many
graphics and
pictures; full
of colour ads
Source: http://libguides.southernct.edu/librarytutorial

Fill in the blanks:
5. …………………… in scholarly journals are written by highly educated people who are
often experts, practitioners and teachers in specialized academic fields.
6. …………………… implies that one’s scholarly peers review your work.
7. …………………… focus on popular culture, i.e. entertainment, cultural trends, sports,
hobbies, etc.
8. …………………… report on national and international current events, social and political
trends, public opinion, and popular culture.
10.3 Periodical Index
A periodical index is a type of reference source that lists periodical articles by subject or author.
If you have a topic in mind, a periodical index can help you find articles about that topic. Other
listings of the contents of magazines and journals, especially for older materials, are called
periodical indexes. An index is a topical listing of the contents of an identified body of information.
For example, the index to a book identifies page(s) on which a particular name or subject
appears in the book. A periodical index is a subject listing (often including lists for authors and
titles as well as subject words) of the articles from a selected group of periodicals.
An index will point you to the right periodical, the specific date or issue copy, and even the
pages for a specific article. A periodical index works like a subject catalogue for the articles
within a group of magazines and journals. The process of using an index is similar to the process
of doing subject or keyword searches for items in a library catalogue.
Example: Rasmuson Library has both print indexes in book form and computer-based
indexes available on CD-ROM or through the Internet.
Use a Periodical Index
when looking for articles on a topic in journals, magazines or newspapers
when you know of an article but don’t have all of the information in the citation
when you want to know what has been written about a topic during a specific set of years
Examples
Historical Abstracts; America: History & Life (for world history; for history of U.S. &
Canada)
Medline (for medical or health issues)
Sociological Abstracts (for sociology and popular culture)
10.3.1 Parts of an Index
Following are the parts of index:
1. Searching Mechanism: In a print index, the searching mechanism is simply an alphabetical
list of authors, titles, or subjects that refer to a master list of citations. On-line or CD-ROM
indexes use software that search a database by author, title, subject, or keyword.

Library Automation
Notes 2. Citations: Brief descriptions of an item that identify specific articles. No matter what kind
of index you use, citations follow a similar format and contain the same basic parts.
10.3.2 Parts of a Citation
The information appearing in an index about an article is called a citation. The citation usually
includes:
1. Title of the article
2. Author’s name or names if there is more than one author (sometimes a shorter article or
news item has no named author)
3. Title of the periodical. Some indexes label the periodical title as the “source” (abbreviated
as “so”) because the periodical is the source for the article.
4. Volume and issue number of the periodical in which the article appears. A volume often
covers one year of publication and an issue is an individual copy within a volume. A
volume and/or issue may not be included.
5. Date of the periodical issue in which the article appears.
6. Pages on which the article appears.
7. Additional information about the article such as illustrations, maps, charts that appear in
the article.
10.3.3 Sample Citations
Here’s an example of a citation from ArticleFirst, an online index that includes periodicals
covering a wide range of subjects. (ArticleFirst can be accessed through OCLC FirstSearch.)
Author(s): Keenan, Jeremy
Title: The theft of Saharan rock-art
Source: Antiquity. 74, no. 284, (2000): 287 (2 pages)
Additional Info: Antiquity Publications [etc.]
Alt Journal: Key Title: Antiquity
Standard No: ISSN: 0003-598X CODEN: ATQYAF
OCLC No: 1481624
The following citation labels the periodical as “SOURCE.” TITLE refers to the actual article.
Author: Pennisi, E.
Title: Grasshoppers change coats to beat the heat.
Source: Science, v. 140, n. 8, p. 119–120
The “source” of the article “Grasshoppers change coats to beat the heat” is the periodical Science.
The article appears in volume 140, issue number 8 of Science and is on pages 119 through 120 of
that issue.
This citation uses abbreviations for title (TI), author (AU) and source (SO):
TI: School literacy: the real ABC’s. AU: Greenspan, A.C. SO: Phi Delta Kappan, vol. 72, no. 4, pp.
300–304, Dec. 1991.

NotesThe “source” of the article “School literacy: the real ABC’s” is the periodical Phi Delta Kappan.
The article appears in volume 72, issue number 4 which had the date December 1991. The article
appears on pages 300 through 304 of Phi Delta Kappan.
Finally, here is an example of a typical citation from a printed index:
The sound and sense of poetry. M. Sagan. il. The Writer. 104 (9):23–26. Oct. 1991.
The title of the article is “The sound and sense of poetry”, the author is M. Sagan, and the article
is illustrated (IL.). The title of the periodical in which this article appears is The Writer, in
volume 104, number 9, on pages 23 through 26, with the date of October, 1991.
Indexes will provide explanations of their formats and any abbreviations used. Check HELP
screens in a computer-based index or in a printed index; look for help in the introduction,
usually at the beginning of each volume.
10.3.4 Special Features of Some Online Indexes
Following are the special features of some online indexes:
Abstracts: An abstract is simply a summary of the key points of an article. Skimming
abstracts can save time in the search process and help you hone in on the most relevant
articles.
Full-text: Many online indexes now provide the full-text of the article along with the
citation. This feature can save hours of time searching the library for the article in the print
copy of the periodical, or trying to obtain the periodical through interlibrary loan.
Hyperlinks: Some online citations include hyperlinks. If the author’s name is hyperlinked,
clicking the link will bring up citations to other articles by the same author. Hyperlinked
subject headings can be especially helpful in finding similar articles on your topic.
10.3.5 Special Tip for Using Print Indexes
Most print indexes use many abbreviations, especially of periodical titles. Fortunately, most
indexes explain their abbreviations in the introductory pages. Many periodicals have similar
titles which are easily confused. For example, does the abbreviation “Chem Ind” refer to the
title Chemical Industries or to Chemical and Industry? If you don’t look up the abbreviation,
you will have difficulty searching for the periodical in the library catalogue.
If you can’t find a list of abbreviations in the index you are using, publications such as, Periodical
Title Abbreviations: By Abbreviation (call number PN4832 P47 READY REF) can help.
Notes READY REF (the location code) indicates that this book is located in the Ready
Reference collection.
10.3.6 Steps in Finding a Periodical Article
Following are the steps of finding a periodical article:
Choose and Define a Topic. Make a list of subjects or keywords that describe your topic.
Choose an Appropriate Index (ask a reference librarian, get recommendations from
professors or for more recent articles use online indexes listed on the library’s Resources
by Subject page.)

Library Automation
Notes Find Instructions for using the Index. For online indexes, use HELP screens; for printed
indexes, check the introduction.
Search the Index. Look up key words or subjects in the index. Make printouts of citations
for the articles you like.
Does the Index Contain Full-text of the Articles Themselves?
If yes, then select and read those most helpful for your topic.
If no, then go to the Library home page and click on the link to the Journals List.
Search for the title of the periodical you need in this list. If it is there, follow the links.
If the Periodical is not in the Journals List, go to Goldmine and Search for the Title of the
Periodical. Make a printout of the holdings screen (volume and years owned) at the
bottom of the Goldmine screen.
Find the Right Issue of the Periodical which contains your article and note the call number
and location code to locate the periodical on the shelf.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
9. A …………………… is a type of reference source that lists periodical articles by subject or
author.
10. A periodical index is a subject listing of the articles from a selected group of
…………………….
11. If the author’s name is …………………… clicking the link will bring up citations to other
articles by the same author.
10.4 Periodical Literature
More current than books, periodicals play a different role in the research process. The variety to
viewpoints available through periodicals makes them a valuable source of information. By
nature they tend to focus on a narrower topic. A scholarly article contributes to the body of
knowledge on that topic.
The author of a book spends a good deal of time gathering and analysing information, testing
theories, and drawing conclusions. An editor then reviews the manuscript at least once and
sometimes suggests major revisions. The process of physically producing a book might take a
year or more. By the time a book is prepared, printed, purchased by a library and put on the shelf
for circulation, the information might be two or more years old.
On the other hand, the information in a newspaper might be only a few hours old, and magazines
often report on news only several days old. Many journal articles are not published until months
after being written, yet the information still tends to be more current than that in books.
Researchers should not assume that periodicals are more valuable than books because of their
currency, however. Many articles that report on timely issues and recent events lack the analysis,
the background information and the broad perspective offered in books. The need for up-to-
date information depends on the topic and on your approach to it.
Another advantage to periodicals is the variety of opinions and viewpoints readily available.
The work of writers with different backgrounds, different qualifications and different beliefs
can be found easily.

Notes10.4.1 Definitions
Serials
Any publication issued in successive parts that appear at intervals of time but not necessarily
regularly. Conference proceedings and periodicals are examples.
Periodicals
Materials published at a regular period of time – magazines, journals and newspapers. Periodicals
are one type of serials.
Periodical Holdings List or Serials List
A list of publications owned by a library, arranged alphabetically by title. The years held by the
library and the location is also shown.
Microform
Printed material that has been photographically reduced onto film. They must be read on
special machines. Microfilm comes in rolls.
Microfiche is produced on flat four by six inch film. Microform is used to preserve information
from decay and to save storage space.
10.4.2 Finding Journals, Magazines & Newspapers
At North Seattle Community College Library, the Periodicals Holdings List shows all periodical
titles we own, their locations, and the dates we have. This list is arranged alphabetically, and a
separate subject guide helps identify periodicals by broad subject focus. Separate lists for the
holdings of Central and South campuses are included in the same binder. It is also possible to
search the Voyager Library Catalogue for periodical titles.
Periodical directories such as Ulrichs International Periodical Directory make it possible to find the
names of periodicals dealing with a field or with a geographical area. Ask for help at the
reference desk. Once a title is identified, use the holdings list or the library catalogue to determine
whether it is available. Choose author/title/subject search, and select “periodical title” before
searching. Other libraries’ catalogues, such as University of Washington and local public libraries
are also options.
Most researchers, however, need a list of articles about their subject. Library catalogues and
directories such as Ulrichs are helpful in identifying specific periodical titles, but they do not
help identify individual articles.
10.4.3 Finding Articles with Periodical Indexes
To find information inside a book, you would look at the book’s index. Searching individual
periodicals for the information you need would be impractical, and most periodicals don’t have
a single index to help you find information. To help researchers find periodical information,
there are companies that produce indexes to periodical literature. These indexes typically cover
many different periodical publications. Some indexes are general in nature, while others focus
on a particular discipline or area of study.

Library Automation
Notes The content of periodical indexes also varies. Some are intended to cover general subjects
whereas others specialize in one field such as science or education. Some indexes include only
newspapers, some cover popular magazines, some cover journals and some represent a
combination.
Did u know? Certain indexes provide an abstract, which is a summary of the article.
Some periodical indexes are published as books, while others are available online. In either
case, these indexes are subscriptions the library maintains for its users.
Many libraries offer the printed version of the popular and well-known Reader’s Guide to Periodical
Literature, and most libraries have at least one online periodical index. Much of the information
you will need can be found in online indexes, such as ProQuest Direct, but occasionally you may
need to consult printed indexes. You might need a printed index because you are looking for
older information that isn’t available online, or you may need to use a specialized index that is
only available in print, such as the Business Periodicals Index. Increasingly, libraries are depending
on online indexes that offer full text articles.
10.4.4 Step by Step: Researching with Periodicals
Use the following steps as a guide as you begin your periodical research.
(a) Describe in writing the information you need. Clarify the time-frame of your topic. The
more you understand what you need, the easier it will be to identify relevant articles.
(b) Make a list of words and phrases which describe all aspects of the topic. Include all associated
organizations, personal names, events, laws and objects. Add to this list as your research
progresses. The list will help you approach your research from all angles.
(c) Decide which periodical index is appropriate, considering subjects and dates covered as
well as the type of material indexed.
(d) Do not always expect to find one periodical index that’s perfect for your needs. If one does
not seem adequate, try another. Researchers commonly use several.
(e) Once you have identified an article you might want to use, record the information you
will need to find the article, including the title and date or issue of the periodical, and the
title and author of the article.
(f) Libraries do not necessarily subscribe to all the periodicals included in their periodical
indexes. Use the library’s list of periodical holdings or the online catalogue to find out if
the library carries the publication and has the date you need.
(g) Articles may be requested from another campus in the Seattle Community College District.
If you need an article that is not available from any of the three campuses, talk to a
librarian at the reference desk.
(h) As you retrieve articles, look to see how helpful they are. It might be necessary to revise
your search strategy.
(i) Be sure to record bibliographic information for the articles you think you may use. This
will save time and frustration when you assemble your list of works cited.

Notes10.4.5 Evaluating Articles
Once you have identified an article that you can use:
(a) Skim the article and make note of references to other information sources.
(b) Determine the author’s purpose and the intended audience.
(c) Determine whether the discussion includes documented fact, or persuasive argument and
opinion.
(d) Determine the author’s main point.
(e) Consider how the article relates to your information need. Does it answer all or part of
your question?
(f) If you are convinced that the article will be useful, read it carefully.
(g) Determine how the author supports the main point.
(h) Look for any indications of bias or faulty reasoning.
(i) In your own words, summarize the information that this author has provided to answer
your information need.
(j) Carefully note any other information sources that may help you.
(k) List names of people, events, places, or ideas which are associated with your topic. These
may help you find other important sources.
Task Collect as a sample of different periodical section.
Self Assessment
12. The information in a newspaper might be only a few hours old, and magazines often
report on news only several days old.
13. Once a title is identified, use the holdings list or the library catalogue to determine whether
it is available.
14. Some indexes are general in nature, while others focus on a particular discipline or area of
study.
15. Some periodical indexes are published as books, while others are available online.
Case Study Impact of Library Automation in the Development Era
I
ndia has made great strides in computer and telecommunication technologies. It was
one of the first few nations, which realized the potentialities of computer for
bibliographical information work and routine library housekeeping operations.
Computer has gained its importance in every field of human activity because of its speed,
Accuracy and capability of large scale processing. It is space saving device as well because
information stored on computer readable devices takes much less space than the
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes conventionally stored systems. The main aim of any library is to provide access to proper
information explosion, due to growing demands of the user and shrinking of financial
resources, library is not able to obtain all the reading materials on demand. The only way
to overcome these problems is resources sharing through networking. New technologies
library provides several new materials, media and mode of storing and communicating
the information. Library automation reduces the drudgery of repeated manual efforts in
library routine by use of library automation collection, Storage, administration, processing,
preservation and communication etc.
Steps in Library Automation
Automation requires planning, designing, and implementation. Planning involves
identification of the activities to be automated, assessment of the volumes of information
to be handled, selection of software, selection of compatible hardware systems, training
and retraining of the library staff and educating users.
Planning for Library Automation
Needs mapping
Best possible package
Staff involvement
Budget (Purchase, Operation, Maintenance etc.)
Hardware requirement (Client/Server, Printer etc.)
Platform (Operating system)
User awareness
Maintenance
Selecting Automation Packages
User friendly
Popularity of package
Well-designed screens logically arranged functions with extensive help messages
Minimum Training
Multi-user and unlimited user access
Support internationally known standards (MARC, AACR2)
Training and support (Email, Discussion Forum)
Basic requirements for the automation of libraries are:
1. Adequate selection.
2. Financial assistance.
3. Computer hardware.
4. Library software.
5. Training of the staff.
6. Maintenance of development.
Contd...

NotesLibrary Housekeeping Operations
A library will have to perform minimum number of basic operations. There operations
are conventionally referred to as “Housekeeping operations”.
The basic modules of automated system are:
1. Acquisition
2. Circulation
3. Cataloguing
4. Serial control
5. OPAC
Acquisition
The purpose of acquisition is to manage and control the expenditure of funds for materials
that meet the collection development criteria of the library and the needs of its clientele.
This means that acquisition process must be accurate, efficient and responsive to the
demands of library users.
Circulation Module
In libraries the circulation system conventionally managed consists of charges, discharges,
overdue control, reservation, renewal and appropriate records maintenance. These
operations are quite amenable to automation. An automated circulation system acts as in
interface between the user and the information system with other backup services like
acquisition, cataloguing serial control and housekeeping chores. The circulation module
performs the task, involved in the circulation function, such as material check-in, check-
out, inventory, overdue notices, holds, and reserves, fines, and statistical reports. The use
of technological devices such as computers, barcode, scanners and its software in circulation
helps in performing these routine operators easily and quickly.
Cataloguing Module
One of the major tasks in libraries is cataloguing In manual cataloguing say card catalogue
requires multiple entries author, title,subject series, etc. This means repetitive work. The
module performs various cataloguing tasks such as original cataloguing using the Machine
Readable Catalogue (MARC) protocol, editing, copying, saving and retrieving catalogues
records. When a record is saved in the cataloguing database, the record automatically
appears in the OPAC, and a brief copy of the record is also generated automatically for the
circulation module.
Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)
Module because cataloguing module is the OPAC is what users consult to find and retrieve
information of interest. Generally, the OPAC is equivalent to the card catalogue, but it
provides advanced search features. The OPAC function allows searching by author, title,
subject or keyword; search using Boolean operators [AND, RO, NOT] hyperlink searching,
wild character searching and combined search strategy options. The OPAC module is the
only one that is inseparable from cataloguing. A library cannot have the OPAC without
the cataloguing heart of the automated systems.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes
Integrated Library Information System
Serial SystemTechnical System
Circulation SystemOPACAcquisition System
Serial Control
The complex job of keeping track of serials can easily and effectively be handled using
SOUL through its Serial Control module. This module broadly handles following functions.
Suggestions.
Subscription (renewal and new subscription)
Payment including fund control etc.
Check in of issues including reduction of issues arrival.
Reminder generations.
Binding management.
Search status of every item.
Master databases management.
For the successful implementation of an integrated library system all key factors must be
in place support from administration, staff, competence, consideration of user requirements,
presence of infrastructure, (hardware, software, networks) available data, excellent
managerial skill from the coordinator of the project.
Question
Analyse the case and write down the case facts.
Source: http://www.isrj.net/UploadedData/283.pdf
10.5 Summary
A periodical is an on-going publication with a distinctive title, which comes out in issues
at regular intervals e.g. daily, weekly, fortnightly, monthly etc.
Periodicals (Librarians call them “serials”) come in a variety of styles and are published
for a variety of audiences. They offer news, opinion, commentary, scholarly analysis,
literary criticism, and reports of research.
The Library subscribes to a comprehensive range of periodicals. Some of these are in print
format, while an increasing number of periodicals are available electronically and are
known as electronic journals.
While a number of electronic journals are not listed on the library catalogue they are
accessible from the Electronic Journals page.

NotesIf the library does not subscribe to the periodical you need, you may request a copy of the
article that you need through Document Delivery Services.
Many scholarly journals will not publish an article until it has been reviewed by an
editorial board to insure that it meets certain standards of scholarly quality.
A periodical index is a type of reference source that lists periodical articles by subject or
author. If you have a topic in mind, a periodical index can help you find articles about that
topic. Other listings of the contents of magazines and journals, especially for older materials,
are called periodical indexes.
An index will point you to the right periodical, the specific date or issue copy, and even the
pages for a specific article.
Most print indexes use many abbreviations, especially of periodical titles. Fortunately,
most indexes explain their abbreviations in the introductory pages. Many periodicals
have similar titles which are easily confused.
The author of a book spends a good deal of time gathering and analysing information,
testing theories, and drawing conclusions. An editor then reviews the manuscript at least
once and sometimes suggests major revisions.
Periodical Indexes are tools that provide a list of articles about a certain topic along with
the information needed to locate the actual article: title and author of article, name and
date of the periodical, and page numbers. This unit of information that identifies the
article is called a citation.
10.6 Keywords
Abstracts: An abstract is simply a summary of the key points of an article.
Citations: Brief descriptions of an item that identify specific articles.
Journals: Journals are refereed, which means that articles submitted for publication go before a
panel of experts i.e. peer-reviewed, before being accepted for publication.
Magazines: Magazines are written for general readers.
News Magazines: News magazines report on national and international current events, social
and political trends, public opinion, and popular culture.
Newspapers: A newspaper is a periodical publication containing news regarding current events,
informative articles, diverse features, editorials, and advertising.
Periodical: Periodical is a term used for publications which come out “periodically,” on a
predictable basis.
Periodical Index: A periodical index is a type of reference source that lists periodical articles by
subject or author. If you have a topic in mind, a periodical index can help you find articles about
that topic.
Searching Mechanism: In a print index, the searching mechanism is simply an alphabetical list of
authors, titles, or subjects that refer to a master list of citations.
1. What is periodical?
2. Distinguish between periodical, journal, magazine, and newspapers.

Library Automation
Notes 3. Briefly explain the locating and borrowing periodicals.
4. What are the various types of periodicals?
5. Explain the meaning of periodical index.
6. What are the parts of an index and citation?
7. Write down the steps in finding a periodical article.
8. Write short note on periodical literature.
1. Periodical 2. Semi-annual
3. Electronic journals 4. Electronic Journals page
5. Articles 6. “Peer-reviewed”
7. Popular magazines 8. News magazines
9. Periodical index 10. periodicals
11. Hyperlinked 12. True
13. True 14. True
15. True
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links www.bethlehem.edu/library/services/serials
www.ddugu.edu.in/department.php?tag=Library-Information-Science
www.goalexandria.com/support/training/bp/periodicals.html

Unit 11: Library Reports
NotesUnit 11: Library Reports
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
11.1 Meaning of Report
11.1.1 Good Report
11.1.2 Materials
11.2 Features or Characteristics of Report
11.3 Structure of a Report
11.3.1 Title Page
11.3.2 Terms of Reference
11.3.3 Summary (Abstract)
11.3.4 Contents (Table of Contents)
11.3.5 Introduction
11.3.6 Methods
11.3.7 Results
11.3.8 Discussion
11.3.9 Conclusion
11.3.10 Appendices
11.3.11 Bibliography
11.3.12 Acknowledgements
11.3.13 Glossary of Technical Terms
11.4 Writing the Report
11.5 Summary
11.6 Keywords
Objectives
Recall the meaning of report
Recognize the features or characteristics of report
Generalize the structure of a report
Discuss the writing of the report

Library Automation
Notes Introduction
A report is a presentation of facts and findings, usually as a basis for recommendations; written
for a specific readership, and probably intended to be kept as a record. When some people write
a report, that’s all they do: write. But the really successful writers only spend part of their time
doing this, and then only towards the end. Before that, they are planning their report – thinking
about its purpose, and who is going to read it; deciding what to put in it, and fitting it into shape.
And even when they’re finally writing it, they’ll probably spend just as much time thinking
about how best to present their ideas, as actually putting them onto paper. Experienced writers
always allow plenty of time for these – the first two stages in report writing, even when they are
working against the clock. They know that once these are clear in their minds, they’ll save
themselves hours of work and worry later on.
Report writing is useful in both the academic and the business world, so whether you are
planning to continue your education or get a job after you complete your upgrading, this is a
skill you will definitely need.
11.1 Meaning of Report
Report is a self-explanatory statement of facts relating to a specific subject and serves the purpose
of providing information for decision making and follow up actions. It is a systematic presentation
of ascertained facts about a specific event/subject. Report is a summary of findings and
recommendations about a particular matter/problem. Report is for the guidance of higher
authorities including company executives and directors. Report facilitates timely decisions and
follows up measures.
According to Oxford Dictionary, report means “a record of ascertained facts.”
A report is always expository writing; that is, it can be either informative or persuasive. Many
students think of report writing as a long, dreary process with few uses in the “real world”.
Reports are probably the most common form of work related writing. Reports can be any
length, from a single paragraph to many pages, and they can be either formal or informal in
tone. Reports can be written or spoken. Depending on the circumstances, a report may be based
on your own personal knowledge of a subject or on information you have gathered through
reading, listening, and interviewing specifically for the project.
Any time you gather information, organize it, and pass it along, you have created a report. For
example, when you comment to a co-worker that “It sure is a cold, grey day with lots of blowing
snow” you have, in fact, gathered information from your own experience about the temperature,
the precipitation, the wind, etc. and passed it along in the form of a short oral report. If, on the
other hand, you had written this same information in a letter to your best friend, – even if it was
only one sentence long – you would have created a written report.
Did u know? The term report is difficult to define because it refers to such a wide variety
of documents. Reports can be as simple as filling in the blanks or answering a few questions
about an accident, or they can be long and involved requiring years of study, hundreds of
contributors, and several thick volumes to record the results.
11.1.1 Good Report
Two of the reasons why reports are used as forms of written assessment are:
to find out what you have learned from your reading, research or experience;

Notesto give you experience of an important skill that is widely used in the work place.
An effective report presents and analyses facts and evidence that are relevant to the specific
problem or issue of the report brief.
!
Caution All sources used should be acknowledged and referenced throughout, in
accordance with the preferred method of your department/university.
The style of writing in a report is usually less discursive than in an essay, with a more direct and
economic use of language. A well written report will demonstrate your ability to:
understand the purpose of the report brief and adhere to its specifications;
gather, evaluate and analyse relevant information;
structure material in a logical and coherent order;
present your report in a consistent manner according to the instructions of the report
brief;
make appropriate conclusions that are supported by the evidence and analysis of the
report;
make thoughtful and practical recommendations where required.
11.1.2 Materials
Most writers imagine that their report will be the major event in the reader’s day, when, in
reality, the poor fellow is awash with reading matter, drowning in facts, figures, and opinions.
What he wants is easily-digested information, and then only enough to help him reach a decision.
So the content of report, and its structure, must be very carefully planned.
The two golden rules to follow when deciding what to put into a report are:
(a) Simplify, and be ruthless about it. Reject the irrelevant, agonize over the doubtful, and
make sure you’ve got the essential.
(b) Justify your conclusions with facts, and state their sources. Build the facts into a logical and
consistent case, so as to lead the reader to the same conclusions as your own.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
1. …………………… is a self-explanatory statement of facts relating to a specific subject and
serves the purpose of providing information for decision making and follow up actions.
2. An effective report presents and analyses facts and evidence that are relevant to the specific
…………………… of the report brief.
3. The style of writing in a report is usually less discursive than in an …………………….
4. A well written report will demonstrate your ability to understand the purpose of the
report brief and adhere to its …………………….
11.2 Features or Characteristics of Report
All reports are factual. You must be able to back up any facts you include. All reports organize
facts into a meaningful presentation. Most reports interpret the information gathered.

Library Automation
Notes Many reports make recommendations. Almost all reports are assigned or requested. This means
that your purpose and audience are determined before you start to work. Following are the
characteristics of Report:
1. Complete and Compact Document: Report is a complete and compact written document
giving updated information about a specific problem.
2. Systematic Presentation of Facts: Report is a systematic presentation of facts, figures,
conclusions and recommendations. Report writers closely study the problem under
investigation and prepare a report after analysing all relevant information regarding the
problem. Report is supported by facts and evidence. There is no scope for imagination in
a report which is basically a factual document.
3. Prepared in Writing: Reports are usually in writing. Writing reports are useful for reference
purpose. It serves as complete, compact and self-explanatory document over a long period.
Oral reporting is possible in the case of secret and confidential matters.
4. Provides Information and Guidance: Report is a valuable document which gives
information and guidance to the management while framing future policies. It facilitates
planning and decision making. Reports are also useful for solving problems faced by a
business enterprise.
5. Self-explanatory Document: Report is a comprehensive document and covers all aspects
of the subject matter of study. It is a self-explanatory and complete document by itself.
6. Acts as a Tool of Internal Communication: Report is an effective tool of communication
between top executives and subordinate staff working in an organization. It provides
feedback to employees and to executives for decision making. Reports are generally
submitted to higher authorities. It is an example of upward communication. Similarly,
reports are also sent by company executives to the lower levels of management. This is
treated as downward communication. In addition, reports are also sent to shareholders
and others connected with the company. It may be pointed out that report writing/
preparation acts as a backbone of any system of communication.
7. Acts as Permanent Record: A report serves as a permanent record relating to certain
business matter. It is useful for future reference and guidance.
8. Time Consuming and Costly Activity: Report writing is a time consuming, lengthy and
costly activity as it involves collection of facts, drawing conclusion and making
recommendations.
Self Assessment
5. All reports are factual.
6. There is a scope for imagination in a report.
7. Report writing is a time consuming.
8. Report is a comprehensive document and covers all aspects of the subject matter of study.
11.3 Structure of a Report
The main features of a report are described below to provide a general guide. These should be
used in conjunction with the instructions or guidelines provided by your department.

Notes11.3.1 Title Page
This should briefly but explicitly describe the purpose of the report (if this is not obvious from
the title of the work). Other details you may include could be your name, the date and for whom
the report is written.
Example: Geology of the country around Beacon Hill, Leicestershire Angus Taylor
2 November 2004
11.3.2 Terms of Reference
Under this heading you could include a brief explanation of who will read the report (audience)
why it was written (purpose) and how it was written (methods). It may be in the form of a
subtitle or a single paragraph.
Example: A report submitted in fulfilment of the requirements for Course GL456,
Department of Geology, University of Leicester.
11.3.3 Summary (Abstract)
The summary should briefly describe the content of the report. It should cover the aims of the
report, what was found and what, if any, action is called for. Aim for about 1/2 a page in length
and avoid detail or discussion; just outline the main points. Remember that the summary is the
first thing that is read. It should provide the reader with a clear, helpful overview of the content
of the report.
Example: Exposure of rocks belonging to the Charnian Supergroup (late Precambrian)
were examined in the area around Beacon Hill, north Leicestershire. This report aims to provide
details of the stratigraphy at three sites – Copt Oak, Mount St. Bernard Abbey and Oaks in
Charnwood. It was observed that at each of these sites, the Charnian Supergroup consists mainly
of volcaniclastic sediments (air-fall and ash-flow tuffs) interbedded with mudstones and siltstones.
These rocks show features that are characteristic of deposition in shallow water on the flanks of
a volcano (e.g. welding and alteration of ignimbrites). Further studies are required to understand
depositional mechanisms and to evaluate the present-day thickness of individual rock units.
11.3.4 Contents (Table of Contents)
The contents page should list the different chapters and/or headings together with the page
numbers. Your contents page should be presented in such a way that the reader can quickly scan
the list of headings and locate a particular part of the report. You may want to number chapter
headings and subheadings in addition to providing page references. Whatever numbering system
you use, be sure that it is clear and consistent throughout.
11.3.5 Introduction
The introduction sets the scene for the main body of the report. The aims and objectives of the
report should be explained in detail.

Library Automation
Notes
Notes Any problems or limitations in the scope of the report should be identified, and a
description of research methods, the parameters of the research and any necessary
background history should be included.
In some reports, particularly in science subjects, separate headings for Methods and Results are
used prior to the main body (Discussion) of the report as described below.
11.3.6 Methods
Information under this heading may include: a list of equipment used; explanations of procedures
followed; relevant information on materials used, including sources of materials and details of
any necessary preparation; reference to any problems encountered and subsequent changes in
procedure.
11.3.7 Results
This section should include a summary of the results of the investigation or experiment together
with any necessary diagrams, graphs or tables of gathered data that support your results. Present
your results in a logical order without comment. Discussion of your results should take place in
the main body (Discussion) of the report.
11.3.8 Discussion
The main body of the report is where you discuss your material. The facts and evidence you have
gathered should be analysed and discussed with specific reference to the problem or issue. If
your discussion section is lengthy you might divide it into section headings. Your points should
be grouped and arranged in an order that is logical and easy to follow. Use headings and
subheadings to create a clear structure for your material. Use bullet points to present a series of
points in an easy-to-follow list. As with the whole report, all sources used should be
acknowledged and correctly referenced.
11.3.9 Conclusion
In the conclusion you should show the overall significance of what has been covered. You may
want to remind the reader of the most important points that have been made in the report or
highlight what you consider to be the most central issues or findings. However, no new material
should be introduced in the conclusion.
11.3.10 Appendices
Under this heading you should include all the supporting information you have used that is not
published. This might include tables, graphs, questionnaires, surveys or transcripts. Refer to the
appendices in the body of your report.
11.3.11 Bibliography
Your bibliography should list, in alphabetical order by author, all published sources referred to
in your report. There are different styles of using references and bibliographies. Texts which
you consulted but did not refer to directly could be grouped under a separate heading such as

Notes‘Background Reading’ and listed in alphabetical order using the same format as in your
bibliography.
11.3.12 Acknowledgements
Where appropriate you may wish to acknowledge the assistance of particular organisations or
individuals who provided information, advice or help.
11.3.13 Glossary of Technical Terms
It is useful to provide an alphabetical list of technical terms with a brief, clear description of each
term. You can also include in this section explanations of the acronyms, abbreviations or standard
units used in your report.
Notes You will not necessarily be required to use all of the headings described above, nor
will they necessarily be in the order given here. Check your departmental guidelines or
instructions.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
9. The …………………… should briefly describe the content of the report.
10. The …………………… page should list the different chapters and/or headings together
with the page numbers.
11. The …………………… sets the scene for the main body of the report.
12. In the …………………… you should show the overall significance of what has been covered.
11.4 Writing the Report
All reports need to be clear, concise and well structured. The key to writing an effective report
is to allocate time for planning and preparation. With careful planning, the writing of a report
will be made much easier. The essential stages of successful report writing are described below.
Consider how long each stage is likely to take and divide the time before the deadline between
the different stages. Be sure to leave time for final proof reading and checking.
Stage One: Understanding the Report Brief
This first stage is the most important. You need to be confident that you understand the purpose
of your report as described in your report brief or instructions. Consider who the report is for
and why it is being written. Check that you understand all the instructions or requirements, and
ask your tutor if anything is unclear.
Stage Two: Gathering and Selecting Information
Once you are clear about the purpose of your report, you need to begin to gather relevant
information. Your information may come from a variety of sources, but how much information
you will need; will depend on how much detail is required in the report. You may want to begin

Library Automation
Notes by reading relevant literature to widen your understanding of the topic or issue before you go
on to look at other forms of information such as questionnaires, surveys etc. As you read and
gather information you need to assess its relevance to your report and select accordingly. Keep
referring to your report brief to help you decide what relevant information is.
Stage Three: Organising Your Material
Once you have gathered information you need to decide what will be included and in what
sequence it should be presented. Begin by grouping together points that are related. These may
form sections or chapters. Remember to keep referring to the report brief and be prepared to cut
any information that is not directly relevant to the report. Choose an order for your material
that is logical and easy to follow.
Stage Four: Analysing Your Material
Before you begin to write your first draft of the report, take time to consider and make notes on
the points you will make using the facts and evidence you have gathered. What conclusions can
be drawn from the material? What are the limitations or flaws in the evidence? Do certain pieces
of evidence conflict with one another? It is not enough to simply present the information you
have gathered; you must relate it to the problem or issue described in the report brief.
Stage Five: Writing the Report
Having organised your material into appropriate sections and headings you can begin to write
the first draft of your report. You may find it easier to write the summary and contents page at
the end when you know exactly what will be included. Aim for a writing style that is direct and
precise. Avoid waffle and make your points clearly and concisely. Chapters, sections and even
individual paragraphs should be written with a clear structure. The structure described below
can be adapted and applied to chapters, sections and even paragraphs.
Introduce the main idea of the chapter/section/paragraph
Explain and expand the idea, defining any key terms.
Present relevant evidence to support your point(s).
Comment on each piece of evidence showing how it relates to your point(s).
Conclude your chapter/section/paragraph by either showing its significance to the report
as a whole or making a link to the next chapter/section/paragraph.
Stage Six: Reviewing and Redrafting
Ideally, you should leave time to take a break before you review your first draft. Be prepared to
rearrange or rewrite sections in the light of your review. Try to read the draft from the perspective
of the reader. Is it easy to follow with a clear structure that makes sense? Are the points concisely
but clearly explained and supported by relevant evidence? Writing on a word processor makes
it easier to rewrite and rearrange sections or paragraphs in your first draft. If you write your first
draft by hand, try writing each section on a separate piece of paper to make redrafting easier.
Stage Seven: Presentation
Once you are satisfied with the content and structure of your redrafted report, you can turn your
attention to the presentation. Check that the wording of each chapter/section/subheading is
clear and accurate. Check that you have adhered to the instructions in your report brief regarding

Notesformat and presentation. Check for consistency in numbering of chapters, sections and appendices.
Make sure that all your sources are acknowledged and correctly referenced. You will need to
proof read your report for errors of spelling or grammar. If time allows, proof read more than
once. Errors in presentation or expression create a poor impression and can make the report
difficult to read.
Task Prepare a sample report.
Self Assessment
13. All reports need to be clear, concise and well structured.
14. Writing style must not be direct and precise.
15. Chapters, sections and even individual paragraphs should be written with a clear structure.
16. Writing on a word processor makes it easier to rewrite and rearrange sections or paragraphs
in your first draft.
Case Study Information Technology in Nigerian Academic
Libraries
T
he demand for distant education in Nigeria is increasing, although this is still
based on the traditional technology of print media. Thus, there is the need to
integrate IT into the distant education programme. Majority of higher institutions
in Nigeria, even those with good Internet connectivity, are still at a low level of integration
of ICT in teaching, learning, research, library, information and managerial services
(Ogunsola, 2004). Ekong (2005) pointed out however that in some of the first generation
university libraries, University of Benin Library, Kashim Ibrahim Library (ABU), University
of Nigeria Nsukka Library and a few others, digitalization is taking place in many of their
libraries and library information networks are established with connectivity through the
university campus network to the Internet. The Centre for Learning Resources (CLR)
Covenant University, Ota has been placed on the platform of full application of ICT
because funds are made available for such innovations. Ogunsola (2004) explained that
some Nigerian University campuses are now jam-packed with IT facilities. It is no longer
strange to see lecturers and students doing their research and other academic works using
various IT devices like e-mail and the Internet. Students can absorb more information and
take less time to do so with the use of IT. Ogunsola (2004) declared that librarians or any
member of the academic community at Obafemi Awolowo University Library can now
easily find information concerning any book in the Library of Congress in the US.
University libraries can be transformed into a new information services unit, proving
electronic cataloguing, OPAC, electronics acquisition/serials control, electronic inter-
library loan and calculation functions (Ogunsola, 2004). Nigerian academic libraries should
not be left out of this global educational revolution. Ekong (2005) pointed out that one is
also happily to note that both the Federal Government of Nigeria and International funding
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes agencies are now interested in the general development of ICT in Nigerian universities.
The Federal Ministry of Education embarked on the establishment of the National Virtual
(Digital) Library Project, to provide, in an equitable and cost-effective manner, enhanced
access to national and international library and information resources and to share locally
available resources with libraries all over the world using digital technology; among
other objectives. A model Virtual (Digital) Library at the National Universities Commission
(NUC) will be the laboratory of the university – based libraries.
Question
Explain the role of information technology in Nigerian academic libraries.
Source: http://www.webpages.uidaho.edu/~mbolin/issa-ayodele-abubakar-bola.htm
11.5 Summary
Report is a summary of findings and recommendations about a particular matter/problem.
An effective report presents and analyses facts and evidence that are relevant to the specific
problem or issue of the report brief.
Most writers imagine that their report will be the major event in the reader’s day, when,
in reality, the poor fellow is awash with reading matter, drowning in facts, figures, and
opinions.
Most reports interpret the information gathered.
The summary should briefly describe the content of the report. It should cover the aims of
the report, what was found and what, if any, action is called for.
The contents page should list the different chapters and/or headings together with the
page numbers.
Information under this heading may include: a list of equipment used; explanations of
procedures followed; relevant information on materials used, including sources of materials
and details of any necessary preparation; reference to any problems encountered and
subsequent changes in procedure.
The key to writing an effective report is to allocate time for planning and preparation.
It is useful to provide an alphabetical list of technical terms with a brief, clear description
of each term.
The facts and evidence you have gathered should be analysed and discussed with specific
reference to the problem or issue.
It is useful to provide an alphabetical list of technical terms with a brief, clear description
of each term.
11.6 Keywords
Acknowledgements: The action of expressing or displaying gratitude or appreciation for
something.
Appendices: A section or table of additional matter at the end of a book or document.
Bibliography: A bibliography is a list of books, articles, and other sources you use when
researching a topic and writing a paper.
Document: Something tangible that records communication or facts with the help of marks,
words, or symbols.

NotesFacts: Event, item of information, or state of affairs existing, observed, or known to have
happened, and which is confirmed or validated to such an extent that it is considered ‘reality.’
Guidance: Guidance refers to information given for the purpose of resolving a problem or
difficulty and is mainly given by someone of authority.
Internal Communication: The sharing of information within an organization for business
purposes.
Presentation: Presentation is the act of introducing via speech and various additional new
information to an audience.
Record: Document that memorializes and provides objective evidence of activities performed,
events occurred, results achieved, or statements made.
Report: Report is a self-explanatory statement of facts relating to a specific subject and serves the
purpose of providing information for decision making and follow up actions.
Summary: An overview of content that provides a reader with the overarching theme, but does
not expand on specific details.
Title Page: A page at the beginning of a book giving its title, the names of the author and
publisher, and other publication information.
1. State two reasons why reports are used as forms of written assessment.
2. Explain two golden rules to follow when deciding what to put into a report.
3. What are the characteristics of Report?
4. Write brief note on the Summary.
5. Discuss different stages of writing a report.
6. Define Bibliography.
7. Do you think that main body of the report is where you discuss your material? If yes give
reasons.
8. Write short note on the Table of Contents.
9. Why glossary of technical terms is useful?
10. Define Report.
1. Report 2. Problem or Issue
3. Essay 4. Specifications
5. True 6. False
7. True 8. True
9. Summary 10. Contents
11. Introduction 12. Conclusion
13. True 14. False
15. True 16. True

Library Automation
Notes 11.8 Further Readings
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links http://docommunication.weebly.com/1/post/2013/04/characteristicsfeatures-
of-a-good-report.html
www.managementstudyguide.com/report-preparation.htm
www.termpaperwarehouse.com ›

Unit 12: Library Automation Services
NotesUnit 12: Library Automation Services
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
12.1 Overview of Library Services
12.1.1 Information Sources, Resources and Services
12.1.2 Users of Library Services
12.1.3 Types of Library Services
12.1.4 Requirements for Library Services
12.2 Library Services in Automated Environment
12.2.1 User Services
12.2.2 MIS Support Services
12.2.3 Digital Media Archiving
12.3 ICT Enabled Library Services
12.3.1 Database Search Services
12.3.2 Web-based Information Services
12.3.3 Digital Reference Services
12.4 Summary
12.5 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss an Overview of Library Services
Generalise Library Services in Automated Environment
Demonstrate ICT Enabled Library Services
Introduction
Libraries are built and maintained to provide information resources for a specific and defined
community. A public library serves the residents of a specific geographic region. An academic
library serves the students and faculty of a specific college or university. Special libraries support
to achieve organisational goals by serving the members. Corporate libraries serve the commercial
firms. In each case, the library only exists to serve its parent community. Each library performs
three basic functions in the process of serving its community – selecting and collecting
information, organising information, and serving users.

Library Automation
Notes 12.1 Overview of Library Services
The primary objective of a library, irrespective of type or size, is to promote the use of its
resources. Library services bring together the document or information sources and their users
by personal efforts of the library staff. User’s information requirement depends upon the purpose
for which he/she is seeking information. Library services satisfy information need of users
through dissemination of information resources. The information dissemination activities may
be accomplished in two ways – on the basis of expressed demands or in anticipation. In this
section we will study different facets of library services.
We are utilising ICT as a tool to serve our users right information at the right time.
Example: Library Management Software (LMS), Internet, Telecommunication etc.
The father of reference and information services, suggested in 1876 four basic functions in the
area of library services:
Instructing the User: It is intended to help users to learn how a library is organised so that
they could take advantage of knowledge contained in information resources.
Assisting the user with his/her Queries: It is intended to provide reference and information
services that involve either finding the required information on behalf of the users, or
assisting the users in finding information.
Aiding the users in Selection of Good Works: It is the link between librarian’s knowledge
of the collections and needs of the users. It is intended to guide users in selecting the most
appropriate information sources and services.
Promoting the Library within the Community: It is intended to relate the activities of the
library to the needs of its parent community. It helps to make the library visible in the
community. The success of any library depends on the recognition by the parent community.
Notes Over a century has passed; these four functions remain the core of reference and
information services in today’s digital environment.
ICT is a medium and a tool that enables the organisation and dissemination of information. It is
a conduit for the delivery of information from providers to users. The collaboration between
reference librarians and technology experts provides software solutions for online reference
and information services (such as LSSI’s electronic reference software and Endeavour’s Encompass)
to support:
Immediacy: To help users to receive quick library services at any time of day or night, any
and every day of the week.
Interactivity: To help users to follow-up responses.
Personalisation: To help users to receive information package in the way they want.
Mobility: To help users to access library services from any Internet connected computer at
anywhere and anytime. The wireless telephony and wireless computing will increase the
value of mobility in future.

Notes12.1.1 Information Sources, Resources and Services
A document gives information or facts. Documents are records of human observations and
thoughts, available in many forms and formats. A document in any form can be a source of
information. Information sources have two components: conduit (the physical facilities used for
gathering, storing, processing and distributing information) and content (the information sources
and elements). Information sources become information resources when these are organised
and institutionalised in some way, and can thus be reused. Libraries perform the following
activities for optimum use of information sources (Levitan, 1982):
Develop access mechanism to information sources;
Provide seamless access to resources;
Manage and maintain resources;
Design, develop and disseminate information products and services; and
Repackage and distribute its products and services;
Information sources can be categorised on the basis of their physical forms, information contents,
nature of presentation etc. A library should organise information sources to provide services to
users. Library services may be provided in anticipation or rendered in response to specific
query/request.
!
Caution Library services should be designed and disseminated keeping in view the
information need of users.
12.1.2 Users of Library Services
Libraries are social institutions. Almost all the major human activities like education and training,
research and development, industry and business, government administration etc. require active
library support. Users of library include students, teachers, researchers, planners, doctors, lawyers,
businessmen and people from different walks of the society. Information need of users may
vary widely. However, Melvin Voigt showed that there are four types of information
requirements or approaches. These are:
Current Approach: It helps user to keep abreast of current developments in his/her areas
of interest.
Everyday Approach: It originates from the user’s frequent information need in the course
of his/her study or investigation.
Exhaustive Approach: It is the user’s demand for almost all relevant documents on a
subject within the area of interest.
Catching-up Approach: It is the user requirement for a brief but complete picture of the
recent developments on a subject outside the area of his/her main interest.
12.1.3 Types of Library Services
Libraries provide a variety of information services to satisfy different information requirements
of users.

Library Automation
Notes The major and important library services are:
Reference Service: Reference services help users to locate and obtain specific pieces of
information from information sources such as reference books, catalogues, directories,
files, abstracting and indexing periodicals, databases (online and CD-ROM) and other
reference materials. Library personnel may either help users in searching (direct search)
or they themselves do the search for users (delegated search) in online or offline mode.
Referral Service: Referral services aim to refer users to the sources of information such as
secondary publications, information units, professional organisations, research institutions
and specialists/experts. Such services do not provide the documents or information required
by the user for his/her query. Librarians utilise directories and databases on sources,
specially designed and developed for rendering referral services.
Current Awareness Service (CAS): CAS satisfies users’ current approach to information
and thereby keeps them up-to-date in the field of their work. The important characteristics
of CAS are as follows:
It is a technique of communicating current information to users.
It provides latest developments in a subject field and does not provide answer to
any specific query.
Generally covers a broad subject area and supplements the user’s own channel/
media of obtaining information.
It is known for the speed and timeliness.
It is meant for use before its contents are absorbed by secondary publications like
abstracting and indexing journals. CAS may be provided through variety of media
and channels such as current awareness lists, current contents, routing of periodicals,
list of research in progress and forthcoming meetings/seminars/conferences,
newspaper clippings etc. Some commercial publishers and database vendors provide
free online CAS through Internet.
These are:
Contents Direct service (Elsevier)
IDEAL Alert (Academic Press)
Wiley book notification service (Wiley)
Book information (Amazon.com)
Current contents and ISI altering service (Institute of Scientific Information,
Philadelphia – Fee based)
Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) Service: SDI is a special type of current
awareness service. It supplies each user with the references of documents to their predefined
areas of interest, selected from document published recently or received during a particular
span of time. H. P. Luhn first coined the concept of SDI as a computer mediated information
services. The workflow of SDI service is based on the following steps:
Step I – Users’ Profile: In the first step needs and interests of each user or a group of
users having similar requirements are ascertained and carefully analysed. These are
then expressed in terms of some keywords, collected from an accepted thesaurus.
User profile may be stored as a database file in case of computerised SDI.
Step II – Document Profile: In this step contents of selected documents are analysed
and expressed in terms of keywords selected from the same accepted thesaurus. It is
necessary for precise matching. This may also be stored as a database file.

NotesStep III – Matching: The first two steps are the work of library professionals. This step
i.e. matching of two profiles is conducted by computer at regular intervals. The
result of matching is then saved as a file in the required format such as text, html etc.
Step IV – Notification: This step involves communication of result to the users.
Notification may be sent to users through e-mail by attaching the result file or as a
hard copy by obtaining printout of the result file(s).
Step V – Feedback: SDI includes a mechanism of feedback from the side of users.
Generally, a feedback form is sent to each user along with the notification in which
he/she has to indicate whether the document really interests him/her, whether he/
she needs a copy or why it is of no interest to him/her. On the basis of feedback
user’s profile is updated regularly.
Literature Search Service: It is an extension of reference service. This service includes the
following steps:
Analysis of the search parameters of a query.
Formulation of a suitable strategy for searching different information sources.
Identification and choosing of most appropriate sources to be searched and the
order of searching them.
Understanding of retrieval features of online databases and CD-ROM.
Document Delivery Service (DDS): Document delivery is a key element in access to
information. Unless the documents required by the user are available to him/her, all the
other services are of no use. DDS is a complex process and is concerned with supply of
documents to users on demand in required format. All the information services (i.e. CAS,
SDI, Literature search etc.) are aimed at guiding users to the documents of their interests.
DDS is the last point in this chain of information services that actually locates the required
document and supplies it to users in required format.
Did u know? Electronic DDS supports delivery of documents in digitised form at anytime
from anywhere.
Translation Service: In the area of science and technology about half of the world’s literature
is published in languages other than English. Access to non-English literature by people
who know English is possible through translations. Translation services thus help in the
global access of information. In India, DESIDOC, NISCAIR, IASLIC, ONGC, BARC, BHEL,
DRDO laboratories and several wings of the Ministry of Defence and Ministry of Science
and Technology provide translation facilities.
12.1.4 Requirements for Library Services
A library must develop information services appropriate to its community. These services
should take into account information seeking behaviours, information needs, and service
expectations of members of the community. The requirements for design, development and
dissemination of library services are:
Resources: Libraries should develop comprehensive information resource collection and
formulate collection development policy consistent with the goals of its institution or
community.
Access: Libraries should support state of the-art computing and communication methods
for accessing information resources by its users.

Library Automation
Notes Personnel: Information services staff should endeavour to communicate effectively with
the full range of library’s clientele and must have knowledge and preparation appropriate
to meet information needs of users.
Planning and Policy: The scope of library services should be based on realistic planning
and applicable policies and procedures.
Interface: The user interfaces for online services must support easy navigation and provide
links to internal and external online resources.
Evaluation: The library should regularly evaluate its information services to ensure that
the services help to achieve institutional goals and those goals reflect the needs and
interests of the community served.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
1. The primary objective of a library is to promote the use of its …………………….
2. …………………… is a medium and a tool that enables the organisation and dissemination
of information.
3. …………………… are records of human observations and thoughts, available in many
forms and formats.
4. …………………… can be categorised on the basis of their physical forms, information
contents, nature of presentation etc.
5. …………………… is the last point in this chain of information services that actually locates
the required document and supplies it to users in required format.
12.2 Library Services in Automated Environment
Libraries are always at the forefront of the latest technologies to find new ways to optimise the
management of libraries and resources, and to provide improved services. Automated library
systems, apart from supporting housekeeping operations and management of information
services also act as document management systems. It stores documents in digital form and
provide appropriate retrieval mechanisms so that individual documents, or sets of documents
can be retrieved against specific query or on any given topic. In some systems, the document
may be held in print form or microfiche and only the index is in electronic form. Automated
system also monitors the whereabouts of documents so that library staff and customers can be
aware of the availability and status of the documents in collection.
Did u know? The range of services offered by automated library systems can be placed
into three broad groups – user services, MIS support services and digital media archiving.
12.2.1 User Services
These are designed with a focus on the services to customers and offering real benefits to them.
These are:
OPAC Service
Library catalogue is the mirror of library collection. The objectives of library catalogue in an
automated setup are to enable a user:

Notesto locate resources in a file or database as the result of a search using attributes or
relationships of the resources;
to identify a resource (i.e. to confirm that the entity described in a record corresponds to
the entity sought or to distinguish between two or more entities with similar characteristics);
to select specific item that is appropriate to the user’s needs (i.e. to choose a resource that
meets the user’s requirements with respect to content, physical format, and so on or to
reject a resource as being inappropriate to the user’s needs);
to acquire or obtain access to an item described (that is to acquire an item through purchase,
loan, and so on or to access an item electronically through an online connection to a
remote source);
to navigate a bibliographic database (that is through the logical arrangement of
bibliographic information and presentation of clear ways to move around, including
presentation of relationships among attributes).
In automated setup access to library collection is provided through Online Public Access Catalogue
or OPAC. OPAC of any modern LMS is fully integrated with other modules, accessible through
LAN and WAN and allows users:
to search, either combined or specific for all formats (books, journals, computer files,
maps, sound recording, musical scores, visual materials, manuscripts and archival
materials);
to find a range or levels of records (from full bibliographic records to brief, minimal level
records);
to see standard and customised display of records in all status categories (fully catalogued,
provisional records, confined copy, on order, in process, lost, withdrawn);
to know item-level circulation status information in real-time and note of items have
special locations (in transit, reserve etc.) or status (recalled, on hold etc.);
to search multiple words or phrases in one, more than one, or all fields;
to apply various search operations within and across all fields such as Boolean operators
(OR, XOR, NOT, AND), Positional operators (SAME, WITH, NEAR, ADJ) and Relational
operators (‘less than’, ‘greater than’, ‘equal to’ etc.);
to indicate which fields are to be displayed for a retrieved record at the time of display,
printing and downloading.
Web-OPAC Service
Web-OPACs are next generation of OPACs. Web-enabled OPACs allow users to search library
catalogues and access other services from any client at anywhere at any time. It helps libraries to
overcome space and time barrier in accessing services. Any machine with a standard web browser
can act as a client because the mechanism does not require installation of any additional client-
side software.
Article Indexing Service
Modern automation packages also provide facility to create and index database of articles or
papers published in the journals subscribed by the library. The abstracts of papers/articles may
also be included in the database. Such a database allows specific and combined searching by
author, title, keywords etc. and produces number of user specific services like table of contents

Library Automation
Notes services (by journals), compilation of subject bibliographies and generation of CAS, SDI, etc. in
online and off-line mode.
Lending Service
Lending service provides facility to allow books and other library materials to be read elsewhere
by users. This service increases the use of library collection. Computerised lending includes
following value-added user services:
Quick issue, return and renewal of books and other library materials;
Automatic display of document availability and possible date of availability (if issued to
others), display or printing of documents borrowed by a member;
Quick generation of fine receipts;
Issue of member ID card with photograph;
Membership history in the form of list of documents issued and returned by a member
during his/her membership tenure;
E-mail reminders for overdue books;
Reservation of document by users through OPAC/Web-OPAC, if it is on loan;
Interlibrary loan (ILL) services for documents not available in the local library; and
RFID and smart card based circulation system allows self-issue and self return of documents,
secure use of library resources and personalized access to public domain resources.
Information Service
Library automation package produces lots of general and user specific information services.
These are:
Display of general facts and figures about the library, library rules, contact persons for
specific services, library map, library calendar and holidays, etc.;
Current Awareness Services (CAS) in the form of arrival list of books, journal issues, CD-
ROM databases etc.;
CAS in the form of table of contents of current journal issues;
Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) services in the form of report of arrival of
books, journals, special journal issues, articles of interests on specific topic(s) selected by
individual user;
SDI in the form of CAD (Contents – Abstracts – Documents) type products;
Auto e-mailing of all the above mentioned CAS and SDI services;
Searchable database of community information and items of local interest; and
Quick compilation of bibliographies on any given topic or author.
Electronic Document Delivery Service
Document delivery has always been at the heart of services offered by libraries. Document
delivery needs to embrace the delivery of both print and electronic documents. The mechanisms
for deliveries of print documents are already well established. These mechanisms have been

Notesmade more efficient through the introduction of electronic document delivery. The document
delivery service is an integration of document discovery, the location of a supplier, request and
delivery. It takes many forms, deals with variety of formats and involves a number of
intermediaries.
Outreach Services
Outreach services aim to automate the processes required to deliver materials to the homebound
and other patrons who cannot physically enter the library. Automated library systems also offer
community information services in the form of list of names and addresses of local organisations
or persons, local leisure facilities, employment etc.
12.2.2 MIS Support Services
Library management software deals with and contains huge amount of data related to documents,
staff and users. This database when extracted, summarised and analysed may help various
management activities like planning, decision making etc.
Notes Automation packages generate reports (standard and customised) and statistics to
help library managers to investigate various management issues.
The important reports and statistics are:
Reports of item(s) requested by users and supplied by vendors/publishers;
Reports on order status, overdue items, vendor performance, budget analysis etc.;
Statistics related to exchange rate and price changes, average item cost etc.;
Reports on items issued, returned and reserved over a period and transaction history of
members;
Reports and statistics on most frequently issued items and most frequently visited members;
and
Reports on title history for journals and journal usage by members.
Most automated systems offer a set of standard reports relating to transactions in various modules
of the system.
!
Caution Apart from standard reports, library managers require producing ad-hoc reports
and customised reports that facilitate statistical analysis of data.
12.2.3 Digital Media Archiving
The digital archiving system enables users to access stored materials in the form of text, image,
audio and video clips quickly from their desktop using a web browser. The services of a typical
digital media archiving system are as follows:
It allows full text and metadata based searching of textual information with natural
language query;
It links full text digitised documents with library catalogue;

Library Automation
Notes It allows receiving and registering published documents from an electronic document
management system;
It enables a user to import files from the user’s system and associate them with a set of
metadata record within the archive;
It offers personal information environment (PIE) to users for accessing resources through
customised interface; and
It aims to provide a single layer interface for locally digitised materials, library OPAC,
online databases and other electronic information resources.
Self Assessment
6. Automated library systems only support housekeeping operations and management of
7. Library catalogue is the mirror of library collection.
8. In automated setup access to library collection is provided through Online Public Access
Catalogue or OPAC.
9. Web-enabled OPACs allow users to search library catalogues and access other services
from any client at anywhere at any time.
10. Lending service provides facility to allow books and other library materials to be read
elsewhere by users.
12.3 ICT Enabled Library Services
Library services in general and reference and information services in particular refer to the
personal assistance provided to users in pursuit of information. The reference and information
services, provided to library users may be categorised into three broad groups:
Information services that involve either finding the required information on behalf of the
users, or assisting users in finding information;
Instruction in the use of library resources and services; and
User guidance, in which users are guided in selecting the most appropriate information
sources and services (obviously user enquiry can range from the simple fact finding type
to complex questions requiring consultation and analysis of numerous information
sources).
The increasing availability of electronic information sources, emergence of web based digital
libraries and use of desktop based search tools and agents have changed the notion of traditional
reference and information services. The whole array of ICT enabled library services are discussed
in the following sections.
12.3.1 Database Search Services
Libraries all over the world are finding vital information through online information retrieval
services that provide access to thousands of databases containing both bibliographic and primary
source information. Databases are also available as discrete datasets on optical discs like CD-ROM,
DVD-ROM, etc. Users can either search these databases directly or through intermediaries (such

Notesas library professionals). Databases that are available in libraries for remote access via online
search or for local access via CD-ROM/DVD-ROM can be categorised as:
Reference Databases: They refer users to another source such as a document, an organisation,
an individual or full text of a document.
Source Databases: Contain original source data and act as one type of electronic document.
Formulation: It involves several decisions regarding sources, fields, what to search for,
and the search variants. Users need to select first the database(s) to be searched. A search
may be conducted against one or more selected fields in a database but a search on specific
fields produces precise search result than one on a complete record. The next task is to
write actual search statement.
Action: In this step, a search button needs to be pressed to conduct a search and the user is
expected to wait till the search process ends.
Review of Result: In this step, user views the retrieved results by selecting various display
options such as size of display, display format, order of items (by author, title, date, etc.)
and so on.
Online Database Service
During the past 10 to 15 years, several related data processing and telecommunication technologies
have evolved and merged to make fast, reliable and low cost online information services a
reality.
CD-ROM Database Service
Optical discs, particularly in the form of CD-ROMs have become important medium for storage
and retrieval of information. CD-ROM databases act as alternative information access system to
online database services via telecommunication network and www. CD-ROM databases can be
accessed in a standalone PC (single user – single CD-ROM) or over CD-ROM network (multiple
user – multiple databases). Multiple accesses to CD-ROM databases are provided through network
file server or dedicated CD-ROM server or jukebox system.
Notes CD-ROM databases contain bibliographic datasets, catalogues, source databases,
reference databases or multimedia databases.
12.3.2 Web-based Information Services
The Internet is a global collection of interlinked computer networks, or a network of networks.
It offers a gateway to myriad online databases, library catalogues and collections, software and
document archives, in addition to frequently used store-and-forward services such as use net
news and e-mail. The resources available in the Internet can be accessed by a number of services
such as Telnet, FTP, Gopher and World Wide Web (WWW). The WWW or simply web is the
most innovative, the most visible, and the fastest growing part of the Internet. Web supports
multimedia, hyperlinking and HTML formatted web pages can invoke programmes (i.e. CGI)
to process user supplied data (i.e. Form). Web can be utilised in library services as global
publishing platform in two ways. We can link local library resources to the web for global users
and we can organise global information resources available in the web for the local users.

Library Automation
Notes
Did u know? The web-based information services may be discussed under two broad
groups – general web based information services and subject specific web-based
12.3.3 Digital Reference Services
Reference services refer to the personal assistance provided to users in pursuit of information.
Reference service has remained the core theme of library profession over the years. The increasing
availability of electronic information sources and services through web and digital libraries has
altered the notion of traditional library services. The web-enabled reference services have many
advantages:
It combines reference works together at one website and makes them easier to locate;
It achieves economics of scale in production and development by tackling a number of
reference works; and
It provides a common interface for collection of reference sources and allows meta-searching
and cross-collection searching.
The available online reference and information sources may be categorised into three broad
groups:
Group I: Reference and information services from publishers, database vendors and
specialised institutions
Group II: Reference and information services provided by libraries and/or experts through
Internet
Group III: Reference and information services where users need to conduct a search and
find information through the web
Task Make a report on trends and future of library services.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
11. …………………… involves several decisions regarding sources, fields, what to search for,
and the search variants.
12. …………………… databases contain bibliographic datasets, catalogues, source databases,
reference databases or multimedia databases.
13. The web-based information services may be discussed under two broad groups – general
web based information services and …………………… web-based information services.
14. The …………………… reference services combines’ reference works together at one website
and makes them easier to locate.
15. The …………………… is the most innovative, the most visible, and the fastest growing
part of the Internet.

Notes
Case Study Technology-Enhanced Library Services and the
Librarian’s Identity Crisis in Academic and
Research Libraries of India
L
ibraries across India, as in other parts of the world, are facing sweeping changes on
account of the media in which information is generated, transmitted, disseminated
and archived due to the increasing presence of electronic formats. There is no doubt
that information in electronic form is a potential asset, and that it can be vigorously
applied in any environment. The advent and spread of electronic formats has made a
major difference in the information processing and service environments in libraries,
especially after the emergence of the Internet and Web as the dominant pathway and
repository of electronic information resources. In an increasingly networked world, it is
possible that universities may be able to take back control of scholarly information, and
libraries may risk being cut out of the author-publisher-dissemination loop (Levy 2000).
Libraries act as facilitators to provide the right information to the right user at the right
time.
Users visit libraries to borrow identified documents, or to take photocopies/printouts of
those documents from reference collections or journals not issued out normally. The
advent of Web-enabled information resources, such as e-journals, e-books and e-reference
sources, and their access through networks has taken the library to the users (instead of the
users coming to the library) and a significant amount of information access is now taking
place beyond the four walls of the library. In many cases users want a ‘pinpointed precision’
in the information search process whereas the library attempts for an ‘exhaustive recall’ to
comply with the various ways in which an information source is approached and to satisfy
each user’s diverse interests. This information overload may cause doubts in the users
regarding the relevance of information services as perceived from a professional angle.
Along with quantifying use, it is equally important to assess the qualitative attributes of
implicit and explicit use and examine the difficulties of users in properly framing their
requests for information.
The limitation on the part of library professionals to perceive and represent what is
demanded by users in information systems, and the dilemmas of information organization
and retrieval to handle these demands must be effectively addressed. Libraries and
professionals are equally concerned about the emergence of Internet as an information
repository beyond the library’s walls, as amply demonstrated by enhanced citations of
Web resources. As library acquisitions are falling, information sources are increasing, and
a single site library satisfying the user’s needs is a doubtful proposition; users are forced
to look beyond the library for their information needs. Thus the only option for the
libraries is to enter into collaborations, networking and consortia and to reorient their
roles as information services and access centres from their previous roles as information
warehouses. At the same time, the technical advances resulting from enhanced research in
science and technology have made it possible to reduce drastically the time involved in
information collection and identification. Also the extra time required in adapting printed
information to client service through cumbersome manual routines of classification and
cataloguing is considerably reduced by the availability of electronic information, leaving
the professionals to concentrate more on tasks to support the extensive teaching and
intensive research environment.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes Academic and Research Libraries
The application of computing to library work in India has a history of at least three
decades because since the time the computer entered premier academic institutions and
selected R&D facilities, it has been explored for improving information processing and
management routines. Information technology (IT) enriched library services arrived
initially for science and technology (S&T) information handling and for the special libraries
attached to research and development (R&D) centres and academic libraries in higher
education institutions. In comparison to other libraries, academic and research libraries
have better infrastructure and skilled manpower in greater numbers, making them able
to offer information services comparable to advanced countries. Like qualified teaching
and research personnel and well-equipped laboratories, the right information service is
another vital element in the trinity which completes a fruitful academic or research
environment.
Market-driven Collaboration
Academic and research libraries, especially in developing countries, are passing through
a very challenging phase in their existence due to unfriendly trends in the emerging
information market. On the one hand, these libraries are still left with many of the old
problems such as poor budgetary support and weak infrastructure, as well as staff in fewer
numbers and often with less expertise. But the new information marketing techniques,
like the possibilities of delivering and accessing electronic information in diverse channels,
force these libraries to be very vigilant and cautious in their approach towards information
acquisition and services. Libraries and professionals in India were quick to understand the
emerging information environment was forcing their users to depend largely on those
resources, which are becoming more expensive day by day due to the rise in production
costs, fall in subscriptions and inflationary trends of Indian currency. When individual
libraries found that alone they are not in a position to satisfy the information requirements
of their clients, they formulated various collaborative arrangements with other libraries
such as, interlibrary loan (ILL) services, document delivery services (DDS), resource-
sharing, and consortia-based subscriptions.
Present Practices and Emerging Goals
The special libraries attached to research and higher education were lucky enough to
garner resources to automate their in-house routine operations and for hosting online
public access catalogues (OPACs); some of them also set up facilities to search electronic
databases. A few of them evolved the desired infrastructure for Internet surfing, for hosting
of full-text database access, and for setting up digital libraries. The major advantage of the
progress in computerization is a considerable increase in the amount of information
available online. We have experienced that at the start of computer applications only the
surrogates (metadata) existed online, but some full-text content has been made accessible
online in recent years (online access to all content in the collection will continue to be an
unattainable long-cherished dream of librarians). These libraries are experiencing the
virtues of electronic information in different forms such as e-journals, e-books,
bibliographic/full-text electronic databases on CD-ROMs and through Web access. Due to
publishers’ ‘electronic plus’ policies, libraries are able to access electronic versions of
printed sources such as journals either for free (with the print subscription) or by paying
an additional fee. However the goal these libraries in specialized research and academic
centres should have set for themselves is to enhance their information facilities to fully
functional digital libraries, comparable with similar facilities in the developed countries.
Contd...

NotesCultures and Conflicts Faced by Libraries
The fixed roles suggested by Levy (2000) for researchers, publishers and libraries are
either overlapping or changing in the electronic scene. There are cases where an author or
a library is acting as electronic publisher, and there are publishers providing a wide
variety of information packages beyond the contents of printed journals. The real question
is: has the library really lost ground in the emerging information scene? Even the critics
will not say so. The concerns expressed are only to revitalize the professional skills of
librarians, rejuvenate the style of working and reorient the library towards its rightful
place in effective dissemination of information. Maybe the common feeling that the library
is a central place in the institution visited everyday by large numbers of users, like any
public utility, has lost some ground in the electronic scene. Nonetheless, apart the
continuing provision of information services for print sources, the electronic revolution
has reaffirmed the library more as an information service and access centre than as an
information storehouse.
Technology-enhanced Library Services Technology Advances
The major technology breakthroughs in the context of libraries include:
Advent of printing press and mass production of printed documents enabled
democratization of information. Libraries had a major role in the print era, as no
one can own a large number of books on a particular subject whereas libraries by
their very purpose concentrated on doing so.
Microforms helped to preserve less used information in a compact space and as a
smoother delivery option for voluminous sources. Libraries had their unchallenged
role even in the microform era as the special purpose readers for microfilms and
microfiche were costly and exclusively housed in the library.
The economical and affordable copying technology revolutionised the concept of
information use as it spearheaded the trend of owning copies of relevant portions of
library (printed) resources. The copying technology freed the user from sitting in
the library for long duration for reading, since one can simply get a copy quickly
and leave.
Computing is the biggest technology revolution so far, as it is a major enabler in the
information dissemination chain; also it is not a stand-alone technology unlike
earlier technologies and can be networked and integrated with a whole lot of other
devices and technologies. It not only revolutionized the production of books and
microforms but also brought the arrival of online and CD-ROM databases, electronic
information resources, Internet and the digital revolution.
Products and Services
Adapting IT for library applications is an ongoing process, right from procuring or
developing IT enabled information products through computer aided processing and
management to delivering IT-enriched services. Library professionals in India are already
exposed to the different offshoots of IT for library organization and information services.
1. Library Automation Packages: The availability of a wide variety of library
automation software to suit the varied needs of libraries themselves is a reflection
of the progress libraries have made in automating the operations of procuring,
processing and providing information sources. Procurement is the end of the story
for many other software/databases used in a library, whereas library automation
systems will open a floodgate of issues. What the vendor provides is a structure to
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes build information concerning the collection and users, to conduct various aspects of
organizing the collection and offering information services. Thus software needs to
be evaluated for its suitability for the target library before purchase. This may
include case studies from other libraries using the software, evaluation of hardware
and operating system required, computer awareness among staff and users, network
as well as computer infrastructure in the institution, and above all estimation of cost
and charges for after-sales support. Using suitable software for library automation
will significantly reduce manual operations and enable professionals to dedicate
more time for professional jobs.
2. CD-ROM and Electronic Databases: Due to the poor communication infrastructure
prevalent in India and to the immense costs involved, online database services were
used only by few institutions. The distribution of the same content of online data
repositories subsequently in CD-ROMs made it affordable (minus communication
costs) to a larger number of institutions. While the library automation package gave
search and access facility to information sources present in the local collection, CD-
ROM databases attempted consolidated access irrespective of holdings to the
bibliographic data of publications in a discipline. CD-ROM databases have also
freed library professionals from conducting searches and allowed the end user to
conduct the searches. CD-ROM is so common nowadays that a library holds a good
number of them not only for bibliographic, numeric and full-text databases, but
also those received along with printed books and other reference sources. Managing
and serving these high capacity discs was a problem earlier due to the stand-alone
software required, whereas the onset of networking and hard-disk cached solutions
provides an effective and functional way to enable access to them through the intranet.
3. Web: Since the 1990s, the Internet has changed the dissemination of information,
such as electronic copies of traditional paper-based journals and conference
proceedings, free electronic-only refereed journals, haphazard copies of all kinds of
material on home pages and a handful of electronic preprints archives (Bjork and
Turk 2000). Most libraries in India now have a website and they use the site to
present the basic strengths of the library and to host services such as the OPAC and
Web access to electronic information. The ‘size of the catalogue card’ and the field
lengths of primitive database technology are surpassed in the Web era. Types of
information resources on the Web also vary from authentic primary information
about the latest research results to ephemeral product catalogues. Issues worth
consideration are often the content of the sites that are deleted, modified or changed
to new machines without proper redirection and the extraction mechanism through
search engines, when a flood of sources is retrieved against a query, of which few
are relevant. The Internet and Web demonstrate that a large amount of electronic
information can be hosted in a decentralized fashion in a cost-effective manner. The
Web has also freed the user’s dependence on library resources for finding information
related to address and contact details of a person/institution, contents pages of
books, journals, etc. As far as possible, especially for reference and information
services, looking at the Web has become an innovative trend in the reference service
to complement dated print sources. Many publishers visibly feel the benefits and
reach of the Web, and have considered it as an alternate medium for delivering
information sources; some publishers even permit unrestricted access of tables of
contents and abstracts of their primary journals. As a result of these initiatives, the
‘print and distribute’ paradigm is challenged by ‘distribute and print’ paradigm.
4. Digital Libraries: Libraries in India are engaged in the development of prototypes
of digital information resources, as influenced by developments in other countries.
Contd...

NotesThere are certain types of content which lie inaccessible or less used in their present
physical forms that can be put to more visible and enhanced use through digitization.
Also heavily used content presently available in limited numbers of copies can be
identified for conversion to electronic format. The linear text in many of the print
sources presents difficulties for providing a hypertext approach or a multimedia
feeling, for simulating learning by doing; sustaining attention and interest for long
duration calls for using electronic technologies to enable content to be more
functional. The static content in printed sources fails to attract users who are
increasingly exposed to the widely appealing features of broadcasting and IT-
intensive presentation tools. Multimedia-enabled digital information will be useful
to a large percentage of illiterate and older population also. There are cases such as
papers in journals and conferences in print form that never get their deserved
visibility and often end up without reaching the target population. The digital
dissemination of this content may lead to very effective teaching and more focused
research in most areas. To demonstrate the efficacy of digital libraries and collections,
libraries must be able to identify materials in the public domain, sources generated
in-house, and similar materials to overcome the constraints of copyright.
Culture and Conflicts Faced by Users
Searching for manual sources required scanning catalogue cards or indexing and abstracting
sources. As cross-references often increase the number of cards or pages, there was a
difficulty in being very exhaustive. Conducting selective dissemination of information
(SDI) services had been extremely difficult as the document profiles must be matched with
user profiles with the aid of semi-mechanical systems. Most of these limitations are easily
eliminated in the electronic environment due to the very nature of information processing
and organization in electronic form. The inherent advantages of indexing electronic
information help the user to search for any or all the fields in a timesaving manner. Since
document profiles are already stored in the database and search software supports creation
of user profiles, current awareness services (CAS) and SDI services are achieved more
easily. The concern for end-user searching was dominant right from the beginning of
early CD-ROM database systems since the time spent for searching does not involve
communication costs as is the case with online searching. Also with the universe of
knowledge getting increasingly complex as a result of continuing advances in research in
intra and inter-disciplinary areas, vitiating the search conducted by a generalist like a
librarian may not be effective in amassing the user’s information requirements completely
or not achieving the desired results expected by the user.
The convoluted information requirements of present day researchers require sufficient
knowledge of their disciplines and since the users are increasingly exposed to the
computerized work environment, they feel very confident to conduct information searching
on electronic systems. The professional ethos and egos also plays a part as users find more
satisfactory results from electronic systems than manual systems, and in a relatively easy
and convenient way. The librarians should recognize the confidence and maturity of users
to conduct searches on their own as they have better knowledge of their disciplines, more
exposure to the different keywords and their relationships and because of the inherent
advantages of locating related sources serendipitously while scanning the retrieved results.
There should be closer interaction and effective communication between library
professionals and users to understand each other’s views about information needs and
use. Library user meetings, orientation sessions for new users, special help for research
scholars, training programmes about usage of print and electronic resources, a help desk
at reference counter, holdings locator services, interacting with users through phone and
email, encouraging users to approach the librarian, ask a librarian, and user friendly
websites are some options practiced in libraries in India.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes The Librarian’s Identity Crisis
As stated previously, the students, faculty, curriculum and training methodology at the
library schools have to be visibly improved to meet the challenges posed by electronic
information and impatient, highly demanding users. There are also problems of
infrastructure and a directionless attitude in the teaching and research sector often forgetting
the interdisciplinary aspect of the subject. Working librarians have good exposure to new
databases, their acquisition and use, pragmatic implementation of various routines etc.,
which are not accessible to library schools. Thus apart from teaching faculty, expert
practitioners in the discipline would also be involved in education programs to bridge the
gap between preaching and practice. The existing courses must always look at the sweeping
changes in the library workplace and adapt well to enable the students to face the challenges
with confidence, giving ample opportunities for improving reasoning, communication
skills, general awareness, and other characteristics identified for a multi-tasking service
organization. The age-old teacher-centric teaching has to be circumvented by student
oriented and professional (job)-centric teaching.
Cultures and Conflicts Faced by Librarians
Gone are the days of close-minded librarians and the quality of candidates entering the
profession is continuously improving. As technology-intensive librarianship is gaining
ground in the country, working librarians are getting much exposure to new technology
tools for providing better information products and improved information services.
Working librarians in at least the major academic and research institutions have better
computer infrastructure and possess better expertise on the latest information products
and services. It is quite natural in the emerging print plus electronic hybrid library scenario
that a library professional right from first job is expected to be conversant with the electronic
apart from the manual means of information collection, processing, management and
servicing. But there are also apprehensions about the level of technology appropriate to
conducting well in the challenging and demanding academic and research setup.
A library professional must be distinct from a computer professional due to the very
nature of their profession and the expected deliverables. But the acute emphasis on
technology has created a situation that a professional can hide many of his/her professional
ignorance by a little computer knowledge which is not going to be good either for the
profession or for the libraries. Google cannot and will not be replacing libraries because
both can co-exist with their diverse functionalities catching the attention of users at different
occasions. The professional nature of the librarian’s job always motivates him or her to
help the users unlike administrative staff in the institution who are always rule-based;
sometimes this may lead to not so proper upkeep of administrative procedures and records,
and in some cases cause unnecessary rivalry with the administrative staff.
There are also personnel problems as the librarians fail to command a leadership role in
many institutions thereby eclipsing their role in strategic planning. Institutions attach
prime importance to libraries but are they doing the same towards the personnel in their
libraries? It is a strange case of all the virtues are of the system and the problems are due
to the staff. Largely a service wing in many institutions, not enjoying the power, visibility,
service conditions, and career prospects of the research and teaching staff, the status of
library professionals in many of these institutions is not a morale booster, leaving many
of them underperforming. It is not uncommon to see non-professionals heading many
libraries, maybe just because they are senior teachers or good administrators or researchers
and not because they are good as librarians. There are also problems of the lack of a peer
group in the profession resisting such attacks on the profession as many senior professionals
have become self-centred, and professional associations compete for minor issues.
Contd...

NotesThe professional staff members working in many libraries in developing countries are
totally engrossed in administrative and routine jobs related to library operation and
administration. Many institutions do not demand their library professionals to pursue an
offensive role.
The users always need quick services and they never respond to any of the reasonable
operational or managerial delays. The real situation is that the libraries have very little
control over their suppliers whereas their consumers have too much control over them.
Users are not patient enough to interact constantly with the library staff to tune their
profiles to improve the relevance of information services, maybe due to time constraints
on their parts. Again by a rough assessment, it seems that less than 10% of the users
usually respond to SDI results and the remaining are either using it as it is or rejecting it
straightaway. Out of those responding, only a few show their willingness to give feedback
to modify their keywords to improve the utility of such services. Users may sometimes
get so arrogant with the helpful nature of library staff and doubt it as their weakness.
Questions
Source: http://www.librijournal.org/pdf/2007-2pp100-109.pdf
12.4 Summary
Library services bring together the document or information sources and their users by
personal efforts of the library staff. User’s information requirement depends upon the
purpose for which he/she is seeking information.
ICT is a medium and a tool that enables the organisation and dissemination of information.
It is a conduit for the delivery of information from providers to users.
A document in any form can be a source of information. Information sources have two
components: conduit (the physical facilities used for gathering, storing, processing and
distributing information) and content (the information sources and elements).
Users of library include students, teachers, researchers, planners, doctors, lawyers,
businessmen and people from different walks of the society. Information need of users
may vary widely.
SDI is a special type of current awareness service. It supplies each user with the references
of documents to their predefined areas of interest, selected from document published
recently or received during a particular span of time.
Automated library systems, apart from supporting housekeeping operations and
management of information services also act as document management systems.
In automated setup access to library collection is provided through Online Public Access
Catalogue or OPAC.
Library management software deals with and contains huge amount of data related to
documents, staff and users.
The digital archiving system enables users to access stored materials in the form of text,
image, audio and video clips quickly from their desktop using a web browser.
Library services in general and reference and information services in particular refer to
the personal assistance provided to users in pursuit of information.

Library Automation
Notes Databases are also available as discrete datasets on optical discs like CD-ROM, DVD-ROM,
etc. Users can either search these databases directly or through intermediaries (such as
library professionals).
12.5 Keywords
Current Awareness Service: A service intended to keep the users posted with the latest information
on a particular field.
Digital Library: A managed collection of information, with associated services, where the
information is stored in digital formats and accessible over a network.
Digital Reference: Reference services to patrons anytime and anywhere by using computer and
communications technology.
Information Resources: Information resources are those sources that are institutionalised so
that they can be reused.
Literature Search: A systematic search for literature in any form on a particular topic.
Personal Information: It is a kind of portal technology that creates Environment personalised
and customised information access mechanism for users.
Responsive Services: Reference and information services given on request to individuals.
Subjects Gateways: Web based information service that selects and organises valuable subject
specific information available on the web through customised interface.
Virtual Reference Service: Internet based reference and information service that connects users
with experts.
1. What are information sources?
2. Discuss the variety of information sources.
3. Explain the workflow of SDI service.
4. What are the categories of users and kinds of library services?
5. What are the advantages of digital media archiving?
6. Discuss the use of Internet in library services.
7. Elaborate the process of dissemination of information services in computerised library
systems.
8. Give information services by utilising digital resources.
1. Resources 2. ICT
3. Documents 4. Information sources
5. DDS 6. False
7. True 8. True
9. True 10. True

Notes11. Formulation 12. CD-ROM
13. Subject specific 14. Web-enabled
15. WWW
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links dspace.thapar.edu:8080/dspace/.../ICT+Enabled+Library+Services.doc
www.apc.org/en/.../14-new-public-library-services-using-ict-developme
www.eifl.net/library-service-enables-children-practise-their-ic

Library Automation
Notes Unit 13: Computerization in Information Services
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
13.1 Areas and Application of Information Technology to Library Services
13.1.1 Library House Keeping Operation
13.1.2 Library Administrations
13.1.3 Application of IT to Library Services
13.2 Impact of IT on Libraries
13.2.1 Impact on Techniques
13.2.2 Computerization for Libraries
13.2.3 Scientific Electronic Publishing
13.2.4 Acquisition of Published Electronic Documents
13.3 The Internet
13.4 The Virtual Library
13.5 Summary
13.6 Keywords
Objectives
Explore the Areas and Application of Information Technology to Library Services
Discuss the Impact of IT on Libraries
Explain the Meaning and Use of Internet
Discuss the Virtual Library
Introduction
Computer technology in libraries has revolutionised the concept of rapid and accurate
information services. Technology encompasses in its ambit – acquisition, processing, storage,
and dissemination of various types of information via computers and telecommunication.
Information technology [IT] has become pervasive in all walks of life. IT has bridged minds
over miles. Changing technology is driving the next wave of economic growth. In order to reap
the benefits of the technology, we have to not only apply new technology but also new thinking.
Data are the basic building blocks of the information economy and knowledge-based business.
This data was received by the user in forms of words, numbers, sounds, and images. This data is

Unit 13: Computerization in Information Services
Notesconverted to information by arranging into meaningful patterns and knowledge which helps in
application and productive use of information. In the near future, knowledge shall supersede
information as information superseded data earlier. This is the need of the hour and this is made
possible by the amazing IT products and tools. The advent, rapid successions, and subsequent
widespread use of information technology has completely revolutionized the way information
is generated, stored, acquired, accessed, retrieved, communicated, and broadcasted. The
continuing new developments in IT is bringing us to a new arena that nobody could have even
imagined a few decades back IT has made great impact on Library and Information Science [LIS]
field with numerous products of new information technology finding their applications in the
libraries.
13.1 Areas and Application of Information Technology to Library
Services
A modern library cannot be imagined without the application of computers. In the library and
information centres computers can be used for performing efficiently all sorts of jobs from the
procurement of the reading materials to their organization and use. So, it can serve as a remedy
for all the existing problems of libraries and information centres. But, till now computers have
been used successfully in the following areas of library activities.
13.1.1 Library House Keeping Operation
In case of library housekeeping operation, the computer is used for acquisition of books and
other reading materials, their classification, cataloguing, circulation and serial control.
(a) Acquisition: The selection of materials can be made by the computer. Any library which is
a part of online computerized library system has access to catalogue entries and
bibliographic data of all the libraries in the system. These databases can be used as a
selection tools to purchase new documents for the particular library in question. Other
offline databases can also be used as selection tools for non-current documents and
sometimes out of print books. For other documents, conventional book selection methods
may be used. The MARC bibliographic record service has opened up a new vista in both
cataloguing and bibliographic database that can be used as a book selection tool.
The ordering and acquisition are the routine jobs in the library and for a single time
ordering it requires repetitive operation by different sections. These repetitive operations
and the requisite checking can very well be done by the application of the computer
system.
Notes Both offline and online acquisition can be performed by the use of computers.
(b) Classification: A computer based classification system is being experimented at the
Documentation Research and Training Centre, Bangalore. It is based on Colon Classification
System.
(c) Cataloguing: The computerized cataloguing system operates with high speed for
performing routine and repetitive jobs. Besides, in the cataloguing unit, computer can
also be used in various other ways such as producing book plates, book pockets, book
cards, spine labels, etc. It can also produce a variety of records, card catalogues in the book
form, printed catalogue, etc. as by products. The following uses of computer in cataloguing
have already been able to draw the attention of the librarians.

Library Automation
Notes The MARC project was started in November, 1965 by the Library of Congress, USA. The
latest development in the system includes the CoMARC (Co-operative Machine Readable
Cataloguing). Computer Output Microfilm (COM) was developed in the USA by Stromberg
Carlson Company. The Online Computer Library Center (OCLC), previously known as
the Ohio College Library Centre was started in August 1970. All these have successfully
used computers for cataloguing of documents.
(d) Serial Control: Serials are continuing publication having reasonably permanent titles and
appearing usually at regular intervals. Their contents usually vary from issue to issue. An
article as a single bibliographic unit may be published in more than one issue and even in
more than one volume. Obviously, the users may be interested in an issue of a serial as a
bibliographic unit, or an article spread over a number of issues as a bibliographic unit. So,
serial control comprises complex operations of library activities because of the very nature
and characteristics of Serial as library material. Again, the conflict between the physical
unit and the bibliographic unit makes Serial control a complex task.
In case of Serial, the current issues, the retrospective or immediate back issues and bound
volumes under every year of publication is an ongoing process. In this case, the library
should encounter the search problem because of the conflict between the title and the
corporate body, the old titles and the changed titles, nature of irregularity in publication
(more than one issue in a single publication and the like).
These situations pose the problem of listing, acquisition, accessioning, cataloguing and
creation of records in the desired format.
(e) Circulation: The circulation activities are the life-stream of the library services. The library
documents are for use and are intended for the users. At various points, documents are to
be trapped for the users who have recorded their priority in using such documents.
!
Caution The circulation is a flow of document, but the flow should be controlled by
library operations so as to serve the users in the best possible way with the available
materials in the library.
13.1.2 Library Administrations
In case of library administration, the library automation helps in
(a) providing Access Right to Staff Members,
(b) providing Access Right to Library Users,
(c) exception Reporting, and
(d) generation of Library Statistics/Report.
13.1.3 Application of IT to Library Services
In libraries, several systems have been developed for their various house-keeping chores and
more still are being designed and refined, due to the technology of large-scale integration.
These are known as microcomputers; designed to handle any of the library processes like
acquisitions, cataloguing, serials control, circulation control, bibliographic control, or Selective
Dissemination of Information (SDI). IT is applied to the operation of libraries and information
centres to ensure that information delivered is timely, accurate, precise and relevant. The concept,
Library Automation, thus became popular and of which Cobin (1985) explained that “in the
traditional manual library system, staff perform the various tasks required to complete each

Notesoperation, but if a computer is used to perform some processing operations, an automated
library results”. Bierman (1980) in Madu (2002) defined library automation as “the use of
computers and associated technology to do exactly what has been done in libraries with the
justification of reduced cost and or increased performance. Thus, automation helps in the
acquisitions, organization, storage and dissemination of information in libraries. Generally, IT
applies to library services in a number of ways, which include: Acquisitions, Cataloguing,
Circulation, Serials and User Services.
Task Make a report on the use of computer in library administration.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
1. In the library and information centres, …………………… can be used for performing
efficiently all sorts of jobs.
2. The …………………… bibliographic record service has opened up a new vista in both
cataloguing and bibliographic database that can be used as a book selection tool.
3. A computer based …………………… system is being experimented at the Documentation
Research and Training Centre.
4. …………………… are continuing publication having reasonably permanent titles and
appearing usually at regular intervals.
13.2 Impact of IT on Libraries
“Computers are forcing us into an age in which we may have to take action before we understand the
consequences of action”
—Jacques Vallee
Information technology (IT) has become pervasive in all walks of life; as such libraries and
information centres are no exception. The most important component of IT is information
rather than technology. Information has come to be seen as the fundamental currency of human
activity. For libraries and information services, information is their reason for existence so it is
all the more important that they should treat information as their most strategic asset. Information
technology can no longer be seen simply as an addition to the existing range of services but
must be viewed as the central backbone of the library services. An IT strategy is thus viewed
essential for making the most effective use of information assets in the library.
It is said that more information is being generated than consumed. This being the situation,
many important sources get by-passed, if efficient data management systems are not in operation.
Secondly, the economics of information has also creeped up. The spiralling cost of publications
necessitates the application of efficient data management systems. The automation of libraries
for effective data management, and their networking for resource sharing have become an
indispensable task. One cannot really survive for long and shall become history if active
participation and changes with the change are not brought out in the library system.
In order to realize the vision of effective library management systems, good software besides
the hardware is a pre-requisite to automate day-to-day functions and participate in networking
projects.

Library Automation
Notes Libraries, which until recent times were essentially stacking print material, have now begun to
acquire electronic media like CD-ROMs and multimedia packages. In coming years, libraries
will have to prepare themselves for conversion to electronic libraries, commonly referred to as
digital libraries. The beginning has been made in India also, to convert hard catalogue records
in machine readable form and provision for electronic based services has also been initiated.
Libraries, as intermediaries, are dependent upon the actions of suppliers of information on the
one hand and users of information on the other. The libraries have to build into their future
strategies the concept of continual change. They may be required or expected to operate and
make provisions for more sophisticated and integrated options. Some such options could be:
Connect into more networks.
Provide more ways for their users to access information.
Offer a wider range of services.
Be prepared to take on more functions.
Be well-established organizers of information in counteracting confusion and uncertainty.
Be advisers and helpers in the information process, which will be in more demand than
ever.
Continue to introduce innovative technologies to improve services and facilities.
Make provision for users to plug portable devices into library networks.
Provide multifunctional terminals for users.
Have servers accessible via the Internet.
Provide access to the Internet as a routine service.
Provide necessary skills to organize the internal information resources of the parent
organization.
Be prepared to provide a wider range of communication facilities in the future, allowing
users to communicate more effectively with the library, with each other and with the
external world.
May not need to plan for ever-increasing storage of physical materials.
Consider the most effective ways of helping their users to navigate through the mass of
electronic information available to them.
Help users by developing better information retrieval tools based upon knowledge of
user preferences.
Consider making available a wider range of electronic media to users in future.
Make provision on their networks for devices that can read the new media at convenient
points.
Play the role of gateways to external systems, providing access to information over which
they have no ownership rights and little control.
Consider subscription to Internet-based services for their users as an alternative due to
spiralling cost of certain products in physical format.
Provide services for remote users who may or cannot visit the site physically.
Offer something more than can be obtained by users at home, thereby making their
services effective enough to attract users away from alternative information providers.

NotesProvide remote access to their networks through a variety of technologies and may be
demands for such devices to be made available for users.
Design policies to deal with enquiries from global users.
Make provision for providing global access to the unique resources in case of special
collections available at various libraries and information centres.
Learn to compete effectively with other organization if they are to survive in the future.
Lastly, commit themselves fully to the increasing use of IT in the future and develop
strategies to make the best use of IT for their users.
13.2.1 Impact on Techniques
Let us discuss the impact of IT on Techniques:
Preservation and Storage
It is difficult to preserve all the different storage media, whether paper, tapes, video or discs,
partly because knowledge about their durability (except for that of paper) is relatively limited.
To this should be added the fact that the old media require some kind of playing device to access
their contents, and these devices are disappearing from the market because there is less and less
demand for them and spare parts cannot be found. Digitalization of print, images and sound
provides new opportunities for preservation and storage, but the durability of the digitized
media is also an unknown quantity. It is, however, possible to provide access to the contents of
documents in archives via digitalization, thus avoiding the wear and tear on and possible
damage to the original document. The digital media are really rather new, and no general
regulations and standards for their use as preservation media have yet been established.
Searching Tools
One of the first uses of computerization was for the compilation of library catalogues. At first
computers were used as a part of the printing process, and later they entered into the process of
designing on-line catalogues. Large indexes and abstract publications have followed a similar
path, going from print, to print via computer, to on line and to CD-ROM. Computer technology
has also led to the development of search tools such as citation indexes and concordances which
are produced automatically. A number of search processes, such as Boolean operators, have
been developed and refined over the last few years. They are very expensive, as are the connect-
time prices for the databases. For many libraries the prices are prohibitive and one of the ways
to solve the problem is to write contracts between the vendors and all the libraries in a country
or with large groups of non-commercial institutions. Such types of negotiations, which also
cover vendors of electronic periodicals and other products, will be of growing importance to the
information services institutions in the future.
Use of Full Text Documents, Sound and Images
The data storage capacity of computers has made it possible to store not only the bibliographic
data on a publication, but the full text of the publication itself. Older, originally printed or even
hand-written texts are scanned and digitized, thereby making the works of great authors available
to all. The texts can be read page by page or, by searching with a combination of words, certain
parts can be selected.
One of the major problems for the information services institutions in relation to full text
documents, sound recordings and images is the complexity of copyright issues. In most countries,

Library Automation
Notes copyright regulations have developed over the centuries, and the use of printed material by
libraries is adequately regulated for all parties. However, as far as the digital media are concerned,
there are no such fixed practical arrangements, not only because of the short time they have been
in existence, but also because of the difficulties of protecting against unlawful copying. Huge
sums of money are involved in this area and private copying is very easy and fairly cheap as the
technique is rather simple.
Electronic Journals
In the first edition of the Directory of Electronic Journals, Newsletters and Academic Discussion,
published in 1991, there were 27 electronic periodicals, seven of which were peer-reviewed. The
1997 edition lists 2500 periodicals of which more than 1000 were peer-reviewed.
Electronic periodical services were offered by the large agents in 1997. Swets and Zeitlinger has
already been mentioned as the agent in the United Kingdom project; Blackwell is also offering
such services, as is Reed Elsevier, the largest publisher of scientific periodicals, but only for its
own periodicals. The Electronics Collections Online full text database of the On-line Computer
Library Centre (OCLC), also introduced in 1997, is a Web-based service containing more than
1000 periodicals from 30 publishers.
Records Management
All administrative routines in the information services institutions can be automatized. Both
documents and users can be identified with pin-codes; documents can be ordered automatically
and bills for on-line searches are printed out by the computer. All these operations have an
archive-related dimension, as institutions need to be able to trace historical data in their files,
and public institutions are usually obliged to keep their records for some years before transferring
them to the archive system. There is thus a certain demand for back-up systems and for safety
copying, in the case of electronic processing. Even the selection of books and other material for
library collections is done electronically. Archives must make appropriate choices concerning
delivery formats for data, the media on which data are stored and the principles for selection.
13.2.2 Computerization for Libraries
Libraries were very quick to computerize their management systems. Since the invention of
Machine-Readable Cataloguing (MARC) in the mid-1960s, many countries have adopted national
versions of that format. Nearly all libraries in developed countries are now equipped with
computerized management systems, particularly software for cataloguing and lending
operations. Computerization is steadily eliminating card indexes in favour of Online Public
Access Catalogues (OPAC). In the 1990s, with the development of the Internet and more recently
of the Intranet, the distribution of catalogues on CD-ROM is tending to be replaced by direct
access via those networks to constantly updated files.
In the last few years, major libraries have begun building up digital collections, either for
purposes of conservation or in order to facilitate access to documents that are rare or national
treasures. This trend is so powerful that sites devoted to digital collections have been created on
the Internet.
13.2.3 Scientific Electronic Publishing
In parallel with commercial electronic publishing, which has been gradually introduced over
the last five years by major international publishers (Elsevier, Springer, Academic Press, Kluwer,

Notesetc.), research communities and university libraries are developing electronic publishing facilities
for their own scientific production (preprints, theses, symposia) and for distance learning
technologies (courses, educational software). These productions are processed in more elaborate
formats than the image mode that was preferred for the digitization of paper documents. The
formats are of the Standard Generalized Mark-up Language (SGML) type, in particular Hypertext
Markup Language (HTML) and Standard Markup Language (SML). The Description of Type of
Document (DTD) of the Text Encoding Initiative (TEI) is the basis for all recent operations aimed
at classifying academic documents in the social and human sciences in America and in Europe.
13.2.4 Acquisition of Published Electronic Documents
The supply of electronic documents is currently posing a great many problems for libraries.
Certain publications appear only in that form, and it is clear that libraries need to acquire them
or at least to have access to them. However, the regulations now being introduced regard the
acquisition of electronic documents as equivalent to a licence to use the contents, and require a
bilateral contract. The legal issues are at present the centre of international attention. In essence,
libraries set access to documents via the publisher’s server or a service provider which may be
a subscription agency (Swets, Dawson, Blackwell’s, etc.) or a cooperative network (OCLC, Pica,
etc.). The delivery of electronic documents to the local site of a university or consortium of
libraries is still at an experimental stage, but seems to be the most promising solution for
making use of published scientific literature.
Self Assessment
5. The most important component of IT is technology rather than information.
6. The libraries have to build into their future strategies the concept of continual change.
7. One of the first uses of computerization was for the compilation of library catalogues.
8. Libraries were very slow to computerize their management systems.
13.3 The Internet
The use of computers is revolutionizing working processes in libraries and archives, and the
network of computers known as the Internet, is a revolution of similar importance. It is now
possible to retrieve information independently of time zones and geographical location, and to
obtain the most up-to-date information, because the printing and editing processes are either no
longer necessary or have been considerably reduced.
The system of e-mail provides a communication facility which, to a great extent, replaces the
traditional mail and fax systems formerly used by institutions, thus saving time for the user. The
World Wide Web (WWW) can be regarded as a huge reference base, with all types of information
available, either as metadata or full text, sound and images.
The World Wide Web, which is one part of the Internet, is useful in many daily activities
involving the transmitting of information which in the past could be found only in print or by
teletext and there are many kinds of useful sources of information for education and research on
the Internet. Such activities can be said to have laid the foundations for the worldwide electronic
information and communication networks. Individual institutions also have the opportunity to
create their own Web sites to inform users about their services and to guide them through the
organization. Different Web sites are linked together so that one entry or access point will lead
on to several others.

Library Automation
Notes Libraries and their catalogues can also be accessed via the Internet. The most recent Online
Public Access Catalogues (OPAC) Directory, published in 1998, which is a guide to catalogues on
the Internet, contains 1434 entries worldwide, but 888 are from the United States and most of the
remainder from Australia, Canada, New Zealand and Western Europe. Developing countries
and Eastern European countries have few or no entries. The information in the guide was
collected in the spring of 1996, and since then the number of libraries with Internet-accessible
OPACs has grown considerably in Western Europe and Canada.
Example: Denmark had 11 entries in the 1998 guide, all of them university libraries. At
the end of that year, there were more than 125 libraries with OPACs in Denmark, and among
them, 75 public libraries.
The Internet has made new activities possible. Electronic conferences or informal discussion
groups can be arranged with limited or open access, and surfing on the net has become the
equivalent of zapping on the television or browsing through the shelves in the library.
The Internet uses sensitive and vulnerable techniques, so there are many possibilities for
malfunctioning to occur. This is particularly threatening for institutions serving a great number
of users or involved in large and expensive programmes, such as mass digitization, but can also
have catastrophic consequences in small institutions. The traffic on the Internet and the number
of Web sites are growing exponentially and this leads to problems with queuing and unacceptable
answering times.
For the library and archive professions, there are other aspects of the World Wide Web which
give rise to problems. The central issue with all electronic documents is that of authenticity. Is
there any certainty on the Internet that the document has in fact been produced by the author/
organization that claims to have done so? Is the text today the same as it was yesterday and will
it be so tomorrow? A thesis using references to electronic documents, without printing them
out, runs the risk that they may be changed at a later date or even cancelled. These problems are
being dealt with by specialists who are developing standards for electronic documents.
The second problem is that of searching in large quantities of data, because a search based on one
or a few keywords easily leads to several thousand addresses. The search can be refined by using
the tools developed for this purpose, such as Boolean operators, language or geographical
limitations, provenance, etc. Problems will remain, however, because the Internet is, from this
point of view, completely anarchic. Large parts of it are unedited and there are no general rules
about the use of vocabulary. Searching in the areas of education and research may result in a
large number of opinion papers with no academic quality control whatsoever. Published material
in print and other media have usually been through an academic, professional and economic
selection process, but this is not true of individual home-made ‘information’ products. Much
development work needs to be carried out by the information profession to address the concept
of selectivity. This, however, raises the problem of censorship versus confusion and uselessness.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
9. The …………………… uses sensitive and vulnerable techniques, so there are many
possibilities for malfunctioning to occur.
10. The …………………… can be regarded as a huge reference base, with all types of
information available, either as metadata or full text, sound and images.
11. The use of computers is …………………… working processes in libraries and archives.
12. Electronic …………………… groups can be arranged with limited or open access.

Notes13.4 The Virtual Library
The vision of gathering all human knowledge together in one place is very old and has existed
in many civilizations.
Example: One example is the library of ancient Alexandria, and another the great
encyclopaedic enterprises in the Arabic, Chinese and European civilizations.
The aim is to achieve a total overview of the recorded knowledge, as with the Universal Decimal
Classification system, or by means of one large computer. Recently and due to the growth of the
Internet, this vision has manifested itself once again in the form of ‘the library without walls’, or
the virtual library.
The assumption is that everybody will obtain instant access to all recorded information in the
world through the nearest library. This phenomenon has been described in several ways, and
the term ‘electronic library’ has often been used. Unfortunately, this expression could equally
well mean a large database or further developments in library automation, or applications of
hypertext on the World Wide Web. The preferred term within the profession is the digital
library, which is not just a name for a collection of digitized media. First of all, the term refers
to a library, which is not necessarily in a particular building, but a systematic organization
where various professional operations, performed by a professional staff and directed towards
specific user groups, are carried out. The collection or parts of it might be digitized and access to
electronic and other networks provided. One of the most important items in the digital library
is metadata, which describe the contents and attributes of the library collection. They are important
to the process of searching among millions of documents.
The most prominent example here is the so-called ‘Dublin Core’ which defines fifteen core
elements to be used by authors as well as intermediaries. Another problem is naming, which
means strings of characters that uniquely define digital objects and therefore form a part of the
documents’ metadata. A system of naming must be permanent, and this means that a name
cannot be bound up with a specific location. The creation of such a naming or identifier system
is organizational, not technical, and different systems have been suggested. Examples are
Persistent User Requirement Languages (PURLs) developed by the On-line Computer Library
Centre (OCLC), where a server looks up the corresponding Uniform Resource Location (URL) in
a database; the Uniform Resource Name (URN) developed by the Internet Engineering Task
Force (IETF) but still not in operation; and the Digital Object Identifier system (DOI) developed
by the Association of American Publishers and the Corporation for National Research Initiatives.
They all provide methods by which digital objects can be identified and accessed. Issues
concerning the management of the intellectual property right have given impetus to the
development of these systems.
National bibliographies are the cornerstones of the library system and they are facing many
problems with electronic documents. Such documents do not have a permanent existence, and a
hyper link may lead to an empty address. In principle, a similar problem can occur with printed
material, when a card catalogue refers to a document which has been lost or stolen. But the
problem takes on a completely new dimension on the Web because of the large number of
hyperlinks and the very transient nature of Web pages. A recent pilot project in Sweden aims at
testing methods of collecting, preserving and providing access to on-line electronic documents
in a way that allows them to be regarded as published. This is done by taking a ‘snapshot’ of the
relevant Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) pages, but concerns only static electronic
documents.

Library Automation
Notes
Did u know? The Internet is not the virtual library, but constitutes an important part of it.
In the library environment a slogan during recent years has been ‘from collection to
connection’.
This is certainly a very precise description of the development, but the vision of the virtual or
the digital library must include ‘collection’ as well as ‘connection’.
Self Assessment
13. National bibliographies are not the cornerstones of the library system.
14. The aim of Virtual Library is to achieve a total overview of the recorded knowledge.
15. One of the most important items in the digital library is metadata.
16. A system of naming must be temporary.
Case Study Electronic Publishing in Science
E
lectronic journals create added value in publication that has great appeal to scientists
and publishers, and the number of electronic journals in science, engineering and
medicine – refereed and unrefereed – has increased dramatically in recent years.
But electronic publishing, with its greater flexibility and variety of presentation, challenges
conventional norms and practices. How will the existing culture and practices associated
with publication in science be affected? What standards should apply in the electronic
environment?
To explore these and related questions, an international workshop was organized from
12–14 October 1998, under the auspices of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science (AAAS), the International Council for Science (ICSU), and the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) to examine the application
of electronic methods to the publication of scientific journals with a view to encouraging
the development of internationally recognized practices and standards. The Workshop
was intended to build on the work of the international conference of ‘Experts on Electronic
Publishing in Science’ that was convened by ICSU Press and UNESCO in February 1996. A
major recommendation emerging from that meeting urged the convening of a forum
involving scientists and their organizations ‘to formulate codes of ethics and of conduct
for electronic publication which would spell out the reciprocal obligations of the scientist
and the community on such matters as peer review, citation, integrity and authentication
of material and archiving.’
Wide variations in the practices and traditions of scholarly publishing across disciplines
suggest caution in attempting to construct generalizations intended to apply broadly.
Nevertheless, the Workshop was able to identify a number of issues that merit attention
by the scientific community at large. They are the following:
Defining a Publication: Digital processing facilitates the production and preservation
of several public versions of a document or scientific paper, and the Workshop
Contd...

Notesrecommended that each publicly available version of a document carry a full
specification of its status laid out in a visible and readily understandable manner.
Citation: Because of the possible existence of multiple versions of a document, the
Workshop recommended that the scientific community become involved in the
development of standardized citation practices that are friendly to science, include
appropriate metadata, are capable of automatic assignation and are easy to use.
Peer Review: The ease of publication in electronic media reinforces the case for
adequate quality control in terms of both the scientific content and the presentation.
Scientific societies and/or journals should therefore establish and distribute
guidelines in order to maintain the quality and integrity of the review process.
Scientific Misconduct: Any reduction in the control applicable to electronic
publication increases the opportunities for scientific misconduct, such as the falsifying
of results and plagiarism, although the technical features of electronic publication
(such as the ease of automatic scanning and searching for similarities) raises the
chance of detection. Research into the application of electronic methods for the
detection of scientific misconduct should therefore be encouraged.
Open Access: The Workshop considered the conflict between the needs of scientists
for ready access to large databases and collections of scientific observations, and the
requirements of the aggregators for commercial reward for their endeavours. The
results of publicly funded research should be clearly recognized as a ‘public good’,
and full and open access to the data collected was essential for scientific advancement.
This does not necessarily mean ‘free’ access by research workers; since the part
played by publishers, aggregators, librarians and other facilitator’s merits adequate
recompense if they are to continue in their valuable roles. The Workshop
recommended that the attention of the scientific community, funding agencies and
legislators be drawn to the fact that the scientific enterprise is crucially dependent
upon the ability of research workers to make use of collections of facts and
observations and that measures that limit access to such material are contrary to the
public good. Legislators are urged to provide for a mechanism permitting ‘fair use’
of large databases in order to promote full and open access to critical data for
scientific research and education with little adverse effect on the commercial interests
of the owner.
Privacy: It is now possible for journal editors and publishers to collect detailed
information on the nature of the material accessed and the usage, and to compile
author/user profiles. The kind of information being collected should be clearly
stated by journal editors and/or publishers, as well as the use to which it is being
put. Specific information relating to individuals should not be divulged to anyone
without the permission of the subject.
Archiving: A major factor restraining the adoption of electronic methods of
publication was the lack of archiving facilities, for there is currently little assurance
for authors and publishers that, with the advancement of technology, material issued
electronically will remain available and readable in the decades and centuries to
come. The establishment of archives, for the long-term preservation of electronic
publications, should be encouraged as fundamental to scientific and cultural
development.
Developing Countries: Electronic publishing represents a unique opportunity for
developing countries to promote the advancement of their scientific communications.
Contd...

Library Automation
Notes It has the potential for improving access to the world literature, for filling gaps in
local collections and for improving the visibility of their own scientific contributions.
Questions
1. Explain about the electronic journals.
2. Discuss the issues that merit attention by the scientific community.
Source: AAAS/UNESCO/ICSU Workshop on Developing Practices and Standards for Electronic
Publishing in Science, Final Report, www.aaas.org/spp/dspp/sfrl/projects/epub/report.htm
13.5 Summary
In the library and information centres computers can be used for performing efficiently
all sorts of jobs from the procurement of the reading materials to their organization and
use.
Any library which is a part of online computerized library system has access to catalogue
entries and bibliographic data of all the libraries in the system.
The MARC project was started in November, 1965 by the Library of Congress, USA.
Serial control comprises complex operations of library activities because of the very
nature and characteristics of Serial as library material.
The circulation activities are the life-stream of the library services.
In libraries, several systems have been developed for their various house-keeping chores
and more still are being designed and refined, due to the technology of large-scale
integration.
An IT strategy is viewed essential for making the most effective use of information assets
in the library.
Libraries, as intermediaries, are dependent upon the actions of suppliers of information
on the one hand and users of information on the other.
Libraries were very quick to computerize their management systems.
The use of computers is revolutionizing working processes in libraries and archives, and
the network of computers known as the Internet, is a revolution of similar importance.
The Internet has made new activities possible.
13.6 Keywords
Acquisition: Taking possession of an asset by purchase.
Administration: Administration is the interpretation and implementation of the policy set by
an organisation characterised by control.
Digital Object Identifier: A digital object identifier (DOI) is a character string (a “digital
identifier”) used to uniquely identify an object such as an electronic document.
Electronic Journals: Electronic journals, also known as ejournals, e-journals, and electronic
serials, are scholarly journals or intellectual magazines that can be accessed via electronic
transmission.
Electronic Publishing: Electronic publishing (also referred to as ePublishing or digital publishing)
includes the digital publication of e-books, EPUBs, Digital Magazines (also sometimes known
as electronic articles), and the development of digital libraries and catalogues.

NotesHousekeeping: Housekeeping refers to the management of duties and chores involved in the
running of a household.
Information Technology: Information technology (IT) is the application of computers and
telecommunications equipment to store, retrieve, transmit and manipulate data, often in the
context of a business or other enterprise.
Internet: A means of connecting a computer to any other computer anywhere in the world via
dedicated routers and servers.
Online Public Access Catalogues (OPAC): An online public access catalogue (often abbreviated
as OPAC or simply library catalogue) is an online database of materials held by a library or
group of libraries.
Storage: Storage refers to memory locations used for reading and writing data.
Techniques: A systematic procedure, formula, or routine by which a task is accomplished.
Technology: Technology is the making, modification, usage, and knowledge of tools, machines,
techniques, crafts, systems, and methods of organization, in order to solve a problem, improve
a pre-existing solution to a problem, achieve a goal, handle an applied input/output relation or
perform a specific function.
Uniform Resource Location: A uniform resource locator, abbreviated URL, also known as web
address, is a specific character string that constitutes a reference to a resource.
Virtual Library: A virtual library is a digital space that holds and organizes virtual books and
documents.
World Wide Web: The World Wide Web (abbreviated as WWW or W3, commonly known as the
web), is a system of interlinked hypertext documents accessed via the Internet.
1. What are various options that libraries need to make provision for in order to operate in
this electronic information era?
2. How is IT useful for libraries?
3. IT has bridged miles over minds. Elaborate this statement.
4. Discuss Library House Keeping Operation.
5. How library automation help in library administration?
6. Describe the impact of IT on Techniques.
7. What is Scientific Electronic Publishing?
8. “The use of computers is revolutionizing working processes in libraries.” Elucidate.
9. Write brief note on Virtual Library.
1. Computers 2. MARC
3. Classification 4. Serials
5. False 6. True
7. True 8. False

Library Automation
Notes 9. Internet 10. World Wide Web (WWW)
11. Revolutionizing 12. Conferences or Informal Discussion
13. False 14. True
15. True 16. False
Publication.
Unlimited.
Online links ejournals.bc.edu/ojs/index.php/ital
link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007%2F978-3-642-24826-9_52
www.ijodls.in/uploads/3/6/0/3/3603729/vijaya12_144-152.pdf

Unit 14: Current Awareness Services (CAS)
NotesUnit 14: Current Awareness Services (CAS)
CONTENTS
Objectives
Introduction
14.1 Meaning of Current Awareness Services (CAS)
14.1.1 Current Awareness Directories
14.1.2 Characteristics of CAS
14.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of CAS
14.3 Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) Service
14.3.1 Traditional Procedures of SDI Service
14.3.2 Conceptual Workflow of Traditional SDI Service
14.4 Online Procedures of SDI Service
14.5 Summary
14.6 Keywords
Objectives
Discuss the meaning of Current Awareness Services (CAS)
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of CAS
Describe the Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) service
Discuss the online procedures of SDI service
Introduction
If you are part of a project, have an ongoing professional interest in a topic or have a responsibility
to keep your team up to date with the latest research you need to use Current Awareness
Services. Current Awareness Services send information about the latest publications to you via
e-mail or over the web. Services are provided by libraries and organisations that have a remit to
promote the use of good current information. These services do require an investment of time
to set up, register online or add to your RSS Reader. Once set up they run in the background
delivering information to you on a regular basis.
14.1 Meaning of Current Awareness Services (CAS)
Current awareness service has been defined by a number of library and information science
professionals but none seems to be universally accepted. Traditional definitions of CAS “it is a
system or publication for reviewing newly available documents, selecting items relevant to the

Library Automation
Notes needs of an individual or group, and recording them so that notifications may be sent to those
individuals or groups to whose needs they are related”.
According to S.R. Ranganathan “Service listing the document appearing during a period covered
and without being selected to suit the requirement of a reader or a specific topic under
investigation”.
Alerts of items in a library user’s areas of interest; a publication, or a system designed by
librarians, to alert readers and researchers to recently published literature in a field, or on a
specific topic.
Example: The table of contents for new issues of selected journals or new search results
for a specified query is e-mailed to a user.
Current awareness services assist you with keeping up-to-date with new publications in your
subject area. For example, most journal indexes and databases allow you to set up a profile
where your search can be automatically run periodically and the results emailed to you. Most
databases also allow you to set up alerts to email you the table of contents of a journal each time
that a new issue is published and added to the database.
A number of different services are available:
Journal alerts – It receive the table of contents each time an issue is published, or save a
search for a topic and have it run automatically every day, week or month.
Book alerts – It find out about new books purchased by the Library or set up alerts to find
out about new books published around the world.
Web alerts – To be notified of new or changed web pages, the same as you can for Journal
articles and books.
Citation Alerts – It find out when someone has cited an article of interest.
Discussion Lists – Discussion list use email to communicate with a group of people with
similar interests.
Conferences – To be notified of upcoming conferences and calls for papers.
RSS feeds – It use software that allows you to gather the RSS feeds from various sites and
then displays them for you to read.
FYI – This page provides some hints and tips on how to manage current awareness services.
!
Caution Not all current awareness services used to be run this way; technology has
improved the library staff workload of providing a current awareness service.
Information seekers use the following conventional channels to know the current developments
in their areas of interest:
Communication, oral or written, received from colleague working in similar area of
research.
Regular scanning of current awareness lists such as list of additions, forthcoming or current
contents, etc. brought out by various agencies and primary sources of information received
in libraries/information centres.
Preprints received from authors.
Reviews of publications appeared in primary sources.

NotesAttending meetings, symposia, conferences, etc. and through exchange of information
during personal discussions.
Laboratory notes, technical records.
Information received through newspaper, e-mail, bulletin board, internet, etc.
Alerting services received from professional agencies.
Besides, the above, there are many other sources and channels from where current information
is received by the information seekers regularly. Every professional, be they information
scientists, lawyers, doctors, engineers, technologists, managers, academicians, whether in
marketing, business, teaching or research work, need to be aware of changes in the environment.
A variety of CAS can be found on the WWW, including the following: tables of contents services,
book-alerting services, search-engine alerts, E-zines or electronic newsletters, filtered news,
push services, agents (monitoring a user’s activities on the Web), newspapers and commercial
SDI services (which save searches to run them continually against incoming documents in a
database). Customisable portals can also be categorized as CAS. E-mail-alerting services seem
to be the most popular form of CAS in the WWW environment.
14.1.1 Current Awareness Directories
Current awareness directories, such as Free Legal Current Awareness Sources and Legal Alerts
and Current Awareness Services, provide annotated lists of services available to the user.
Legal500.com can also be classified as a current awareness directory. Its focus is on commercial
law developments. It contains information on new legislation, on new developments and on
cases in specialist practice areas and is written by the leading lawyers in each jurisdiction
(covering over 70 countries). Further features include allowing one to search according to country
and to register for monthly updates via e-mail. It also contains a list of recommended law firms
and lawyers worldwide, as well as news from law firms (i.e. the latest news direct from law
firms).
LawZone is a unique collection of news, features and articles on the latest legal developments.
It prides itself on being a gateway to legal information (cases and legislation) on the Internet. It
makes use of JustCite, a legal reference tool that indexes content from both free and subscription-
protected web services. LawZone Newswires provides subscribers with a weekly, generalist
newswire, or with a selection from a range of specialist newswires, thus allowing them to
receive updates on the latest relevant news, features and articles relating to areas of practice.
14.1.2 Characteristics of CAS
Current awareness service has certain characteristics. It is not in response to any specific query.
This service is provided to update knowledge of researchers in their areas of work and also to
keep them abreast of developments in a broader field. It is a continuous service provided to the
information seekers irrespective of the stage and progress of their research.
Did u know? Some CAS only provides bibliographical references, while others provide
access to full-text documents or websites.
Library and information professionals providing current awareness service should keep the
following characteristics in their mind:
A current awareness service is an announcement mechanism.

Library Automation
Notes It may be presented in printed, electronic or any appropriate form acceptable to information
seeker.
It is provided.to meet the current information requirement.
This service is not usually intended to fulfil information requirement of any specific
query. It is meant for panoramic view of current developments.
This service is usually provided in a broader subject area to present a view of specific as
well as peripheral subjects.
Usually CAS is provided to a group of researchers, of homogenous requirements of
information, not to individual.
It is not a tailor-made or customized service.
CAS has to be provided within a time-frame much before the information is published or
appeared in indexing and abstracting sources.
Getting feedback, from the users about the relevance of information supplied to them, is
not a prerequisite in CAS.
Speed, currency and ease to use are three factors to determine the efficiency and effectiveness
of CAS in ally organization.
Current awareness services overcome the time-lag between the publications of items and their
subsequent inclusion in comprehensive indexing or abstracting sources. Information
professionals have different opinion about this time period.
Some say, it should not be more than one month from the items appeared in primary sources
others opine that there should not be ally arbitrary time limit. More precisely, it should be
brought out before the notification in secondary sources of information.
Task List out current directories list of current awareness.
Self Assessment
1. Current awareness services assist you with keeping up-to-date with new publications in
your subject area.
2. Web Alerts find out when someone has cited an article of interest.
3. A variety of CAS can be found on the WWW.
4. JustCite is a unique collection of news, features and articles on the latest legal
developments.
14.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of CAS
An important advantage of using CAS via the Web is that this enables a person to receive
customized information that is easy to digest. It also provides immediate access to the end-user
work station and the information is highly available. Fourie (1999:382) adds that it is easy to
keep track of new developments, of new information resources, of new trends in a specific field,
of new research projects, of daily events, of activities in competing markets and of new documents

Notesin databases. CAS can help keep track of forthcoming events and supports research and
publications, thus benefiting the individual researcher and the research community and leading
to research of a high quality (Kemp, 1979:15). WWW CAS is also speedy and can appear very
frequently; in addition; it is very convenient (Fourie, 2003:185). It can be expected that these
benefits will also apply to the legal profession. However, empirical studies will be necessary to
gain more specific insights. Although those in the legal profession often rely on conferences to
keep up to date, they are not always in a position to attend these.
The disadvantages associated with CAS are notably less than the advantages. CAS can, however,
be very time-consuming to set up, especially if the Internet is very slow. In addition, users can
still be overloaded with information, with the result that they will need to organize the
information if they are to benefit fully from it. Customization also does not allow for browsing
and the serendipitous discovery of information (Martin and Metcalfe, 2001:270). Another
disadvantage is that some services (usually those of high quality) are very expensive. In addition,
no CAS can cover all the information on a subject and the user might therefore need to subscribe
to different services, leading to overlapping and information overload. Kulthau and Tama
(2001:26) also point out that a possible disadvantage of personalised services (including CAS) is
that, although useful for routine tasks, they could be less effective in supporting complex tasks
involving creativity and the construction of new meaning. (This is one of the aspects requiring
further research.)
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
5. …………………… can help keep track of forthcoming events.
6. CAS can be very time-consuming to set up, especially if the …………………… is very
slow.
7. …………………… also does not allow for browsing and the serendipitous discovery of
information.
8. …………………… CAS is also speedy and can appear very frequently.
14.3 Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) Service
Selective Dissemination of Information is a service that consists in routing to readers, on a
regular basis, news alerts corresponding to their readers’ profiles. It is a documentation watch
tool. SDI makes it possible to inform readers of new acquisitions on particular subjects or issues.
One can equally refer to it as a “documentation profile” or a “personalized profile” or even a
“search profile”. Selective dissemination of information (“SDI”) was originally a phrase related
to library and information science. SDI refers to tools and resources used to keep a user informed
of new resources on specified topics.
In the Current Awareness Services, users with varying interest are supposed to find out the
relevant information depending on their choice and interest. But they have to make some extra
effort to be aware of the new information which is also compiled with efforts put by the
(information service) provider. Further, the subject areas of interest of modern scientists and
engineers no longer conform to conventional concepts of disciplines. Therefore, a need is felt to
devise a mechanism in the information system to decide quickly the relevance of each document
from the point of view of each user’s interest. Later, such a mechanism has been devised and first
introduced by H. Peter Luhn in 1958, who named this devise as ‘SDI’ service.

Library Automation
Notes
Notes The earlier concept of ‘SDI’ by Peter Luhn now has undergone a significant change
due to the latest innovation of computer and telecommunication technologies coupling
with the present library services.
SDI is a service that can be regarded as a by-product of CAS which not only serves current
information but also totally is user-oriented. When CAS is rendered or offered to individual
user on his specific demand, it involves in the working of Selective Dissemination of Information
System. SDI is an idea to make the current awareness service a user oriented one by offering it
at individual level of selected items and is restricted to every user’s area of interest.
(2) Scanning of
incoming information
by comparing to those
subject interest
USER ORIENTATION
(1) Submission of
individual subject
interests
b. User
orientation
functions
a. Current
awareness
service
(3) Necessary
information is selected
and supplied to the
clients and there will be
received a feedback on
usefulness of supplied
information
c. Selective
dissemination of
information
system
(4) User’s
satisfaction and
changes in the users’
interest or profile
modification
Source: http://www.academia.edu/888349/Selective_Dissemination_of_Information_SDI_
service_a_conceptual_paradigm
However, to understand the meaning of SDI service, it is desirable to observe few definitions.
Luhn defines SDI as a service within an organization which concerns itself with the channelling
of new item of information, from whatever sources, to those clients within the organization
where the probability of usefulness in connection with current work or interest is high. On the
other hand, the service endeavours to withhold such information from clients where this
probability is low. An attended objective is to present clients from being swamped by
indiscriminate distribution of new information and to avert the resulting danger of not
communicating at all.
Suseela Kumar defines SDI as the practice in some libraries such as special libraries whose users
are small in number to maintain reader profiles which indicate the subjects of interest to them;
advanced or elementary level in which they are and the form in which information is required.
Whenever information is related to the subjects of a reader’s interest received in the library, he
is at once informed. UNESCO defines SDI as the regular provision of scientific information to
individuals or corporate users on predetermined subjects (interest profiles).
Dr. S. R. Ranganathan defines SDI as documentation list on a specific topic anticipated to engage
the attention of the member of the parent body. Fidoten defines SDI as a method of providing
personal current awareness information to individuals or groups. However, it can be defined in
Figure 14.1: Conversion Process of CAS into SDI

Notesa comprehensive sense that, SDI is a type of current awareness service which under optimum
conditions involves screening of documents, selecting information exactly tailored to meet the
specific research needs of each user or a group of users and supplying the information directly
to each individual or group so that user can keep abreast of the latest developments in the area
of his specialization.
14.3.1 Traditional Procedures of SDI Service
Every library is not equipped with computer particularly in developing countries. Mechanical
operation is also a costly matter. No doubt that there are various limitations in the manual
operation of SDI system but it is justified also while planning the SDI services. However, to
operate SDI service manually, the following steps are carried in operation:
Selection of Projects: The first stage of planning SDI service is the selection of important
projects to be covered by SDI system. Projects should be selected on preferential basis.
Project Profile: Users’ interest should be recognized and a project profile should be
prepared.
Document Profile: When projects are selected and profile is prepared, documents should
be scanned and a document profile will be prepared.
Comparing and Matching: When project profile and document profile are prepared, both
the profiles should be compared and matched.
Evaluation: The system should be evaluated periodically.
14.3.2 Conceptual Workflow of Traditional SDI Service
The sequence of functioning or workflow including the main activities in manual SDI service is
explained in Figure 14.2. The workflow shows that the execution of manual SDI service involves
some sequential operations which are explained below:
Step 1: Starting Point
Receiving the new arrivals/documents.
Receiving user profile.
Step 2: Scanning the Document
Specifying and recording bibliographical description of the new items.
Scanning the new documents in terms of subject matter and setting up appropriate subject
headings and feasible number of keywords with appropriate page references.
Scanning new and old items in terms of user’s interest and preparing index file for those
items by selecting significant key terms relevant to users’ subject interest.
Step 3: Analysis of the User’s Need
Careful study of user profile.
Asking user through an unstructured interview regarding his need.
Preparing a search profile by selecting appropriate possible terms for searching information
relevant to concerned need.

Library Automation
Notes
Core functional direction
Control flow of direction
Delivery of text documentINFORMATION
CENTER (IC)
User Profile
(Received)
New Arrivals
(Received)
Scanning the new/
old items in terms of
users’ interest and
preparing an index
file
Scanning of the
new/old items
(done by IC)
Specifying
bibliographical
descriptions
Analysis of user’s
information need
Taking an interview
from the user
Preparation of
search profile
Matching action between user’s
interest and subject content of the
new documents
Notifying users about his
relevant information
(sending a bibliography)
Notification received by
the user and making an
assessment
User will response to the
authority (if necessary) for
detail information profile
modification addition of
new interest
Step 4: Information Matching Action
Study of the search profile.
Study of the document index file.
Study of the bibliographic description of the concerned documents.
Step 5: Notification to User
Sending a bibliographical list of publications relevant to user’s need.
Assessing preliminary notification received by concerned user.
Figure 14.2: Sequence of Functioning or Workflow of SDI Service

NotesStep 6: User’s Response to Information Centre (IC)
User may request for text information of specified items in detail after assessing the
notified items.
User may request for profile modification or change, if he doesn’t satisfy with the notified
items.
User may request for additional new interest, if he wants more information than the
notified items.
Finally, the information centre will try to modify or attach user’s additional need and thus the
operation is going on as before.
Self Assessment
9. Selective Dissemination of Information is a documentation watch tool.
10. In the Current Awareness Services, users with similar interest are supposed to find out the
relevant information depending on their choice and interest.
11. Mechanical operation is a costly matter.
12. Projects should not be selected on preferential basis.
14.4 Online Procedures of SDI Service
SDI is a current awareness mechanism through which the individual information user can
expect to receive regular notification of new literature and data in accordance with his/her
statement of interest or profile. But this task is very difficult to perform due to accelerated
growth of information publications in every moment. A computerized information system
opens a number of possibilities with respect to current awareness services. One of the most
significant innovations was the SDI program. SDI is a service of providing textual information
which involves graphics, charts or images, etc. in addition to text.
The primary intention of a researcher in getting SDI service is to find out the specific relevant
items of information. For this, they require an exact matching mechanism. However, in text
database system there is generally no option for exact matching of information due to increased
chance of words co-occurring in a document without really being related to each other, instead
approximate matching is available in this type of database. So it is quite a problem for the
researchers of science, social science and humanities to manage exact information from a volume
of information in a text database that causes hindrance in their research work. Therefore, a
system should be developed, so that the researchers can find out their interested information
exactly and pin-pointedly. This is possible by introducing an exact matching technique with text
database systems. An information filtering technique can effectively solve this problem and
prevent information overload.
P. S. Kawatra proposed the following guidelines for preparing online SDI service in his book
“Textbook of Information Science”.
Acquiring user’s profile and storing them.
Processing incoming materials.
Matching users’ and document profiles.
Handling of cards.

Library Automation
Notes P. S. Kawatra also proposed some guidelines for preparing modified online SDI service in his
book, which are as follows:
Users’ demographic profiles, professions and subject interests are surveyed.
New and earlier materials are reviewed.
Relevant publications are matched with subject interests of users.
Selected materials are processed by abstracting, extracting, reviewing and analysing or
compiling.
Packets of materials in different forms are sent to users.
Users are asked to fill out feedback questionnaires in order to find out usefulness of
packages and update user’s profile.
Self Assessment
Fill in the blanks:
13. …………………… is a current awareness mechanism through which the individual
information user can expect to receive regular notification of new literature and data.
14. A …………………… should be developed so that the researchers can find out their
interested information exactly and pin-pointedly.
15. …………………… are asked to fill out feedback questionnaires in order to find out
usefulness of packages and update user’s profile.
16. Selected …………………… are processed by abstracting, extracting, reviewing and
analysing or compiling.
Case Study Impact of Effective Current Awareness Management
with Journal TOCs in VSSC Library
T
he Library of the Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre (VSSC), a hub for development of
satellite launch vehicles and associated technologies of the Government of India,
has presented a case study discussing the benefits of using Journal TOCs to manage
the delivery of a current awareness service (CAS) for their researchers.
The presentation, entitled “Linking Users and Online Journals in TOCosphere: JournalTOCs
in VSSC Library” was given in CALIBER 2013, one of the largest and most important
gatherings of academic and research librarians in the Asian subcontinent, that is organised
every two years in India.
VSSC is the largest aerospace research centre in India, undertaking intensive research and
development activity in technology domains like aeronautics, avionics, composites, etc.
with a view to achieve self-reliance in the high tech realm of launch vehicle technology.
Since VSSC subscribed to JournalTOCS Premium a few months ago, currently over 380
researchers from VSSC are following 700 different journals.
The driving force behind the implementation of JournalTOCs Premium in VSSC is Narat
Narayanankutty, the Head of Periodicals at the VSSC Library. He not only thoroughly
Contd...

Notestested his customisation and reported errors and things that needed attention but he also
prompted further developments and enhancements of the technology of JournalTOCs.
Among the features added to JournalTOCs Premium thanks to Narayanankutty is the web
interface for super-user accounts to manage the email alerts, the saved searches and followed
journals on behalf of patrons.
This case study shows that when working closely, both the service provider and its end-user
can mutually enrich and greatly benefit from each other thanks to the synergy created
between them.
There are more interesting suggestions made by Narayanankutty that are being
implemented in JournalTOCs and will be gradually:
1. A service highly rated by VSSC users
2. Direct benefit for the e-Resources librarian
3. Useful as a light weight discovery service
4. Useful for all types of libraries to adopt and promote
5. Easy to implement
Questions
Source: http://www.journaltocs.ac.uk/API/blog/?p=1023

Library Automation
Notes 14.5 Summary
Current awareness service has been defined by a number of library and information
science professionals but none seems to be universally accepted.
Current awareness services assist you with keeping up-to-date with new publications in
your subject area.
Current awareness directories, such as Free Legal Current Awareness Sources and Legal
Alerts and Current Awareness Services, provide annotated lists of services available to
the user.
Current awareness services overcome the time-lag between the publications of items and
their subsequent inclusion in comprehensive indexing or abstracting sources.
An important advantage of using CAS via the Web is that this enables a person to receive
customized information that is easy to digest.
Selective Dissemination of Information is a service that consists in routing to readers, on
a regular basis, news alerts corresponding to their readers’ profiles. It is a documentation
watch tool.
SDI is a service that can be regarded as a by-product of CAS which not only serves current
information but also totally is user-oriented.
SDI is a current awareness mechanism through which the individual information user can
expect to receive regular notification of new literature and data in accordance with his/
her statement of interest or profile.
One of the most significant innovations was the SDI program.
A system should be developed, so that the researchers can find out their interested
information exactly and pin-pointedly.
14.6 Keywords
Bulletin Board: A bulletin board is a surface intended for the posting of public messages.
Citation: A citation is a reference to a published or unpublished source not always the original
source.
Conferences: A conference is generally understood as a meeting of several people to discuss a
particular topic.
Current Awareness Service: It is a system or publication for reviewing newly available documents,
selecting items relevant to the needs of an individual or group, and recording them so that
notifications may be sent to those individuals or groups to whose needs they are related.
Customization: Production of personalized or custom-tailored goods or services to meet
consumers’ diverse and changing needs at near mass production prices.
Documentation: Material that provides official information or evidence or that serves as a
record.
E-zines: An ezine (also spelled e-zine) is a more specialized term appropriately used for small
magazines and newsletters distributed by any electronic method.
Selective Dissemination of Information: Selective Dissemination of Information is a service that
consists in routing to readers, on a regular basis, news alerts corresponding to their readers’
profiles.

1. Define Current awareness service.
2. Highlight different kinds of CAS.
3. Discuss Current Awareness directories.
4. Explain the characteristics of CAS.
5. Describe the advantage and disadvantages of CAS.
6. What do you understand by Selective Dissemination of Information service?
7. Explain with the help of diagram the conversion process of CAS into SDI.
8. Discuss the steps of conceptual workflow of traditional SDI service.
9. Write brief note on the online procedures of SDI service.
1. True 2. False
3. True 4. False
5. CAS 6. Internet
7. Customization 8. WWW
9. True 10. False
11. True 12. False
13. SDI 14. System
15. Users 16. Materials
Publication.
Unlimited.

Library Automation
Notes
Online links http://www.bodleian.ox.ac.uk/law/finding/e-resources/current-awareness-
services-draft
http://www.galter.northwestern.edu/Guides-and-Tutorials/Current-Awareness
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2605019/
http://www.networks.nhs.uk/nhs-networks/nwas-library-and-information-
service/current-awareness
http://www-public.jcu.edu.au/libcomp/library/academic/research/
JCUPRD_026163

Dlis007 library automation

More Related Content

What's hot (20)

Viewers also liked (20)

Similar to Dlis007 library automation (20)

Recently uploaded (20)

Dlis007 library automation